JP2015027418A - Prize exchange system, server, and prize exchange method - Google Patents

Abstract

PROBLEM TO BE SOLVED: To provide a prize exchange system that manages players as anonymous members, who are not required to input personal information, at the stage of saving a small amount of game media including remnant balls.SOLUTION: In a prize exchange system 1001, players are managed in association with membership cards for saving a small amount of balls as anonymous members without the need for mall membership registration including input of personal information. The players utilize the membership cards for saving a small amount of balls to save a small amount of game media including remnant balls. The value of the saved game media is integrated using conversion with an exchange rate corresponding to each game hall. The players use the membership cards for saving a small amount of balls to select prizes displayed on a prize selection device to create a shopping list. The articles (prizes) registered to the shopping list are displayed on a prize exchange device and, upon selection by the players who have done mall membership registration there, the prizes are exchanged and delivery instruction is preformed to shops that sell the prizes.

Description

  The present invention relates to an online mail order-linked prize exchange system for exchanging valuable values such as pachinko balls and medals with products on an online mail order site at an amusement shop where a pachislot machine or a pachinko machine is installed.

Conventionally, game media acquired by a player at a game store where a pachislot machine, a pachinko machine, etc. are installed are operated so as to be exchanged for general prizes and special prizes.
And, as a service related to the game media (including valuable value media including the number of pachinko balls and medals), game media (so-called end balls) that are less than the number of game media required for exchanging the lowest value special prize An edge management system that can store the ball is provided. By using such a service, the player accumulates the end balls generated in each prize exchange every plural exchanges, and when the quantity of game media that can be exchanged with the desired prize is reached, You can exchange prizes.

  In game stores, prize exchange systems are provided for exchanging game media such as medals and pachinko balls acquired by players with pachislot machines and pachinko machines, etc., according to their value. However, since there is a limit to the types of products that can be offered with such a gift exchange mechanism, it has not been possible to provide a wide range of products that can be exchanged as gifts, and the product lineup is fixed. There was also a problem that there was no lineup of products according to the area where the amusement store is located or the season.

  Furthermore, in the above-described conventional prize exchange system, when prizes are examined and selected in advance and selected in advance, and a game medium that can exchange prizes is obtained as a result of the game, There is also a problem that a two-stage prize selection method advantageous to the player, such as selecting a prize to be actually exchanged from among the selected prizes, has not been realized.

  Therefore, the applicant of the present application proposed a premium exchange system as disclosed in Patent Document 1 and decided to solve the above problem. That is, the proposed free gift exchange system is a free online gift exchange system that collects product information from a plurality of online shopping websites operated by a third party and exchanges it as a free gift. This online mail order-linked prize exchange system also allows a player to select two stages of prizes.

Japanese Patent Application No. 2013-114708

  However, in the above-mentioned end ball management system that enables the exchange of prizes by storing the end balls, when using the end ball management system, the personal information such as the player's name, e-mail address, telephone number, and address is entered to register as a member. Since it is necessary to do so, a player who is reluctant to input personal information hesitates to use the system, and as a result, the system is hardly used. The above-mentioned online mail order-linked prize exchange system proposed by the applicant of the present application is also a member registration by inputting the player's personal information at the time of use. The input of personal information in such member registration is performed in accordance with legal requirements so that the compensation organization can compensate for a certain amount of money, and when delivering the exchanged prize, Address and name are required.

  The reason why the player tries to avoid the input of personal information as described above is also related to recent incidents related to leakage, diversion and misuse of personal information. For example, in a conventional prize exchange, even a player who has advanced to the stage of selecting a prize to be exchanged must finally enter personal information because it is necessary to specify a delivery destination etc. There are many people who stop giving away prizes.

Therefore, the player often abandons the end ball without saving it because he does not want to input personal information at the stage of simply saving the ball. For the same reason, if the acquired game medium is a small amount, it may be inevitably replaced with a low-priced (basically unnecessary) general prize. Such a situation is slightly disadvantageous to the player, and also in the game store, accounting for the value of the abandoned game medium becomes complicated. Many players want to determine whether or not to enter personal information only when the accumulated balls have accumulated to a certain amount and can be exchanged for the desired prize.
In addition, since conventional balls can be stored only at the same store, and there is no system that can store balls across multiple stores, games are played at various stores. For players, the motivation and attractiveness to exchange such prizes by collecting such balls is halved. Factors that facilitate this situation include the fact that the exchange rate varies from store to store, and that each corner of a 1-yen pachinko or 4-yen pachinko is registered as a separate store, even in the same store. .

  Accordingly, an object of the present invention is to increase the frequency of use of the system for storing balls by end balls, and even if the exchange rate for each store is different, the value of the gaming medium instructed to store by the player is different for each gaming store. It is to provide a free gift exchange system that converts and integrates at a corresponding exchange rate.

  A second object of the present invention is to provide a prize exchange system for managing a player as an anonymous member that does not require input of personal information at the stage of storing a small amount of game media including end balls. .

  Furthermore, a third object of the present invention is to select a prize in advance while enabling the storage of a small amount of game media including end balls, and then to give a prize to be actually exchanged from the selected prizes. It is possible to provide a prize exchange system that allows a player to select in two stages, such as selecting a prize, and that does not require input of personal information in the stage of selecting a prize in advance.

  The present invention provides the following prize exchange system.

The first embodiment of the present invention comprises:
35 is a prize exchange system including a storage instruction device (for example, a small sum storage instruction device shown in FIG. 34) and a server (for example, a basic server shown in FIG. 34).
Here, the storage ball instruction device is
Card (for example, a contactless IC card with a non-contact IC chip (small membership card) or a magnetic card) or a mobile device (for example, a smartphone, feature phone, mobile phone with a non-contact IC chip) Or membership card identification information for identifying the membership card (for example, IDm, which is a unique ID of the contactless IC card, etc.) ) Member card reading means (for example, a non-contact IC card reader / writer shown in FIG. 35);
The member card identification according to a first predetermined operation (for example, a storage ball instruction operation performed on the small amount storage ball instruction screen of FIG. 44 (B) after logging in) instructing the storage of the game medium. Storage ball control means (for example, a small amount shown in FIG. 35) that controls to transmit information and game medium value information (for example, the type and quantity of game media) indicating the value of the game medium instructed to store the ball to the server. Means for executing a part of the function of the small amount storage control unit of the storage instruction device),
The server
An exchange rate storage means (for example, an exchange rate management table shown in FIG. 37) for storing an exchange rate used for converting the value of the game medium into a predetermined unit (for example, a predetermined unit of electronic value);
When the membership card identification information and the game medium value information are received from the storage instruction device in response to the first predetermined operation by the player, the game is based on the game medium value information and the exchange rate. The converted value is obtained by converting the value of the game medium represented by the medium value information into a predetermined unit, and the converted value is accumulated for each member card identification information (for example, the type of the game medium and Storage amount management means (for example, a small amount of the core server shown in FIG. 37) that converts the quantity into a predetermined unit of electronic value and accumulates the obtained electronic value data for each mall member (for each membership card identification information). Means for executing a part of the function of the storage management unit).
Here, the storage management means is
The value after the conversion is less than a predetermined first upper limit value (for example, the upper limit value of the stored balls per time, 800 yen), and the accumulated converted value is a predetermined second upper limit value ( For example, when the total value of the stored balls is less than 10,000 yen, the accumulated converted value is stored in the stored ball storage means (for example, the electronic value management table shown in FIG. 42C). Configured.

  With such a configuration of the present invention, the value of the game medium instructed to be stored by the player is converted and integrated at the corresponding exchange rate. With this, the storage balls of different types of game media can be integrated and used for prize exchange, and can be commonly used for prize exchange at a plurality of stores. In addition, when the player instructs the savings, the amount of savings per time and the upper limit of the accumulated amount of savings are checked, and control is performed so that the small amount savings is appropriately performed.

According to a second embodiment of the present invention, in the first embodiment of the present invention,
In response to the first predetermined operation by the player, the storage ball control means stores store identification information (for example, a store code for identifying a hall store) that identifies a hall store where the storage ball instruction device is disposed. Send to the server in association with the media value information,
The exchange rate storage means stores the exchange rate for each store identification information,
The storage management means is configured to convert the value of the game medium into a predetermined unit using the exchange rate corresponding to the store identification information associated with the game medium value information.

According to a third embodiment of the present invention, in the first embodiment of the present invention,
In response to the first predetermined operation by the player, the storage ball control means transmits store identification information for identifying a hall store in which the storage ball instruction device is arranged in association with the game medium value information to the server. And
The server further comprises:
For the hall store identified by the store identification information associated with the game medium value information, the amount according to the value of the game medium represented by the game medium value information received from the storage ball instruction device, Claim processing means for performing a billing process at a predetermined timing is configured.

According to a fourth embodiment of the present invention, in the first embodiment of the present invention,
A gift exchange device (for example, a gift exchange device shown in FIG. 34, such as a sand device, a gift POS, a gift POS cooperation dedicated terminal);
The prize exchange device is
When the player selects the product indicated by the product information displayed on the display means of the premium exchange device (for example, the operation unit of the sand device or the player side display of the premium POS) as the premium to be exchanged (for example, After selecting a desired prize on the prize exchange instruction screen and touching “Replace” on the prize exchange decision screen), an ordering instruction for the product is performed within the range of the accumulated converted value. (For example, as shown in FIG. 12, a prize ordering instruction made in the prize exchange device is transmitted to the shop server via the hall computer and the backbone server) and the selected commodity is identified. A gift exchange control means for transmitting product identification information to be sent to the server (for example, a gift exchange of a gift POS cooperation dedicated terminal shown in FIG. 13B) Configured with the means) to perform some of the functions of the control unit.

According to a fifth embodiment of the present invention, in the second embodiment of the present invention,
The exchange rate storage means is configured to store the exchange rate for each type of game medium (for example, a 4-yen pachinko ball or a 20-yen loan medal).

A sixth embodiment of the present invention is the fourth embodiment of the present invention,
The prize exchange device is
The player's member registration (for example, a mall member registration process using the mall member registration screen of FIG. 41B) is performed, and the player's attribute information corresponding to the member card identification information (for example, a game) Information including personal information such as a person's name, e-mail address, and address) is associated with the prize exchange device.

The seventh embodiment of the present invention is:
A prize exchange system including a storage instruction device and a server.
Here, the storage ball instruction device is
Membership card reading means for reading membership card identification information for identifying the membership card from a membership card of a player constituted by a card or a portable device;
In response to a first predetermined operation by the player who gives an instruction to store a game medium, the membership card identification information and game medium value information representing the value of the game medium instructed to store the ball are transmitted to the server. And storage ball control means for controlling to do.
Here, the server is
When the member card identification information and the game medium value information are received from the storage ball instruction device in response to the first predetermined operation by the player, the value based on the game medium value information for each member card identification information And the value based on the game medium value information is less than a predetermined first upper limit value, and the value based on the accumulated game medium value information is less than a predetermined second upper limit value, A storage ball management means for controlling to store the value based on the accumulated game medium value information in the storage ball storage means;
In response to the first predetermined operation by the player, the storage ball control means transmits store identification information for identifying a hall store in which the storage ball instruction device is arranged in association with the game medium value information to the server. And
The server further includes:
For the hall store identified by the store identification information associated with the game medium value information, the amount according to the value of the game medium represented by the game medium value information received from the storage ball instruction device, Claim processing means for performing a billing process at a predetermined timing is configured.

  With this configuration of the present invention, when the player instructs the savings, the amount of savings per time and the upper limit of the amount of accumulated savings are checked, and control is performed so that the small amount savings is properly performed. The

  With the prize exchange system according to the present invention, the player is managed as an anonymous member who does not require input of personal information regarding the storage of a small amount of game media including end balls. The player can enter personal information at the discretion of the player after the amount of storage balls has reached a certain level and can be exchanged for the desired prize, and make careful judgment when using the prize exchange system. It is not necessary and can be used easily.

  In addition, the prize exchange system according to the present invention allows a player to easily start using the prize exchange system without inputting personal information, so that the end balls are effectively used, and as a result, to the hall store. We can expect an improvement in the re-visit rate.

  Furthermore, since the free gift exchange system according to the present invention can be used easily, it can be expected to improve the utilization rate of the free gift exchange system. , Improvement in membership registration rate and exchange rate for general prizes can be expected.

  In addition, the prize exchange system according to the present invention integrates and stores prizes of different types of game media in order to convert and integrate the value of the game media instructed by the player at the corresponding exchange rate. Furthermore, it can be used in common for exchanging premiums at a plurality of stores. In addition, when the player instructs the savings, the amount of savings per time and the upper limit of the accumulated amount of savings are checked, and control is performed so that the small amount savings is appropriately performed.

  In addition, if the hall store side is provided with a prize exchange system attractive to a player by the prize exchange system according to the present invention, an improvement in the utilization rate of the system can be expected, and further, by using the system, Exchange to a general prize will be promoted, and an effort to increase the ratio of general prize exchange (healing effort) can be appealed.

  On the other hand, from the administrative side, if the exchange to general prize is promoted by the prize exchange system according to the present invention, the exchange ratio to general prize (ratio of the number of exchange to general prize to the number of exchange to special prize) As the number of people increases, it approaches the desirable situation for administration. Furthermore, if the exchange rate for general prizes increases, the number of exchanges for special prizes decreases, and it is expected that the accounting opaqueness in the cashing system (OUT problem) will be reduced accordingly.

It is a figure which shows the system outline | summary of a prize exchange system. It is a front view showing a gaming machine provided with a sand device. It is a perspective view which shows a sand apparatus. It is a figure which shows the operation unit of a sand apparatus. It is a block diagram which shows the structure of a sand apparatus. It is a block diagram which shows the structure of a gaming machine. It is a block diagram which shows the structure of a hall computer. It is a block diagram which shows the structure of prize POS. It is a block diagram which shows the structure of a prize POS cooperation dedicated terminal. It is a block diagram which shows the structure of a smart phone. It is a figure explaining the outline | summary of the operation | movement flow of the player in a prize exchange system. It is a figure explaining the outline | summary of the processing flow after the prize exchange instruction | indication in a prize exchange system. It is a functional block diagram of the apparatus which comprises a free gift exchange system. It is a functional block diagram of the apparatus which comprises a free gift exchange system. It is a functional block diagram of the apparatus which comprises a free gift exchange system. It is a functional block diagram of the apparatus which comprises a free gift exchange system. It is a figure which shows the structure of the table of a prize exchange system. It is a figure which shows the structure of the table of a prize exchange system. It is a figure which shows the structure of the table of a prize exchange system. It is a figure which shows the structure of the table of a prize exchange system. It is a flowchart which shows the mall member registration processing procedure in a prize exchange system. It is a figure which shows the screen which concerns on the mall member registration in a prize exchange system. It is a flowchart which shows the prize selection control processing procedure in a prize exchange system. It is a figure which shows the screen which concerns on the prize selection process in a prize exchange system. It is a figure which shows the screen which concerns on the prize selection process in a prize exchange system. It is a flowchart which shows the prize exchange control processing procedure in a prize exchange system. It is a figure which shows the screen which concerns on the prize exchange process in a prize exchange system. It is a figure which shows the screen which concerns on the prize exchange process in a prize exchange system. It is a figure which shows the screen which concerns on the prize exchange process in a prize exchange system. It is a flowchart which shows the prize information collection processing procedure in a prize exchange system. It is a flowchart which shows the prize order control processing procedure in a prize exchange system. It is a figure which shows the concept of action history management in a prize exchange system. It is a figure which shows the screen which concerns on the prize selection process in a prize exchange system. It is a figure which shows the system outline | summary of the prize exchange system which concerns on 2nd Embodiment. It is a block diagram which shows the structure of the apparatus which comprises the prize exchange system which concerns on 2nd Embodiment. It is a functional block diagram of the apparatus which comprises the prize exchange system which concerns on 2nd Embodiment. It is a functional block diagram of the apparatus which comprises the prize exchange system which concerns on 2nd Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the operation | movement flow of the player in the prize exchange system which concerns on 2nd Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the operation | movement flow of the player in the prize exchange system which concerns on 2nd Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the screen regarding the prize exchange process in the prize exchange system which concerns on 2nd Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the screen regarding the mall member registration process in the prize exchange system which concerns on 2nd Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the structure of the table of the prize exchange system which concerns on 2nd Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the small amount savings ball processing procedure in the prize exchange system which concerns on 2nd Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the screen regarding the small amount savings process in the prize exchange system which concerns on 2nd Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the concept of the card | curd integration process in the prize exchange system which concerns on 2nd Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the concept of the card | curd integration process in the prize exchange system which concerns on 2nd Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the screen regarding the card | curd integration process in the prize exchange system which concerns on 2nd Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the concept of the card | curd integration process in the prize exchange system which concerns on 2nd Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the concept of the adjustment of the small amount savings ball in the prize exchange system which concerns on 2nd Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the screen regarding the prize selection process in the prize exchange system which concerns on 2nd Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the screen regarding the prize exchange process in the prize exchange system which concerns on 2nd Embodiment. It is a block diagram which shows the structure of the apparatus which comprises the prize exchange system which concerns on 2nd Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the screen regarding the mall member registration process in the prize exchange system which concerns on 2nd Embodiment. It is a block diagram which shows the membership card for small amount savings balls utilized with the prize exchange system which concerns on 2nd Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the system outline | summary of the prize exchange system which concerns on 3rd Embodiment. It is a functional block diagram of the apparatus which comprises the prize exchange system which concerns on 3rd Embodiment. It is a block diagram which shows the structure of the apparatus which comprises the prize exchange system which concerns on 3rd Embodiment. It is a functional block diagram of the apparatus which comprises the prize exchange system which concerns on 3rd Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the structure of the table of the prize exchange system which concerns on 3rd Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the small amount savings ball processing procedure in the prize exchange system which concerns on 3rd Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the mall member registration process sequence in the prize exchange system which concerns on 3rd Embodiment. It is a functional block diagram of the device which constitutes the prize exchange system concerning a 4th embodiment. It is a figure which shows the structure of the table of the prize exchange system which concerns on 4th Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the journal display process sequence in the prize exchange system which concerns on 4th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the screen regarding the journal display process in the prize exchange system which concerns on 4th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the system outline | summary of the prize exchange system which concerns on 5th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the flow of the data in the prize exchange system which concerns on 5th Embodiment. It is a block diagram which shows the structure of the apparatus which comprises the prize exchange system which concerns on 5th Embodiment. It is a block diagram which shows the structure of the apparatus which comprises the prize exchange system which concerns on 5th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the operation | movement flow of the player in the prize exchange system which concerns on 5th Embodiment. It is a functional block diagram of the apparatus which comprises the prize exchange system which concerns on 5th Embodiment. It is a functional block diagram of the apparatus which comprises the prize exchange system which concerns on 5th Embodiment. It is a functional block diagram of the apparatus which comprises the prize exchange system which concerns on 5th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the structure of the table of the prize exchange system which concerns on 5th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the structure of the table of the prize exchange system which concerns on 5th Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the voucher ticketing process sequence in the prize exchange system which concerns on 5th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the screen regarding the exchange ticket issuing process in the prize exchange system which concerns on 5th Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the exchange ticket purchase processing procedure in the prize exchange system which concerns on 5th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the screen regarding the exchange ticket purchase process in the prize exchange system which concerns on 5th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the screen regarding the exchange ticket purchase process in the prize exchange system which concerns on 5th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the screen regarding the prize exchange process in the prize exchange system which concerns on 5th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the system outline | summary of the prize exchange system which concerns on 6th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the flow of the data in the prize exchange system which concerns on 6th Embodiment. It is a block diagram which shows the structure of the apparatus which comprises the prize exchange system which concerns on 6th Embodiment. It is a block diagram which shows the structure of the apparatus which comprises the prize exchange system which concerns on 6th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the operation | movement flow of the player in the prize exchange system which concerns on 6th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the operation | movement flow of the player in the prize exchange system which concerns on 6th Embodiment. It is a functional block diagram of the apparatus which comprises the prize exchange system which concerns on 6th Embodiment. It is a functional block diagram of the apparatus which comprises the prize exchange system which concerns on 6th Embodiment. It is a functional block diagram of the apparatus which comprises the prize exchange system which concerns on 6th Embodiment. It is a functional block diagram of the apparatus which comprises the prize exchange system which concerns on 6th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the structure of the table of the prize exchange system which concerns on 6th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the structure of the table of the prize exchange system which concerns on 6th Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the DL software use ticket issuing process procedure in the prize exchange system which concerns on 6th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the screen regarding the DL software use ticket issuing process in the prize exchange system which concerns on 6th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the flowchart regarding the process selection procedure in the prize exchange system which concerns on 6th Embodiment, and the screen regarding process selection. It is a flowchart which shows the DL software purchase processing procedure in the prize exchange system which concerns on 6th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the screen regarding DL software purchase processing in the prize exchange system which concerns on 6th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the screen regarding DL software purchase processing in the prize exchange system which concerns on 6th Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the download process procedure of DL software in the prize exchange system which concerns on 6th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the screen regarding the download process of DL software in the prize exchange system which concerns on 6th Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the utilization process procedure of DL software in the prize exchange system which concerns on 6th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the system outline | summary of the prize exchange system which concerns on 7th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the flow of the data in the prize exchange system which concerns on 7th Embodiment. It is a functional block diagram of the device which constitutes the prize exchange system concerning a 7th embodiment. It is a figure which shows the structure of the table of the prize exchange system which concerns on 7th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the flowchart regarding the process selection procedure in the prize exchange system which concerns on 7th Embodiment, and the screen regarding process selection. It is a flowchart which shows the coupon exchange process procedure in the prize exchange system which concerns on 7th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the screen regarding the coupon exchange process in the prize exchange system which concerns on 7th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the screen regarding the coupon exchange process in the prize exchange system which concerns on 7th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the system outline | summary of the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the structure of the apparatus regarding the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the structure of the apparatus regarding the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the structure of the apparatus regarding the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the structure of the apparatus regarding the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the structure of the apparatus regarding the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the operation | movement flow of the player in the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the authority for every situation of member registration in the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure showing the relationship between the favorite and the prize exchange basket in the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the operation | movement flow of the player in the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the operation | movement flow of the player in the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the processing flow after the prize order in the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a functional block diagram of the apparatus regarding the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a functional block diagram of the apparatus regarding the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a functional block diagram of the apparatus regarding the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a functional block diagram of the apparatus regarding the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a functional block diagram of the apparatus regarding the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a functional block diagram of the apparatus regarding the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the structure of the table of the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the structure of the table of the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the structure of the table of the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the structure of the table of the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the login screen of the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the processing flow of member information registration of the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the member registration screen of the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the processing flow of member information registration of the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the processing flow of the member association in the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the member card information edit screen of the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the member card information edit screen of the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the favorite addition processing flow in the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the mall member top page of the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the prize search result display screen of the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the prize detail screen of the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the favorite reference screen of the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the processing flow of the prize exchange basket addition in the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the prize exchange car reference screen of the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the processing flow of the application for prize exchange in the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the processing flow of the application for prize exchange in the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the number-of-balls input screen of the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the prize exchange car confirmation screen of the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the prize exchange car confirmation screen of the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the prize ordering screen of the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the prize exchange completion screen of the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the processing flow of the application for prize exchange in the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the processing flow of the application for prize exchange in the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the processing flow of the application for prize exchange in the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the processing flow of the application for prize exchange in the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure for demonstrating the merchandise determination in the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure for demonstrating the merchandise determination in the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure for demonstrating the merchandise determination in the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure for demonstrating the merchandise determination in the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure for demonstrating the merchandise determination in the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure for demonstrating the merchandise determination in the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure for demonstrating the merchandise determination in the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the processing flow of the goods determination in the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure for demonstrating the merchandise determination in the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the processing flow of the delivery progress display in the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the delivery progress information display screen of the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the processing flow of the goods registration in the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the processing flow of the goods registration in the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the processing flow of the claim for deposit in the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the processing flow of the claim for deposit in the prize exchange system which concerns on 8th Embodiment.

[Explanation of System Schematic]
With reference to FIG. 1, the system outline | summary of the prize exchange system which concerns on one Embodiment (1st Embodiment) of this invention is demonstrated. The prize exchange system 1 shown in FIG. 1 is configured to include a hall store device, a hall cooperation system, and a computer center device, and a part of the computer center device is online through a network such as the Internet. Connected to site equipment. The prize exchange system 1 in FIG. 1 is preferably an online mail order linked prize exchange system. The computer center is basically different from each hall store.

  In the hall store, a hall computer 400, a gaming machine 10, a prize selection device, and a prize exchange device are arranged. The hall computer 400 has functions such as managing the status of the devices (including the player's game status), members, and prizes arranged in the hall store, and stores various data. Is provided. The gaming machine 10 is, for example, a pachislot machine or a pachinko machine, and a player obtains a game medium (medal or pachinko ball) by playing with them. In addition, the gaming machine 10 is connected to the hall computer 400 and the sand device 20, and exchanges information regarding the gaming situation and the number of game media held (number of medals, number of balls).

  The prize selection device includes a dedicated terminal 530, a smartphone 540, a feature phone 558, a personal computer or tablet terminal owned by a player, and any other terminal capable of network communication. The gift selection device is a device that displays information about products collected from a plurality of online shopping sites and allows a player to select some of these products as gifts that can be exchanged in the future. The selected product is registered as a shopping list. The dedicated terminal 530 includes a large touch panel display device and is connected to the hall computer 400. The dedicated terminal 530 can also function as a gift exchange device.

  The smartphone 540 and the feature phone 558 are portable devices (communication devices) owned by the player, and function as a prize selection device inside and outside the hall store. The smartphone 540 is a mobile phone provided with a touch panel display device, and can connect to a network such as the Internet to access a predetermined WEB site and display a WEB page. The feature phone 558 generally includes a display device and a device having a communication function similar to that of the smartphone 540. The smartphone 540 and the feature phone 558 access a later-described mobile I / F server 680 via a network 690 including a mobile network and a wireless LAN network.

  In the present embodiment, the smartphone 540 and the feature phone 558 are used as the prize selection device. For example, various other devices can be used as the prize selection device.

  The prize exchange device includes a sand device 20, a prize POS 500, and a prize POS cooperation dedicated terminal 520, each of which is connected to the hall computer 400. The prize exchange device is an apparatus that displays information (shopping list) related to prizes selected in advance by the prize selection device, and allows a player to select a prize to be exchanged. Each of the sand devices 20 is connected to one gaming machine 10 and has functions such as renting out game media, counting (each counter counting device), holding (saving medal, saving ball), etc. In the present invention, Also works. In addition, a large display device and a digital signage device 515 installed on the upper part of the gaming machine 10 are connected to the sand device 20.

  The prize POS 500 is installed at a prize exchange counter in a hall store, and staff of the hall shop is used to deal with a player's prize exchange. For example, a receipt issued by the counting device is read, or a count value or a holding number transmitted from the sand device 20 is read, and a prize corresponding to this is provided to the player. In the present invention, the prize POS 500 also functions as a prize exchange device. Also, the prize POS cooperation dedicated terminal 520 that functions as a prize exchange device is connected to the prize POS 500.

  The hall cooperation system includes a hall cooperation computer 560 and a center store I / F server 580. The hall cooperation computer 560 relays instructions and data transmission / reception between the core server 600 of the computer center, which will be described later, and the hall computer 400 of each hall store, and data linkage and data integration of hall stores and individual hall stores in the same group. To control. In addition, the hall cooperation computer 560 stores data for realizing the above-described functions in the hall cooperation DB 570. The center store I / F server 580 is a server that relays and controls instructions to the center store 590 and data transmission / reception.

  In the computer center, a core server 600, a mobile I / F server 680, a shop management server 700, an ASP-I / F server 800, an individual shop I / F server 820, and an EC mall I / F server 840 are arranged. The core server 600 manages the user of the free gift exchange system 1 according to the present embodiment as a mall member, and performs free gift selection control processing and free gift exchange control processing according to the player's free gift selection and free gift exchange operations, When the prize exchange is determined, a prize ordering process is automatically performed for the corresponding online mail order site. In addition, it collects and stores an action history including a gaming situation and a prize exchange situation for a mall member in each hall store.

  The mobile I / F server 680 provides a WEB server function that provides a predetermined WEB page to these devices in response to an access from a WEB browser executed by the smartphone 540 or the feature phone 558. Further, it can also function as an application server that transmits and receives data in response to access from other applications executed on the smartphone 540 or the like. The mobile I / F server 680 refers to and updates data in the backbone DB 650 in accordance with the operation of the smartphone 540 or the like.

  The shop management server 700 collects and manages information related to shops on a plurality of online shopping sites, collects information related to products handled on the online shopping site, and selects information about the products when a predetermined condition is satisfied. Store as something that can be displayed on the device. Information regarding these shops and information regarding merchandise are stored in the prize DB 750. Further, in response to a command from the core server 600, a premium delivery instruction is transmitted to the corresponding online shopping site.

  The ASP-I / F server 800 accesses the EC shop ASP server 850 that integrally manages a plurality of online shopping sites using a predetermined protocol such as HTTP or HTTPS, and the online shopping under the management of the EC shop ASP server 850. Information on the site (shop server 870) and information on products sold by the online mail order site are acquired and transmitted to the shop management server 700. Such a process may be automatically repeated at a predetermined timing, or may be performed when an update is indicated from one of the shop servers 870.

  In addition, when a prize delivery instruction is received from the shop management server 700, it is transmitted to the EC shop ASP server 850 according to the above protocol. When receiving the prize delivery instruction, the EC shop ASP server 850 instructs the shop server 870 of the corresponding online shopping site to deliver the designated prize.

  The individual shop I / F server 820 is connected to a shop server 872 of an individual independent online mail order site using a predetermined protocol, and the information of the net mail order site (shop server 872) and the net mail order site are sold. Information on the product to be acquired is acquired and transmitted to the shop management server 700. Such processing may be automatically repeated at a predetermined timing, or may be performed when the shop server 872 indicates that it has been updated.

  When receiving a prize delivery instruction from the shop management server 700, it instructs the shop server 872 of the corresponding online shopping site to deliver the designated prize according to the protocol.

  The EC mall I / F server 840 is connected to an EC mall management server 860 that integrally manages a plurality of online shopping sites using a predetermined protocol, and is an online shopping site (shop server) under the management of the EC mall management server 860. 874) and information on the products sold by the online mail order site are acquired and transmitted to the shop management server 700. Such a process may be automatically repeated at a predetermined timing, or may be performed when an update is indicated from one of the shop servers 874.

  In addition, when a prize delivery instruction is received from the shop management server 700, it is transmitted to the EC mall I / F server 840 according to the above protocol. When receiving the prize delivery instruction, the EC mall I / F server 840 instructs the shop server 874 of the corresponding online shopping site to deliver the designated prize.

  As described above, an interface server such as the ASP-I / F server 800 obtains information about a shop and information about a product in a communication / connection procedure (protocol) that matches the EC shop ASP server 850 to be connected. The product delivery instruction is transmitted, but this embodiment is merely an example. Computers on the online shopping site can take various configurations and connection forms, but an interface server is constructed according to the configuration and connection form, and the above-mentioned information on shops and products is automatically acquired. The product delivery instruction can be transmitted.

  The interface server such as the ASP-I / F server 800 is configured by a computer different from the shop management server 700. However, the shop management server 700 may be configured to realize the same function. Good. Further, the interface server can be further divided for each function and corresponding shop server, and configured with a larger number of computers.

  Further, instead of these interface servers, a human may perform acquisition of information regarding a shop, acquisition of information regarding a product, and transmission of a product delivery instruction.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 2 and FIG. 3, the gaming machine 10 and the sand device 20 used in the prize exchange system 1 according to the present embodiment will be described. FIG. 2 is a front view showing the gaming machine 10 provided with the sand device 20. FIG. 3 is a perspective view showing the sand device 20. As described above, the sand device 20 can also be used as a prize exchange device. Further, the gaming machine 10 shown in FIG. 2 is a pachislot machine. As the gaming machine 10 of the prize exchange system 1 according to the present embodiment, both a pachislot machine and a pachinko machine can be used. explain.

  As shown in FIG. 2, sand devices 20 are provided on the right side of the gaming machine 10, respectively. Each sand device 20 is installed corresponding to the adjacent gaming machine 10 and is connected to be communicable with the corresponding gaming machine 10. Each sand device 20 is communicably connected to a hall computer 400 that performs system management and sales management of the sand device 20 for the entire hall.

  A front surface portion 21 of the sand device 20 includes an LED (light-emitting diode) unit 31, a card insertion port 32, a bill insertion port 33 into which a bill can be inserted, an operation unit 34 configured by a touch panel LCD (liquid crystal display), A camera 35, a non-contact IC card reader / writer 23, a medal (game medium) payout tray 37, a speaker cover 38, a medal (game medium) counting slot 39, and the like are provided. The card insertion slot 32 is an insertion slot that can accept an information card issued by a card issuing machine (not shown) in a hall, for example. The LED unit 31 includes a full color LED 31A and an infrared LED (infrared light emitting diode) 31B.

  A player can receive a medal as a game medium necessary for a game by inserting an information card (for example, an IC card) or a predetermined amount of banknotes into the card insertion slot 32 or the banknote insertion slot 33. . Further, the player can receive a medal required for the game by holding the non-contact IC card over the non-contact IC card reader / writer 23.

  The sanding device 20 receives a bill inserted or a non-contact IC card, counts the number of medals according to the amount of the inserted value medium, and pays out a medal by a dispensing hopper provided inside. Pay out from the tray 37. In addition, when the sand device 20 receives an information card in which the number of usable medals is written, the number of medals corresponding to the number of medals written in the inserted information card is paid out in the inside. It is counted by the hopper and paid out from the medal payout tray 37. The player can play a game in the gaming machine 10 by inserting the medal paid out from the medal payout tray 37 into the medal slot 11 of the gaming machine 10.

  Here, the non-contact IC card includes, for example, a smartphone 540, a feature phone 558, other mobile devices, and communication devices incorporating a non-contact IC chip.

  Further, in the gaming machine 10, medals are paid out to the medal payout tray 12 according to the result of the game. The player can pick up the medal from the medal payout tray 12 and insert it into the medal counting slot 39 of the sand device 20 so that the medal can be counted by the sand device 20. The sand device 20 counts medals inserted from the medal counting insertion port 39 by a counting hopper provided inside. As described above, the sand device 20 is also provided in the gaming machine 10 and has a function of counting medals paid out from the gaming machine 10 according to the result of the game. ing.

  When the gaming machine 10 is a pachinko machine, pachinko balls are introduced into the counting slot of the sand device 20. For example, when a player drops a pachinko ball paid out on the upper plate as a result of the game to the lower plate by performing a predetermined operation, the pachinko ball falls on the guide plate mounted below the lower plate. To do. The guide plate guides the pachinko balls dropped from the lower plate to the counting slot provided in the sand device 20. The pachinko balls introduced into the counting slot are counted by a counting unit provided inside the sand device 20.

  The counted results are recorded on an information card inserted from the card insertion slot 32, or stored in a storage unit or a non-contact IC card provided in the hall computer 400. The information card and the non-contact IC card store the balance data and identification information for identifying the IC card.

  The medals counted in the counting hopper are discharged from the discharge port provided on the bottom surface of the sand device 20 to the conveyor and collected. In a place where no transfer conveyor is provided, a storage box for storing medals may be installed in the lower part of the sand device 20, and the medals may be discharged into the storage box.

  When the gaming machine 10 is a pachinko machine, the pachinko balls counted by the counting unit are discharged from a discharge port provided on the back surface of the sand device 20 and collected. In addition to the pachinko ball counting path inserted from the counting slot, a fraction supply unit is provided on the back side of the sanding device 20 to receive the fraction pachinko balls from the outside. . By this supply unit, a fixed amount of the pachinko balls for fractions are always stored, and are dispensed from the fraction dispensing outlet to the guide tray as necessary.

  A digital signage device 515 is installed on the upper part of the gaming machine 10, and a display relating to prize exchange provided by the prize exchange system 1 according to the present embodiment is performed. The digital signage device 515 is connected to the sand device 20, and images displayed on the operation unit 34 of the sand device 20 are displayed in conjunction with each other.

  Next, the operation unit 34 of the sand device 20 will be described with reference to FIG. The operation unit 34 includes a display 341 and a touch panel type operation button 342. The operation buttons 342 are displayed as images imitating various buttons, and accept player's operations according to the images. Specifically, the operation buttons 342 are “Return”, “Premium exchange”, “Lending”, “Start counting”, “Payout of possession”, “Stop counting”, “Accumulate balls”, “Service”, “Storage balls” The operation button 342 corresponding to various processing such as “payout” is displayed as an image. The player can execute the process by touching (tapping) the operation button 342 corresponding to the desired process.

  For example, the “lending” operation button 342 inserts an information card into the card insertion slot 32, holds a non-contact IC card over the non-contact IC card reader / writer 23, or inserts cash into the bill insertion slot 33. This is the part that is operated when medals are desired to be lent. The “counting start” operation button 342 is a portion operated when a medal is inserted into the medal counting insertion port 39 and counted. The “count stop” operation button 342 is a portion that is operated when counting is stopped after the medal counting is started. The “return” operation button 342 is a portion operated when returning the inserted information card. At this time, balance information, a medal or a stored medal, and a card ID as necessary are written in the information card.

  A player can receive a medal as a game medium necessary for a game by inserting an information card or a predetermined amount of banknotes into the card insertion slot 32 or the banknote insertion slot 33. Further, the player can receive a medal required for the game by holding the non-contact IC card over the non-contact IC card reader / writer 23.

  The “exchange prize” operation button 343 displays a shopping list previously selected by the player on the operation unit 34, and a prize to be exchanged by performing a touch operation (tap operation) on a prize that is actually desired to be exchanged there. decide. Further, all or a part of the image displayed on the operation unit 34 or an image related to the image is displayed in conjunction with the digital signage device 515 installed on the upper part of the gaming machine 10.

  Next, the configuration of the sand device 20 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 5 is a block diagram showing the configuration of the sand device 20. A main CPU (central processing unit) 40 reads a control unit program stored in a ROM (read only memory) 41, and executes processing relating to prize exchange, medal counting processing, and other processing. Various data relating to the processing is stored in a RAM (random access memory) 42.

  The main CPU 40 stores the amount data read from the information card via the information card reader / writer 22 or the amount data read from the non-contact IC card via the non-contact IC card reader / writer 23 in the RAM 42 as balance data. . When the amount designated by the player is smaller than the balance data based on the balance data and the operation result output from the operation unit 34, the main CPU 40 pays out a medal for the designated amount. The balance data is updated by counting and paying out and subtracting the amount of medals paid out from the balance data. The main CPU 40 can drive the payout hopper 45 by controlling the drive circuit 43. Further, a counting hopper 46 is connected to the main CPU 40 via a drive circuit 44, and the main CPU 40 can drive the counting hopper 46 by controlling the drive circuit 44.

  The operation unit 34 also displays a button for returning an information card. When the player operates this operation button, the main CPU 40 inserts the information card inserted into the information card reader / writer 22 into the card. Return from mouth 32.

  Further, the main CPU 40 stores the banknote identification result output from the banknote identification device (Bill Bali) 24 in the RAM 42 as balance data. When the amount designated by the player is smaller than the balance data based on the balance data and the operation result output from the operation unit 34, the main CPU 40 pays out a medal for the designated amount. The balance data is updated by counting and paying out and subtracting the amount of medals paid out from the balance data. The main CPU 40 can drive the payout hopper 45 by controlling the drive circuit 43.

  Further, the main CPU 40 uses the infrared LED 31B of the LED unit 31 as a monitoring projector, reflects the infrared light from the infrared LED 31B by the player, and images it with the camera 35. The main CPU 40 stores an image captured by the camera 35 in the RAM 42, and detects the presence or change of the player based on the image. This detection process is always performed. When the player's state changes to a non-detection (seating) state and the information card inserted from the card insertion slot 32 remains inserted, or the balance is included in the money amount data of the banknote inserted from the banknote insertion slot 33 If there is, the main CPU 40 can alert the player who is about to leave the seat by issuing a warning sound or a warning sound through the speaker 48. As the warning voice, a voice such as “Forgot card” is issued.

  As described above, the main CPU 40 performs non-contact communication with the non-contact IC card via the non-contact IC card reader / writer 23. This communication method is, for example, an electromagnetic induction method with a carrier frequency of 13.56 MHz. The main CPU 40 counts the number of medals according to the amount data read from the non-contact IC card via the non-contact IC card reader / writer 23 by the pay-out hopper 45 and pays out from the medal pay-out tray 37. Rewrite the balance data of the contact IC card.

  Further, the main CPU 40 communicates with the gaming machine 10 and the hall computer 400 via the interface 47. The gaming machine 10 periodically transmits the number of medals paid out as a game result and the number of medals inserted by the player to play a game to the sand device 20, and the main CPU 40 of the sand device 20 When these pieces of information are received, they are stored in the RAM 42.

  Further, the main CPU 40 periodically captures the player's face image via the camera 35 and stores it in the RAM 42. When the face image stored last time is compared with the face image stored this time, and it is determined that they are not the same person, the main CPU 40 determines that the player has changed, and performs processing corresponding thereto.

  As shown in FIG. 2, the gaming machine 10 and the sand device 20 are connected to the hall computer 400 so as to be able to communicate with each other. The hall computer 400 receives accumulated information regarding the number of medals (medal number information) such as medal insertion information and payout information from the gaming machine 10 via the sand device 20, and from the sand device 20 an information card or a non-contact IC card. Information on the number of medals (medal number information) such as the movement of the number of medals between and the counting result by the counting hopper 46 is received.

  Further, the main CPU 40 displays an image for exchanging premiums when operating the “exchange prize” operation button displayed on the operation unit 34, and displays the image or the image on the digital signage device 515. Display related images.

  Next, the configuration of the gaming machine 10 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 6 is a block diagram showing the configuration of the gaming machine 10. A gaming machine 10 shown in FIG. 6 is a pachislot machine. The gaming machine 10 includes a main control circuit 250, a sub control circuit 280, and peripheral devices (actuators) electrically connected thereto. The main control circuit 250 includes a microcomputer 260 installed on a circuit board as a main component. The microcomputer 260 includes a main CPU 261, a main ROM 262, and a main RAM 263.

  The main ROM 262 stores a control program executed by the main CPU 261, a data table such as an internal lottery table, data for transmitting various control commands (commands) to the sub control circuit 280, and the like. The main RAM 263 is provided with a storage area for storing various data such as an internal winning combination determined by execution of the control program.

  The main CPU 261 is connected to a clock pulse generation circuit 252, a frequency divider 253, a random number generator 254, and a sampling circuit 255. The clock pulse generation circuit 252 and the frequency divider 253 generate clock pulses. The main CPU 261 executes a control program based on the generated clock pulse. The random number generator 254 generates a random number in a predetermined range (for example, 0 to 65535). The sampling circuit 255 extracts one value from the generated random numbers.

  A switch or the like is connected to the input port of the microcomputer 260. The main CPU 261 receives input from a switch or the like, and controls the operation of peripheral devices such as stepping motors 271L, 271C, and 271R. A stop switch 312S serving as a stop operation detecting means detects that each of the three stop buttons 312L, 312C, 312R has been pressed by the player (stop operation). Further, the start switch 310S, which is a start operation detecting means, detects that the start lever has been operated by the player (start operation).

  The medal sensor 290S detects that a medal received at the medal insertion slot 11 (see FIG. 2) has passed through the selector. The bet switch 332S detects that the bet button has been pressed by the player. Further, the settlement switch 334S detects that the settlement button has been pressed by the player. Further, the door sensor 335S detects that the door of the housing has been opened.

  Peripheral devices whose operations are controlled by the microcomputer 260 include stepping motors 271L, 271C, 271R, a 7-segment display 314, and a hopper 350. A circuit for controlling the operation of each peripheral device is connected to the output port of the microcomputer 260.

  The motor driving circuit 272 controls driving of stepping motors 271L, 271C, and 271R provided corresponding to the reels 320L, 320C, and 320R. The reel position detection circuit 270 detects a reel index indicating that the reels 320L, 320C, and 320R have made one rotation by an optical sensor having a light emitting unit and a light receiving unit in accordance with each of the reels 320L, 320C, and 320R.

  The stepping motors 271L, 271C, and 271R have a configuration in which the momentum is proportional to the number of output pulses and the rotation axis can be stopped at a specified angle. The driving force of the stepping motors 271L, 271C, 271R is transmitted to the reels 320L, 320C, 320R via gears having a predetermined reduction ratio. Each time one pulse is output to the stepping motors 271L, 271C, 271R, the reels 320L, 320C, 320R rotate at a constant angle.

  The main CPU 261 counts the number of times pulses are output to the stepping motors 271L, 271C, and 271R after detecting the reel index, so that the rotation angle of the reels 320L, 320C, and 320R (mainly, the number of symbols of the reels) The position of each symbol arranged on the surface of the reels 320L, 320C, 320R is managed.

  The display unit drive circuit 315 controls the operation of the 7-segment display 314. The hopper driving circuit 352 controls the operation of the hopper 350. Also, the payout completion signal circuit 353 manages the detection of medals performed by the medal detection unit 351 provided in the hopper 350, and checks whether or not the medals discharged from the hopper 350 have reached the payout number.

  The sub-control circuit 280 is electrically connected to the main control circuit 250 and performs processing such as determination and execution of effect contents based on a command transmitted from the main control circuit 250. The sub control circuit 280 basically includes a sub CPU, a sub ROM, a sub RAM, a rendering processor, a drawing RAM, a driver, a DSP (digital signal processor), an audio RAM, and the like.

  In response to the command transmitted from the main control circuit 250, the sub CPU controls the output of video, sound, and light according to the control program stored in the sub ROM. The sub-RAM is provided with a storage area for registering the determined contents and effects data, and a storage area for storing various data such as an internal winning combination transmitted from the main control circuit 250. The sub ROM basically includes a program storage area and a data storage area.

  The sub ROM stores effect data for performing effects by light in a light emitting effect device (not shown). The sub CPU causes the lamp 362 to emit light by outputting the effect data based on a command from the main control circuit 250. In addition, the sub ROM stores effect data for effecting with sound effects and images, and the sub CPU outputs the effect data based on a command from the main control circuit 250 to thereby produce a speaker. A sound effect is output from 364 and an effect image is displayed on the liquid crystal display device 360.

  Here, an interface 264 is connected to the main control circuit 250, and the main CPU 261 communicates with the sand device 20 and the hall computer 400 via the interface 264. The main CPU 261 transmits accumulated information such as medal insertion information and medal payout information to the sand device 20 while communicating with the sand device 20. The medal insertion information is, for example, the number of medals inserted into the gaming machine 10 for a certain period of time for a game. The medal payout information is, for example, the number of medal payouts and the number of bonus occurrences. The main CPU 261 accumulates these accumulated information in the main RAM 263 until the next transmission after transmitting the accumulated information to the sand device 20 last time, and transmits the accumulated information to the sand device 20 at a fixed timing. . After transmitting to the sand device 20, the main CPU 261 resets the accumulated information so far.

  Next, the configuration of the hall computer 400 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 7 is a block diagram showing the configuration of the hall computer 400. The hall computer 400 includes a main CPU 401, a ROM 402, a RAM 403, an external storage device 404, a display 405, an interface 406, and a speaker 407.

  The main CPU 401 reads out and executes control programs stored in the ROM 402 and the RAM 403. For example, the main CPU 401 manages hall store member information, manages the number of stored game media such as stored balls and stored medals for each member, and performs processing for managing the game status and prize exchange status of each member. The display 405 and the speaker 407 are controlled.

  The display 405 displays game data managed by the hall computer 400 or notifies the occurrence of fraud or abnormality. The display 405 is realized by a liquid crystal display device, for example.

  The speaker 407 performs notification together with the display 405 when an irregularity such as illegally bringing in medals or an abnormality occurs. The speaker 407 outputs various audio data in addition to the notification of fraud or abnormality.

  The hall computer 400 is communicably connected to the gaming machine 10, the sand device 20, the prize POS 500, the dedicated terminal 530, and the hall cooperation computer 560 via the interface 406. A control program for carrying out the present invention is stored in the external storage device 404 and loaded into the RAM 403, for example. The control program can also be provided from another device via the interface 406 or from another device outside via a network including the Internet.

  The external storage device 404 stores a hall DB and stores member information, stored medal information, action history information, and the like.

  The hall cooperation computer 560, the center store I / F server 580, the core server 600, the ASP-I / F server 800, the individual shop I / F server 820, and the EC mall I / F server 840 are also configured as described above. Since it is similar to the configuration of the computer 400 (however, devices connected by an interface are different), description thereof is omitted.

  Next, the configuration of the prize POS 500 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 8 is a block diagram showing the configuration of the prize POS 500. The prize POS 500 shown in the figure is configured so as to realize prize exchange by the prize exchange system 1 of the present embodiment and also enable conventional prize exchange. The prize POS 500 includes a main CPU 501, a ROM 502, a RAM 503, an information card reader / writer 504, a non-contact IC card reader / writer 505, a barcode reader 506, a player side display 507, a keyboard 508, a store side display 509, an interface 510, and A speaker 511 is provided.

  The main CPU 501 reads and executes control programs stored in the ROM 502 and the RAM 503. For example, the main CPU 501 executes prize inventory management and prize exchange management, and prize exchange processing by the prize exchange system 1 of the present embodiment. The control program can also be provided from another device via the interface 510 or from another device outside via a network including the Internet.

  When the main CPU 501 registers the counting result in the information card or the non-contact IC card by each counter of the sand device 20, the member ID read from the information card via the information card reader / writer 504 (the player at the hall store) ID), or the member ID read from the contactless IC card via the contactless IC card reader / writer 505, accessing the hall computer 400, and the number of game media held corresponding to the acquired member ID Get the number of medals. Further, the main CPU 501 can read the receipt on which the counting result is printed by the bar code reader 506, and thereby obtain the number of game media held (the number of stored medals).

  The player side display 507 is configured as a touch panel display that can be touched by the player. The main CPU 501 receives the number of prizes (general prizes and special prizes in stock at hall stores) designated by the player via the player side display 507. Next, the main CPU 501 obtains the number of medals corresponding to the prize designated by the player, and if this is smaller than the number of game media held, the main CPU 501 displays that fact on the store side display 509 and the staff of the hall store. Exchange prizes by operation. The store side display 509 is configured as a touch panel display like the player side display 507, and the staff performs the operation using the store side display 509 or the keyboard 508.

  When the exchange of the prize is completed, the main CPU 501 accesses the hall computer 400 and subtracts the number of game media held for the corresponding member ID. The prize POS 500 is connected to the hall computer 400 and the prize POS cooperation dedicated terminal 520 through the interface 510 so as to be communicable.

  The main CPU 501 further displays a screen (including a shopping list screen) for exchanging premiums of the premium exchange system 1 of the present embodiment on the player side display 507. On the screen, information on the prize instructed to be exchanged by the player is the mall member ID read from the non-contact IC card via the non-contact IC card reader / writer 505 (in the prize exchange system 1 of the present embodiment). Is associated with the player ID) and transmitted to the core server 600 via the hall computer 400 and the hall cooperation computer 560.

  Next, the configuration of the gift POS cooperation dedicated terminal 520 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 9 is a block diagram illustrating a configuration of the gift POS cooperation dedicated terminal 520. The gift POS cooperation dedicated terminal 520 includes a main CPU 521, ROM 522, RAM 523, a non-contact IC card reader / writer 524, a display 525, an interface 526, and a speaker 527.

  The main CPU 521 reads out and executes the control programs stored in the ROM 522 and the RAM 523. For example, as with the prize POS 500, the main CPU 521 executes prize inventory management and prize exchange management, and prize exchange processing by the prize exchange system 1 of the present embodiment. The control program may be provided from another device through the interface 526 or from another device outside through a network including the Internet.

  The display 525 is configured as a touch panel display that can be touched by the player. Also, the prize POS cooperation dedicated terminal 520 is connected to the prize POS 500 via the interface 526 so as to cooperate with the prize POS 500.

  The main CPU 521 displays a screen (including a shopping list screen) for exchanging premiums of the premium exchange system 1 of the present embodiment on the display 525. On the screen, the information on the prize instructed to be exchanged by the player is associated with the mall member ID read from the non-contact IC card via the non-contact IC card reader / writer 524, and passes through the prize POS 500. Then, the data is transmitted to the core server 600 via the hall computer 400 and the hall cooperation computer 560.

  Further, when the mall member ID is read by the prize POS 500 by providing a contactless IC card reader / writer only for the prize POS 500, the prize POS cooperation dedicated terminal 520 is linked to exchange the prize on the display 525. Screens (including a shopping list screen) can be displayed.

  Next, the configuration of the smartphone 540 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 10 is a block diagram showing a configuration of the smartphone 540. As shown in FIG. The smartphone 540 includes a main CPU 541, a ROM 542, a RAM 543, a non-contact IC chip 544, a GPS antenna 545, a wireless communication antenna 546, a display 547, a camera 548, a microphone 549, and a speaker 550.

  The main CPU 541 reads out and executes a control program stored in the ROM 542 or the RAM 543. For example, the main CPU 541 executes an application downloaded via a WEB browser or an external network, performs data transmission / reception with the mobile I / F server 680, and performs mall member registration processing and prize selection by the prize exchange system 1 of the present embodiment. Execute the process.

  The non-contact IC chip 544 has its internal data read by a reader such as the non-contact IC card reader / writer 505 of the prize POS 500 described above. For example, IDm that can identify the non-contact IC chip 544 and data written in the storage area of the non-contact IC chip 544 can be read without contact. Further, if necessary, data can be written in the storage area of the non-contact IC chip 544 in a non-contact manner.

  The main CPU 541 receives signals from a plurality of GPS (Global Positioning System) via the GPS antenna 545 and checks the position of the smartphone 540. The position information thus obtained is stored in the RAM 543 or the like and used in a program as necessary.

  The main CPU 541 communicates with the mobile phone base station via the wireless communication antenna 546, and transmits / receives call data to make a call with other devices, or is provided from other terminals via the Internet. Control to browse a web page or send / receive mail data to / from a mail server. Further, the main CPU 541 uses the wireless communication antenna 546 to realize wireless LAN communication with a wireless LAN access point and perform data transmission / reception via the Internet (however, the antenna used for wireless LAN communication is a mobile phone) It is different from the antenna that communicates with the base station).

  For example, the main CPU 541 receives data of a WEB page which is a screen related to mall member registration and prize selection from the mobile I / F server 680, interprets the data, and displays the data on the display 547. The display 547 is configured as a touch panel display that can be touch-operated by the player, and the player touches a predetermined position on the screen displayed on the display 547 to give a predetermined instruction to the mobile I / F. Reply to server 680.

  The camera 548 is a small imaging device built in the smartphone 540, and the imaging element is configured by a CCD (Charge Coupled Device) or the like. Voice input / output is performed by the microphone 549 and the speaker 550, and voice signal processing is performed by the main CPU 541, thereby enabling voice communication using a mobile phone.

  Although description of the configuration of the feature phone 558 and other portable devices is omitted, the configuration is the same as that of the smartphone 540 described above. In the case of not using a non-contact IC card (here, a non-contact IC chip built in the smartphone 540) in the identification of a mall member or mobile device (communication device), it is not necessary to include the component. .

  Next, with reference to FIG. 11, the outline | summary of the operation | movement flow of the player in the prize exchange system 1 which concerns on one Embodiment of this invention is demonstrated. First, the player operates the smartphone 540 or the like to perform mall member registration (step S10). This registration is a registration for using the gift exchange system 1, and it is only necessary to perform it once at the beginning regardless of which hall store the gift exchange is performed. This registration is different from the membership registration at the hall store.

  After registering as a mall member, the player operates the prize selection device, logs in to the prize exchange system 1 (step S11), and exchanges it as a prize in the future from among the products collected from a plurality of online shopping sites. A shopping list is created by designating what is desired and stored in the system (step S12). At this time, the number of game media necessary for exchanging merchandise is obtained from the exchange rate (exchange rate) of the hall store. Thereafter, the player plays a game on the gaming machine 10 (step S13), and when a medal or a pachinko ball can be obtained, the sand device 20 instructs the counting of the medal and the like, and holds it on the system, that is, stores it. A medal (storing ball) is instructed (step S14). The number of game media held is related to the mall member ID by holding the smartphone 540 or the like over the non-contact IC card reader / writer 23 of the sand device 20.

  Next, the player logs in the prize exchange system 1 in the prize exchange device (step S15), calls and displays the shopping list created in advance in step S12, and actually exchanges it from the list. A premium is designated and a premium exchange instruction is issued (step S16). At this time, the number of held game media is referred to together with the exchange rate (exchange rate) of the hall store, and the total value of the prizes to be exchanged is controlled not to exceed the total value of the held game media. Is done. In accordance with the exchange instruction from the player, the designated prize is delivered to the designated place.

  When giving a prize exchange instruction using the sand apparatus 20 that also functions as a prize exchange apparatus (because the sand apparatus 20 is provided in the gaming machine 10), the player exchanges prizes based on instructions for counting medals and the like. Can be performed with a simple operation while sitting in front of the gaming machine 10 (step S17).

  Here, referring to the exchange rate, the number of game media required for exchanging merchandise is obtained, or whether the total number of prizes to be exchanged exceeds the total value of held game media is checked. As described above, when the equivalent exchange is set for the general prize, there is basically no need to refer to the exchange rate.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 12, an outline of a processing flow after giving a prize exchange instruction in the prize exchange system 1 according to an embodiment of the present invention will be described. After the player gives a prize exchange instruction (step S16 in FIG. 11), the backbone server or the like of the prize exchange system 1 automatically performs a shipping process or the like.

  First, when the prize exchange device receives a prize exchange instruction from the player (step S20), next, a prize order instruction for placing an order for the designated prize is transmitted to the hall computer 400 (step S21). The hall computer 400 issues a prize ordering instruction received from the prize exchange device (step S22) and pays the price (step S23). This payment is a payment from the hall store to the operating entity of the prize exchange system 1, and is realized by, for example, a process of transmitting a settlement instruction to a predetermined bank settlement system. Such payment of prizes can also be made by post-payment (or advance payment) for a plurality of prizes.

  Next, when the core server 600 receives a prize ordering instruction from the hall computer 400, the shop server 870, etc. via the shop management server 700, the ASP-I / F server 800, the EC shop ASP server 850, etc. A prize delivery instruction corresponding to the prize ordering instruction is transmitted to the server of the shop that sells / delivers the corresponding prize (step S24). Further, for example, the ASP-I / F server 800, the EC mall I / F server 840, etc. are instructed to pay the price corresponding to this transaction (step S25). This payment is a payment from the operating entity of the prize exchange system 1 to the operating entity of the online shopping site, and is realized by, for example, a process of transmitting a settlement instruction to a predetermined bank settlement system. Such payment of prizes can also be made by post-payment (or advance payment) for a plurality of prizes.

  The shop server 870 or the like that has received the prize delivery instruction outputs a prize delivery instruction form and other documents such as a transaction slip if necessary (step S26), and thereafter basically becomes a human work. For example, a designated prize is taken out from a warehouse, a delivery destination label is pasted, and it is delivered to a delivery company.

  Next, the function of each device included in the prize exchange system 1 of the present embodiment will be described with reference to the functional block diagrams of FIGS. FIG. 13A is a functional block diagram of the hall computer 400. The hall computer 400 includes a member management unit 411, a game medium holding number management unit 412, an action history management unit 413, and a network I / F unit 414. The hall computer 400 includes functions of a conventional hall computer, such as prize management, but here, the functions related to the present invention will be mainly described. The network I / F unit 414 is connected to a network such as the Internet and controls data transmission / reception with a partner computer (hereinafter, the same applies to the network I / F units of other devices). Details of other functions will be described later.

  The hall computer 400 stores the hall DB 430 in the external storage device 404. The hall DB 430 stores a member information table 431 that stores information related to members of the hall store. A game medium holding number management table 432 for managing the number of held game media and an action history management table 433 for storing an action history such as the game status (including the store visit status) of the member are included (see FIG. 17). ). In this example, the member management unit 411 is executed by the hall computer 400 and the member information table 431 is stored in the external storage device (hall DB 430) of the hall computer 400, but is different from the hall computer 400. It is desirable that the member management unit 411 is executed by another computer (for example, a member management dedicated computer) and the member information table 431 is stored.

  FIG. 13B is a functional block diagram of the gift POS cooperation dedicated terminal 520. The gift POS cooperation dedicated terminal 520 includes an access management unit 471, a gift exchange control unit 472, a display control unit 473, and a cooperation device I / F unit 474. The sand device 20, the prize POS 500, and the dedicated terminal 530 also function as a prize exchange apparatus, and are configured to include at least functions corresponding to the above-described access management unit 471, prize exchange control unit 472, and display control unit 473. . These functions can also be realized by displaying a WEB page by a WEB browser. A functional block diagram is omitted for the sand device 20, the prize POS 500, and the dedicated terminal 530. The cooperation device I / F unit 474 is connected to the prize POS 500 via the network and controls data transmission / reception with the prize POS 500. Details of other functions will be described later.

  FIG. 14A is a functional block diagram of the smartphone 540. The smartphone 540 includes an access management unit 531, a member registration management unit 532, a prize selection control unit 533, a display control unit 534, and a network I / F unit 535. The feature phone 558 and the dedicated terminal 530 also function as a prize selection device, and include at least the above-described access management unit 531, member registration management unit 532, prize selection control unit 533, display control unit 534, and network I / F unit 535. Including. Functional block diagrams of feature phone 558 and dedicated terminal 530 are omitted. The functions of the access management unit 531, the member registration management unit 532, the gift selection control unit 533, and the display control unit 534 can also be realized by displaying a WEB page with a WEB browser. Details of each function will be described later.

  FIG. 14B is a functional block diagram of the hall cooperation computer 560. The hall cooperation computer 560 includes a data cooperation control unit 561, a network I / F unit 562, and a center store I / F unit 563. The center store I / F unit 563 realizes an interface for the hall store identified as the center store, and controls data transmission / reception with the center store. Details of other functions will be described later.

  The hall cooperation computer 560 stores the hall cooperation DB 570 in an external storage device, and the hall cooperation DB 570 includes a hall computer information table 571 in which the hall store computer ID, the store group, and the store code are associated with each other. (See FIG. 18).

  FIG. 15 is a functional block diagram of the backbone server 600. The core server 600 includes a mall member management unit 601, a gift selection control unit 604, a gift exchange control unit 605, a gift order control unit 606, an action history management unit 607, a network I / F unit 608, and a portable device management unit 609. . A portable device management unit 609 manages connection with a portable device. For example, when the portable device is connected to the mobile I / F server 680, data transmission / reception with the mobile I / F server 680 is realized, and necessary data is received in response to a request from the mobile I / F server 680. Is generated by the core server 600 and transmitted. Details of other functions will be described later.

  Further, the core server 600 stores a basic DB 650 in an external storage device, and the basic DB 650 stores a mall member information table 651 that stores information on the mall members of the prize exchange system 1 according to the present embodiment, and the members store a medal. Stores and manages a shopping list created as a result of the player selecting a product using the prize selection device, and a mall member game media retention number management table 652 that manages the number of game media retained by instructing the storage ball. Shopping list management table 653, exchange rate management table 654 for storing general exchange rate for each hall store, exchange rate management table 654, order management table 655 for storing / managing contents ordered from online shopping site, and the member Mall member behavior history management table 6 for storing behavior history such as gaming status and exchange status of 6 includes (see FIGS. 18 to 20).

  FIG. 16A is a functional block diagram of the shop management server 700. The shop management server 700 includes a shop information management unit 701, a product selection management unit 702, and a network I / F unit 703 (details of each function will be described later). Further, the shop management server 700 stores a free gift DB 750 in an external storage device. The free gift DB 750 stores a shop management table 751 for storing shop information and a product management table 752 for storing product information collected from an online mail order site. , And a filtering data table 753 for storing filtering data used as a selection criterion when collecting product information from the online shopping site (see FIG. 20).

  FIG. 16B is a functional block diagram of the ASP-I / F server 800. The ASP-I / F server 800 includes a server communication control unit 801, an online mail order I / F unit 802, a premium order control unit 803, and a network I / F unit 804 (details of each function will be described later). The other interface servers (individual shop I / F server 820 and EC mall I / F server 840) also have the same function, and will not be described here.

  Up to this point, the functions of each device in the prize exchange system 1 according to an embodiment of the present invention have been described. However, all or a part of the function units that execute these functions may be executed by one device. It can also be configured to be executed by a plurality of devices (including computers at different sites connected via a network). Further, the DB stored in the external storage device can be arranged in one storage device or distributed in a plurality of storage devices. In particular, since the behavior history management table 433 of the hall DB 430 and the mall member behavior history management table 656 of the core DB 650 store information on the game situation of the player one by one, extremely large-scale data (so-called big data) is stored. Therefore, it may be desirable to store the data in a plurality of locations from the viewpoint of storage capacity management and access management. Further, the mall member behavior history management table 656 is stored in an external storage device of another database or another computer (or a computer at another site) from the same viewpoint as described above such as storage capacity management and access management. It is desirable.

  Next, the mall member registration process will be described with reference to FIGS. 21 and 22. The mall member registration process is a process of registering as a member of the gift exchange system 1, and is performed only once for the hall store used by the player (step S10 in FIG. 11). FIG. 21 is a flowchart in which processing for realizing the mall member registration processing is shown for each subject of the smartphone 540, the mobile I / F server 680, and the backbone server 600. This processing is mainly realized by the access management unit 531 and the member registration management unit 532 of the smartphone 540, and the portable device management unit 609 and the mall member management unit 601 of the backbone server 600.

  First, in response to a player's operation, a request is transmitted from the smartphone 540 to a mall member registration WEB page (a WEB page provided by a mobile I / F server 680 functioning as a WEB server) (steps). S40). In response to this request, the mobile I / F server 680 returns a mall member registration WEB page (step S41), and the smartphone 540 receives the WEB page and receives the mall page as shown in FIG. The member registration screen 880 is displayed on the display (step S42). In this example, the smartphone 540 has a WEB browser function, and exchanges HTML data with the mobile I / F server 680 using a protocol such as HTTP or HTTPS.

  Next, the smartphone 540 determines whether or not the player touches the “registration” button 884 (step S43), and maintains the display of the mall member registration screen 880 until the operation is performed. When the mall member registration screen 880 is displayed for the player, the name of the player, the store code of the hall store to be used, the password, the e-mail address, the address, and the delivery destination for delivering the prize (delivery destination 1, delivery destination 2) ) Or the like is input, and when the input is completed, the “Register” button 884 is touched.

  When the player touches the “registration” button 884, the smartphone 540 acquires the player input information input on the mall member registration screen 880 (step S44), and further, the contactless IC chip of the smartphone 540 is built-in. A unique ID (for example, a unique ID such as IDm) is acquired (step S45), and these pieces of information are transmitted as registration information to the mobile I / F server 680 (step S46). When receiving the registration information, the mobile I / F server 680 transmits the registration information to the backbone server 600 (step S47).

  When the core server 600 receives the registration information, the core server 600 refers to the unique ID, store code, password, etc., and performs a duplication check, a reliability check, etc. (step S48), and whether or not the registration information satisfies a predetermined registration condition Determination is made (step S49). If the condition is not satisfied, an instruction is given to display an error (step S50). In response to this instruction, an error page is created by the mobile I / F server 680 and then transmitted to the smartphone 540 (step S51). The smartphone 540 that receives this displays an error page on the display (step S52).

  On the other hand, when the registration information satisfies a predetermined registration condition, the core server 600 adds the registration information to the mall member information table 651 (step S53). Thereafter, an instruction is given to display registration completion (step S54), and in response to this instruction, a registration completion page is created by the mobile I / F server 680 and then transmitted to the smartphone 540 (step S55). The smartphone 540 that has been displayed displays a registration completion page on the display (step S56).

  In the above example, the smartphone 540 is equipped with a WEB browser function, and an interactive interface is realized by exchanging HTML data with the mobile I / F server 680. Interface can be configured. For example, an application capable of transmitting and receiving data to and from the mobile I / F server 680 can be downloaded to the smartphone 540, and various screens can be displayed by the application. Further, in the mall member registration process of this example, the mall member is authenticated using the IDm and password of the non-contact IC chip built in the portable device such as the smartphone 540, but the non-contact IC card or other card is used. Can also be used. In that case, when registering as a mall member, it is necessary to hold the non-contact IC card over the non-contact IC card reader / writer, or insert another card into the card insertion slot to acquire information unique to the card.

  Further, as shown in FIG. 22 (B), the other store cooperation registration screen 890 is displayed on the smartphone 540, and the premium exchange system 1 according to the present embodiment is used at other hall stores using this mall member ID. can do.

  FIG. 18B shows a mall member information table 651. In this example, the unique ID and the mall member ID are associated one-to-one. After registering the mall member with the store code “034”, the player with the mall member ID “U004” performs cooperative registration for another hall store (store code “089”) (see FIG. 22B). ), The mall member ID “U004” is associated with the member ID “C276” of another hall store. In this example, it is assumed that the store code is unique throughout for convenience.

  When the “registration” button 894 is touched on the other store cooperation registration screen 890 shown in FIG. 22B, the mall member ID is checked, and then the hall cooperation computer 560 is accessed to check the hall computer information. With reference to the table 571, it is specified which computer is the hall computer that manages the input cooperative store code. Thereafter, the specified computer (the hall computer 400 of another hall store) is accessed, and the member information table 431 (see FIG. 17A) is referred to, and it is determined whether or not the inputted member ID matches the password. To do. If they match, the mall member information table 651 creates a record associating the mall member ID with the member IDs of other hall stores, assuming that the registration application is correct.

  Through such processing, a player who has registered a mall member at a certain hall store can exchange the prize according to the present embodiment at another hall store according to the number of game media held at the other hall store. The prize exchange by the system 1 can be performed. Further, the delivery destination can be set separately on the other store cooperation registration screen 890, and the delivery destination can be changed according to the hall store to be used. In addition, the said structure is only an example and various other data structures and other processing procedures can be used in order to cooperate with such other hall stores.

  In addition, the number of game media held may be integrated between hall stores of the same group or between all hall stores, and it may be designed so that prizes can be exchanged at any hall store with the total number of held stores. Is possible. In that case, it is possible to further control to adjust the difference in exchange rate between hall stores. Furthermore, a plurality of types of game media (for example, a 4-yen pachinko ball and a 20-yen medal) can be integrated after adjustment.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 23 to FIG. 25, the prize selection control process of the prize exchange system 1 according to the present embodiment will be described. The prize selection control process is a process for selecting products collected from a plurality of online shopping sites as candidates for prizes to be exchanged in the future (processing executed in steps S11 and S12 in FIG. 11). FIG. 23 is a flowchart showing processing for realizing the prize selection control process for each subject of the prize selection device, the hall computer 400, and the core server 600. The processing is mainly realized by a prize selection control unit (a function unit corresponding to the prize selection control unit 533 of the smartphone 540) of the prize selection device and the prize selection control unit 604 of the core server 600. Here, it is assumed that the prize selection device is not a portable device such as the smartphone 540 but an apparatus that is installed and operated in a hall store such as the dedicated terminal 530, for example. FIGS. 24 and 25 show premium selection instruction screens and the like displayed on the display device of the dedicated terminal 530.

  First, in response to the player's operation, the prize selection device displays a prize selection login screen (step S60). FIG. 24A shows an example of the prize selection login screen 900. Here, the player holds a mobile phone (for example, a smartphone 540 with a non-contact IC chip) as instructed on the screen, causes the prize selection device to read the unique ID (IDm) of the non-contact IC chip, and the password. input. Although the system side can grasp the mall member ID based on the unique ID (see the mall member information table 651 in FIG. 18B), the mall member ID may be input here.

  The prize selection device determines whether or not these inputs by the player have been completed (step S61), and maintains the display of the prize selection login screen 900 until there is an input. When the input is completed (when the “next” button is touched on the gift selection login screen 900), the unique ID (for example, IDm) and password of the smartphone 540 are transmitted to the hall computer 400 (step S62). Next, the hall computer 400 transfers the login information to the core server 600 (step S63).

  When the core server 600 receives the login information, the core server 600 refers to the mall member information table 651 and determines whether the unique ID and the password match (step S64). If they do not match, an instruction is given to display an error (step S65). In response to this instruction, an error page is created by the hall computer 400 and then sent to the prize selection device (step S66). The received prize selection device displays an error page on the display (step S67).

  If it is determined that the unique ID and the password match, the core server 600 accesses the product management table 752 of the shop management server 700 and acquires product information (step S68). Here, the core server 600 determines the product information to be displayed to the player and the display order of the product information according to predetermined conditions (step S69). For example, player attributes, behavior history analysis results, number of game media held (including statistics), hall stores used, rankings of prizes registered in shopping list, prizes exchanged as prizes Determine the product information to be displayed and the display order based on various viewpoints such as ranking, discount rate, popularity, season, time, weather (temperature, humidity, etc.), magazine presence / absence, recommended information, trend information, etc. can do.

  Next, the core server 600 creates a premium selection instruction screen page so as to display the product information based on the determined display order, and transmits it to the hall computer 400 (step S70). At this time, if the hall store where the player finally exchanges prizes is specified, the hall computer 400 acquires the exchange rate of the hall store from the exchange rate management table 654, and based on the information, The number of game media required for exchange is displayed for each item. As in this example, when the dedicated terminal 530 is used as a prize selection device, the exchange rate corresponding to the hall store where the dedicated terminal 530 is installed is acquired from the exchange rate management table 654. The store code is stored in advance in the ROM of the prize selection device in association with the store code of the hall store where the prize selection device is installed. 600 (step S62, step S63). In addition, the device ID of the dedicated terminal 530 is transmitted to the core server 600, and the store code is specified based on the device ID (refer to a table (not shown) in which the device ID and the store code are associated). You can also. If the hall store is not specified, display is performed with the currency value of the product (for example, display in units of yen such as 1000 yen).

  Thereafter, the hall computer 400 transfers the page of the prize selection instruction screen to the prize selection apparatus (step S71), and the prize selection apparatus displays the received page of the prize selection instruction screen on the display (step S72). Here, the player can move the page of the prize selection instruction screen or change the display condition by touching the display of the prize selection device. In response to this, the core server 600 creates a page of the corresponding prize selection instruction screen and transmits it to the prize selection device via the hall computer 400 (step S73). In this example, the core server 600 creates these premium selection instruction screen pages in response to the player's request, but creates and stores them in advance or sends them to the hall computer 400 together. You may keep it.

  FIG. 24B shows an example of the prize selection instruction screen 910 displayed in this way. In the product display unit 917, product information including images is displayed in accordance with the determined display order. In this example, the number of game media necessary for exchanging each product is different for each type of game media. (For example, in the case of oolong tea, 250 pachinko balls with a 4-yen loan and 50 medals in a 20-yen slot). Here, when the hall store is specified, the number of game media necessary for exchange is displayed based on the exchange rate of the hall store. When the hall store is not specified, the currency value of the product is displayed as described above. A predetermined hall store is selected, and the number of game media can be displayed based on the exchange rate of the hall store. Further, on this screen, the product on the adjacent page is displayed by touching the right arrow or the left arrow or swiping the product display unit 917. Further, when the “select” button is touched, the product is registered in the shopping list.

  In the condition display units 914 to 916, a category for displaying a new product is displayed. By touching the category, the player can display the product on the product display unit 917 according to the category. Or transition to the page. For example, the merchandise management table 752 is configured as shown in FIG. 20C. In each of a plurality of categories such as category 1 and category 2, the group to which the merchandise belongs (group item) and its The order of display in the group (NO item) is specified. The condition display units 914 to 916 are controlled so that specific groups of each category are displayed with reference to these data structures.

  The game medium number display section 911 displays how many game media are required when a product is selected. In the delivery destination display portion 913, a delivery destination selection button designated at the time of mall member registration including the home is displayed. The player determines the delivery destination of the exchanged prize by touching one of them. Further, when a “shopping list” button 912 is touched, the products selected so far are displayed in a list as a “shopping list”.

  Returning to the flowchart of FIG. 23, it is determined whether or not the “shopping list” button 912 has been touched (step S74), or whether or not any product has been selected (step S75). Keep the current display. If it is determined that any product has been selected, the product information of the selected product is stored in the RAM or the like (step S76). On the other hand, when it is determined that the “shopping list” button 912 is touched, the shopping list is displayed based on the product information stored in step S76 (step S77).

  An example of a shopping list screen 920 is shown in FIG. In the prize display unit 922, product information of the product (prize) selected on the prize selection instruction screen 910 is displayed. Here, when the “next” button or the “previous” button is touched, the product of the next or previous page is displayed. The number of game media display section 921 displays how much game media is required for the selected product (if a hall store is specified, based on the exchange rate of the hall store). , The number of game media required for the exchange is displayed). Here, when the “OK” button 923 is touched, the contents of the shopping list are confirmed.

  Returning to the flowchart of FIG. 23 again, it is determined whether or not the “decision” button has been touched in the state where the shopping list is displayed (step S78). If it is determined that the “decision” button has been touched, The product information stored as the shopping list is transferred to the backbone server 600 via the hall computer 400 (step S79). The core server 600 stores the received product information in the shopping list management table 653 (step S80). Thereafter, the core server 600 creates a selection completion page indicating completion of the creation of the shopping list (step S81) and transfers it to the hall computer 400. The hall computer 400 transfers this to the prize selection device (step S82), and the prize selection device displays this selection completion page on the display (step S83). If the “return to TOP” button is touched in step S78, the display returns to the premium selection instruction screen 910 in FIG. 24B, but the description is omitted here.

  An example of the shopping list management table 653 updated by the core server 600 is shown in FIG. In this example, for each mall member ID, the product ID of the selected premium is stored in the entry of the premium 1 to the premium 50. The number of prize entries can be changed as appropriate and can be variable.

  The premium detail display screen 930 displayed in FIG. 25B is a screen on which details of the corresponding product are displayed when the premium is touched on the shopping list screen 920 in FIG. The detailed information display unit 932 displays a larger image of the prize and more detailed information.

  As described above, the player selects a displayed product as appropriate by using the gift selection device, whereby a “shopping list”, a provisional list of gifts that he / she wants to exchange (or that may be exchanged). Thus, the number of game media to be acquired can be grasped.

  Further, such a function of the gift exchange system 1 according to the present embodiment may be further expanded so that one player can manage a plurality of shopping lists simultaneously. With this configuration, the player can switch the shopping list to be called depending on whether a large amount of game media can be acquired or not when, for example, exchanging prizes. Furthermore, it is possible to configure so that a shopping list can be managed for each hall store, and it can be configured to keep it as an “ordinary shopping list” even after exchanging gifts.

  In addition, the number of game media necessary for exchange is displayed for each type in the product display unit 917 of the prize selection instruction screen 910 and the prize display unit 922 of the shopping list screen 920. If the amount information (value of the price stored in the product management table 752) is changed, it is changed accordingly, and the exchange rate of the hall store (the rates stored in the exchange rate management table 654). ) Will be changed accordingly. Some hall stores do not have a specific gaming medium type gaming machine 10 (for example, there are hall stores that do not have a 1-yen pachinko gaming machine). When displaying 910 or the shopping list screen 920, it is possible to control to display the number of game media required for exchange only for the type of game media corresponding to the hall store.

  Furthermore, in addition to the price stored in the merchandise management table 752, the price information of the prize can include a consumption tax, a shipping fee, and the like. The merchandise display section 917 of the prize selection instruction screen 910 and the shopping list screen 920 In addition to the price of the product, a consumption tax and a shipping fee can be added to the number of game media displayed on the premium display unit 922. The shipping cost can be automatically obtained from, for example, a shipping cost table (not shown) of the shop and a delivery address. Further, since the handling of the consumption tax differs for each hall store, it can be determined with reference to a table that defines the handling of the consumption tax that each hall store has.

  Next, the prize exchange control process will be described with reference to FIGS. The prize exchange control process is a process for selecting a prize to be exchanged from among the prizes registered in the shopping list (a process executed in step S16 or step S17 in FIG. 11). Since the shopping list selected by the player in advance can be displayed as it is, a desired prize can be easily selected at the time of prize exchange. Further, the shopping list is only a temporary and temporary list, and it is not a property that the prizes registered in the shopping list must be exchanged without fail.

  FIG. 26 is a flowchart showing processing for realizing the gift exchange control processing for each subject of the gift exchange device, the hall computer 400, and the core server 600. The processing is mainly realized by a prize exchange control unit (a function part corresponding to the prize exchange control unit 472 of the prize POS cooperation dedicated terminal 520) of the prize exchange device and a prize exchange control unit 605 of the core server 600. FIG. 27 to FIG. 29 show the gift exchange instruction screens and the like displayed on the display device of the gift POS cooperation dedicated terminal 520.

  First, in response to the player's operation, the prize exchange device displays a prize exchange login screen (step S90). FIG. 27A shows an example of the gift exchange login screen 940. Here, the player holds a mobile phone (for example, a smartphone 540 with a non-contact IC chip) as instructed on the screen, causes the prize exchange device to read the unique ID (IDm) of the non-contact IC chip, and the password. input. Although the system side can grasp the mall member ID based on the unique ID (see the mall member information table 651 in FIG. 18B), the mall member ID may be input here.

  The prize exchange device determines whether or not these inputs by the player are completed (step S91), and maintains the display of the prize exchange login screen 940 until there is an input. When the input is completed (when the “next” button is touched on the gift exchange login screen 940), the unique ID (for example, IDm), password, and store code of the smartphone 540 are transmitted to the hall computer 400 (step S92). . Here, the store code is stored in advance in association with the store code of the hall store in which the premium exchange device is installed in the ROM or the like of the premium exchange device. In addition, the device ID of the gift POS cooperation dedicated terminal 520 is transmitted to the core server 600, and the store code is referred to based on the device ID (refer to a table (not shown) in which the device ID and the store code are associated). It can also be specified. Next, the hall computer 400 transfers the login information to the core server 600 (step S93).

  When the core server 600 receives the login information, the core server 600 refers to the mall member information table 651 and determines whether the unique ID and the password match (step S94). If they do not match, an instruction is given to display an error (step S95). In response to this instruction, an error page is created by the hall computer 400 and then sent to the gift exchange device (step S96). The received prize exchange device displays an error page on the display (step S97).

  If it is determined that the unique ID and the password match, the core server 600 accesses the shopping list management table 653 and acquires product information stored in the shopping list of the corresponding mall member ID (step S98). ). Next, the mall member game medium holding number management table 652 is accessed, and the member of the mall member ID obtains the number of game media held by a medal or a stored ball at the hall store of the transmitted store code. (Step S99). If the number of game media held in the hall store is not in the mall member game medium held number management table 652, the member ID of the hall store is acquired from the mall member information table 651, and the hall computer information of the hall cooperation computer 560 is acquired. With reference to the table 571, the hall computer 400 of the hall store is accessed, and further, the game medium holding number management table 432 is accessed to acquire the game medium holding number of the member ID. When the number of game media held by the member in another hall store (or another hall store in the same group) can be used, the number of game media held is determined by adding these numbers.

  Next, the core server 600 creates a page for giving a prize exchange instruction screen according to the acquired number of game media held, and transmits it to the hall computer 400 (step S100). Here, for example, the core server 600 checks whether or not the prize can be exchanged based on the acquired number of retained game media, and the prize that cannot be exchanged if there are no more game media than the retained number is grayed out from the list. Editing such as deletion can be performed. Also, information indicating which prizes cannot be exchanged can be displayed as a message. The exchange rate is acquired from the exchange rate management table 654 according to the received store code. In addition, when the player holds over a plurality of types of game media, the player may be allowed to select on the prize exchange instruction screen (a game media in which a plurality of game media types are integrated). Such a selection is not necessary if prizes can be exchanged according to the number of holdings).

  In addition, the core server 600 can determine the display order of the premiums displayed on the premium exchange instruction screen according to predetermined conditions as in the above-described premium selection instruction screen. Thereafter, the hall computer 400 transfers the page of the prize exchange instruction screen to the prize exchange apparatus (step S101), and the prize exchange apparatus displays the received page of the prize exchange instruction screen on the display (step S102). Here, the player can touch the display of the prize exchange device to move the page of the prize exchange instruction screen or change the type of game medium. In response, the core server 600 creates a corresponding prize exchange instruction screen page and transmits it to the prize exchange apparatus via the hall computer 400 (step S103). In this example, the core server 600 creates these premium exchange instruction screen pages in response to the player's request, but creates and stores them in advance or sends them to the hall computer 400 together. You may keep it.

  FIG. 27B shows an example of the gift exchange instruction screen 950 displayed in this way. In the prize display unit 952, merchandise information including images is displayed in accordance with the determined display order. In this example, the number of game media necessary for exchanging each product is different for each type of game media. (For example, in the case of a drink, a pachinko ball with a 4-yen loan is 250 balls, and a medal of a 20-yen loan slot is 50). Here, by touching the “Next” button or the “Previous” button, the prize of the adjacent page is displayed.

  Further, the player can touch the game medium type selection unit 951 and specify which game medium is to be used to exchange prizes. As described above, if the player holds only one type of game medium, the prize exchange instruction screen 950 is displayed on the premise that prize exchange by the game medium is performed. On the other hand, if there is a sufficient number of holdings for a plurality of types of game media, the player is allowed to select the type of game media, and at that point, the prizes that cannot be exchanged are grayed out according to the type of game media selected. Or remove it from the list. Further, when a game medium is selected, the number of game media required for exchange is shown for each type of game medium, but only for the type of game medium selected.

  Returning to the flowchart of FIG. 26, it is determined whether or not a prize has been selected (step S104), or whether or not the “decision” button 953 has been touched (step S105). If it is determined that no touch has been made, the display of the gift exchange instruction screen 950 is maintained. If it is determined that a prize has been selected, a prize exchange determination screen is displayed for the selected prize (step S106). Here, it is determined whether or not the “exchange” button has been touched (step S107), and if it is determined that the “exchange” button has been touched, the information on the premium is stored in the RAM of the premium exchange device ( Step S108). Thereafter, the display shifts to the display of the gift exchange instruction screen 970.

  FIG. 28A shows an example of a gift exchange determination screen 960. In the prize display portion 962, the merchandise information of the merchandise (drip coffee) selected on the prize exchange instruction screen 950 is displayed with a larger image and more detailed explanation. The game medium number display section 961 indicates that prizes are exchanged with the number of pachinko balls lent by 4 yen. This is based on the player's designation. Currently, the number of game media held by the player's 4-yen loan (pachinko ball) is displayed as 1500 balls. Here, when the “exchange” button 963 is touched, this product (drip coffee) is recorded as a gift exchange target. In addition, the prize exchange determination screen 960 can be configured so that the player designates a desired quantity (the number of prizes), and the quantity designation display unit 964 can select numeric values such as quantities 1 and 2. It has become. The displayed quantity is displayed so as not to exceed the stock quantity of the product. The inventory is managed by a product management table 752.

  If the number of game media required for exchange exceeds the number of game media held by the player when the quantity is designated in the quantity designation display section 964 and the “exchange” button 963 is touched, It is also possible to control to display an error message indicating that the number of game media of the user is insufficient and cannot be replaced.

  After the “Replace” button 963 is touched, the display on the display of the prize exchange device transitions to a prize exchange instruction screen 970 shown in FIG. On the prize exchange instruction screen 970, designation of a 4-yen loaned pachinko ball is displayed on the game medium number display section 971, and the number of game media related to prize exchange registered by the previous operation (600 balls). ) Is subtracted and displayed as 900 balls. In the prize display portion 972, drip coffee registered as a commodity to be exchanged by the last operation is grayed out.

  Returning to the flowchart of FIG. 26 again, if it is determined that the “Enter” button 973 is touched while the prize exchange instruction screen 970 is displayed, a prize including information on a prize stored as a prize exchange target. The ordering instruction is transferred to the backbone server 600 via the hall computer 400 (step S110, step S21 in FIG. 12). The core server 600 stores the received information on the prize in the order management table 655 (step S111). Thereafter, the core server 600 transmits a premium delivery instruction to the shop management server 700 based on the information stored in the order management table 655 (step S112, step S24 in FIG. 12). If the “return to TOP” button is touched in step S107, the display returns to the gift exchange instruction screen 950 in FIG. 27B, but the description is omitted here.

  Next, the core server 600 creates an exchange completion page (step S113) and transfers it to the hall computer 400. The hall computer 400 transfers this to the prize exchange device (step S114), and the prize exchange device displays this exchange completion page on the display (step S115).

  An example of the order management table 655 updated by the core server 600 is shown in FIG. In this example, the order number is assigned, and for each order, a mall member ID, a prize ID (including quantity), a delivery destination, and the like are stored. The information on the free gift can be acquired based on the product ID of the product management table 752, the delivery destination can be acquired from the mall member information table 651, and the information is sent to the shop management server 700 as necessary. Sent.

  FIG. 29 shows a digital signage device 515, which is a large-sized display device connected to the sand device 20 and displaying in conjunction with the display contents of the sand device 20 when the sand device 20 is used as a prize exchange device. It is the figure which showed the display content of the display part 516. In FIG. 29A, a prize exchange instruction screen is displayed on the operation unit 34, and a plurality of pieces of exchangeable product information are displayed simultaneously on the display unit 516 of the digital signage device 515 in conjunction with the operation unit 34. Furthermore, a larger image and a more detailed description are displayed for each product. In this way, not only the display content is displayed largely on the display unit 516 of the digital signage device 515, but also the display content of the operation unit 34 is shown in an easily understandable manner in a display format different from the display content of the operation unit 34 It can be constituted as follows.

  In FIG. 29B, a prize exchange determination screen is displayed on the operation unit 34, and a display related to the display unit 516 of the digital signage device 515 is displayed in conjunction therewith. The product focused on the prize exchange determination screen of the operation unit 34 is indicated by an arrow on the display unit 516 of the digital signage device 515, and the player looks at the upper part of the gaming machine 10. , You can easily check the details of the item to be exchanged.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 30, the premium information collection process will be described. The premium information collection process is a process of accessing information on a shop (shop server) or the like of a plurality of online mail order sites and collecting information on the shop and information on commodities that can be exchanged. FIG. 30 is a flowchart in which processing for realizing the premium information collection processing is described for each subject of the shop management server 700, the ASP-I / F server 800, and the EC shop ASP server 850. This processing is mainly realized by the product selection management unit 702 of the shop management server 700 and the online mail order I / F unit 802 of the ASP-I / F server 800.

  First, the shop management server 700 transmits a shop information and product information collection instruction to the ASP-I / F server 800 at a predetermined timing (step S120). The timing may be a relatively short interval such as every few hours or every few minutes, or may be a relatively long interval such as once a month. The ASP-I / F server 800 that has received the collection instruction transmits authentication information to the EC shop ASP server 850, for example, by inputting data to a predetermined WEB page and transmitting a request (step S121). ).

  When the EC shop ASP server 850 receives the authentication information, the EC shop ASP server 850 checks this (step S123). If the authentication is successful, the EC shop ASP server 850 gives an access permission to the ASP-I / F server 800 (step S124). When the ASP-I / F server 800 receives this access permission (step S125), it makes an acquisition request for shop information to the EC shop ASP server 850 (step S126). For example, the ASP-I / F server 800 may request information related to a shop included in a list created by referring to the shop management table 751 or information related to a shop satisfying a certain condition, or an EC shop. Alternatively, the shop information prepared by the ASP server 850 may be simply received.

  In response to the shop information acquisition request, the EC shop ASP server 850 transmits the shop information of the shop server 870 under management (step S127). The shop information may include various contents such as information related to the shop server and server address, business details, credit information, and the like. The ASP-I / F server 800 transfers the received shop information to the shop management server 700 (step S128).

  The shop management server 700 refers to the received shop information, and excludes shops that do not match the predetermined condition (step S129). By setting various conditions such as the size of the shop, the sales system, and the contents of past transactions, it is possible to prepare for the exchange of prizes. In addition, the range of shops to be collected can be switched for each hall store, and in that case, control can be performed so as not to access the shop server of the shop outside the range from the beginning.

  Next, for each shop, the ASP-I / F server 800 is requested to acquire information on the handling products (step S130). The ASP-I / F server 800 that has received the product information acquisition request makes a product information acquisition request to the EC shop ASP server 850 (step S131). When the EC shop ASP server 850 receives the product information acquisition request, the EC shop ASP server 850 sends information on the product handled by the shop (for example, product name, model number, product type, sales price, inventory quantity, shipping cost, etc.) to the ASP-I / F. The ASP-I / F server 800 transmits the received product information to the shop management server 700 (step S133).

  Upon receiving the product information, the shop management server 700 filters whether each of these is a product that can be exchanged at a hall store, the product name, model number, product type, sales price, etc. included in the product information. A check is made by comparing the filtering data in the data table 753 (step S134). For example, by this filtering data, products with a price higher than 10,000 yen (for example, filter No. “F001” filter) and products whose product type is securities (for example, filter No. “F002” filter) ), Set so as not to satisfy the condition as a prize. In addition, for example, the product type is set so as not to satisfy the condition as a prize even for a product corresponding to an antique (second-hand product), a pharmaceutical product, or the like (for reasons that a business permit is required by law).

  The data defining the conditions used for such filtering processing is stored as filtering data in the filtering data table 753, and the operating entity or the predetermined organization of the prize exchange system 1 according to the present embodiment uses a computer. The shop management server 700 can be accessed and the filtering data can be updated as appropriate. Further, as shown in the filtering data table 753, the application start date and time can be specified, and when the timing comes, it can be controlled to enable the filter.

  In this example, such filtering processing is performed when product information is collected. However, the product information once stored unconditionally is checked and updated at a predetermined timing to satisfy the condition. You can eliminate what is not. Further, the filtering process may be performed at the stage of displaying the product information on the prize selection device. Further, different filtering processes may be applied to the collected product information in a stepwise manner multiple times.

  Next, the shop management server 700 checks whether or not the same product information has been received from a plurality of shops (step S135), and adjusts the overlap according to certain conditions. For example, a product of a shop with a lower selling price is selected. In addition, when there are few stocks of shops that provide cheap products, the stocks of a plurality of shops can be connected and managed in ascending order of sales prices. When a certain number of items are exchanged by such management, the selling price changes (becomes higher), and the selling shop also changes. It should be noted that the comparison of selling prices here can be taken into account including consumption tax and shipping costs.

  When an appropriate product is determined as a gift exchange, the shop management server 700 stores the product information of the product in the product management table 752 (step S136), and determines whether or not the processing has been completed for all shops (step S136). S137). If it is determined that there is still a shop from which product information should be obtained, the process returns to step S130 and the process is repeated. Here, the shop management server 700 rewrites the data of the product management table 752 when the same product more suitable for the condition is found in another shop.

  If it is determined that there is no shop for which product information is to be acquired, the shop that satisfies the basic conditions as a shop and registers the product of the shop as a free gift is registered in the shop management table 751 (step S138).

  As described above, the ASP-I / F server 800 exchanges messages or the like according to the rules decided by both the ASP-I / F server 800 and the EC shop ASP server 850 at a predetermined timing, so that the shop information And product information. In this way, by using a common protocol (including network layer communication protocols such as HTTP and HTTPS), necessary information is also acquired from another person's server located in a remote place via a network such as the Internet. be able to. Therefore, if such an arrangement is made in advance, data communication between the individual shop I / F server 820 and the shop server 872 and data between the EC mall I / F server 840 and the EC mall management server 860 are performed. Communication and data communication between other servers are also possible.

  In addition, there are types of EC shop ASP server 850 and EC mall management server 860 that are respectively connected to a shop server that provides the functions of an online shopping site and integratedly manage the whole. Some types use a server to provide online shopping site functions. Therefore, the EC shop ASP server 850 and the EC mall management server 860 itself may not have shop information or product information regarding each managed shop server. In such a case, the EC shop ASP server 850 and the EC mall management server 860 can further inquire the requested shop information and product information from the managed shop server.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 31, the premium order control process will be described. The prize ordering control process is a process for instructing the shop server that realizes the online shopping site to deliver the prize designated by the prize exchange to the designated delivery destination (in response to the process of step S25 in FIG. 12). Processing to be performed). FIG. 31 is a flowchart in which processing for realizing the prize order control processing is shown for each subject of the EC mall I / F server 840, the EC mall management server 860, and the shop server 874. This processing is mainly realized by the premium order control unit of the EC mall I / F server 840 (functional unit corresponding to the premium order control unit 803 of the ASP-I / F server 800).

  First, the EC mall I / F server 840 receives a prize delivery instruction from the core server 600 and transmits authentication information to the EC mall management server 860 (step S140). When the EC mall management server 860 receives the authentication information, the EC mall management server 860 checks this (step S142). If the authentication is successful, the EC mall management server 860 gives access permission to the EC mall I / F server 840 (step S143). Upon receiving this access permission (step S144), the EC mall I / F server 840 performs payment processing for a premium order.

  For example, in the case of bank settlement, processing is performed so as to pay an EC mall fee to an account related to the operating entity of the EC mall management server 860 (step S145). Such a payment process is realized by, for example, a process of transmitting a settlement instruction to a predetermined bank settlement system. Next, the EC mall I / F server 840 obtains an amount obtained by subtracting the EC mall fee and the calculation center fee from the sale price of the premium to an online shopping site (operator of the shop server 874) corresponding to the exchange premium. Processing is performed to pay the bank account (step S146). This process is also realized by a process of transmitting a settlement instruction to a predetermined bank settlement system.

  On the other hand, in the case of credit settlement, the EC mall I / F server 840 performs processing to pay the sales price of the premium by credit settlement to the operating entity of the EC mall management server 860 (step S147). Thereafter, the EC mall management server 860 performs processing so as to pay an amount obtained by subtracting the settlement fee from the sales price of the premium to the online shopping site (operating entity of the shop server 874) corresponding to the exchange premium (step S148). An EC mall fee and a computer center fee are charged to the server 874 (step S149).

  Thereafter, the shop server 874 performs processing for paying the charged EC mall fee and the calculation center fee to the operating entity of the EC mall management server 860 (step S150). Further, the EC mall management server 860 Processing is performed so as to pay the computer center fee to the (operating entity of the EC mall I / F server 840) (step S151).

  Next, the EC mall I / F server 840 transmits a premium ordering request to the EC mall management server 860 (step S152). Upon receiving this request, the EC mall management server 860 displays the ordered premium. The shop server 874 of the online shopping site to be sold is specified (step S153), and a premium order request is transmitted to the specified shop server 874 (step S154). Upon receiving the prize ordering request, the shop server 874 outputs a prize dispatching instruction so that humans can easily perform the subsequent work (step S155).

  Next, a mechanism for collecting a player's action history will be described with reference to FIG. Action history data relating to the player's action is collected by the core server 600, where various analyzes relating to big data are performed. Depending on the analysis result, for example, various processing methods can be defined in addition to the selection and display order of the products displayed on the prize selection device, the display order of the prizes displayed on the prize exchange device.

  The player instructs the gaming machine 10 to insert or pay out medals. The number of medals inserted according to this instruction, the number of medals to be paid out, the time when the instruction was given, and the like are temporarily stored as medal number information in the main RAM 263 of the gaming machine 10 and transmitted to the sand device 20 at a predetermined timing. It is stored in the RAM 42 of the device 20. In addition, the player instructs the sand apparatus 20 to move and count medals using an information card or a non-contact IC card. The number of medals moved by this instruction, the medal counting result, the time when the instruction was given, and the like are stored in the RAM 42 as medal number information.

  Thus, the medal number information regarding the gaming machine 10 and the sand device 20 stored in the RAM 42 of the sand device 20 is transmitted to the hall computer 400 at a predetermined timing and stored in the action history management table 433. In the action history management table 433 shown in FIG. 17C, the player's member ID, store code, game machine number, operation, game medium type, quantity, and date / time are stored. The date / time data represents the operation date / time when the date / time data acquired by the gaming machine 10 is used, but the date / time data acquired by the sand device 20 or the hall computer 400 may be used.

  In addition, action history data regarding mall member registration processing performed by the player is also transmitted to the hall computer 400 and stored in the action history management table 433.

  The action history data stored in the action history management table 433 of the hall computer 400 indicates that the player is a mall member of the prize exchange system 1 according to the present embodiment, and the mall member action of the core server 600 at a predetermined timing. It is moved to the history management table 656.

  Data representing a prize selection operation performed by the player using the prize selection device and a prize effect operation performed by the prize exchange device is transmitted from the device to the core server 600 at a predetermined timing, and is sent to the mall member behavior history management table 656. Remembered. Here, in the player's selection operation or exchange operation, operations such as displaying the next page or canceling the designation may be stored.

  Further, in the mall member behavior history management table 656 of the core server 600, when a player performs a mall member registration using the smartphone 540 or the feature phone 558, the behavior history data regarding the operation is also stored in the core server 600. And stored in the mall member behavior history management table 656.

  The mall member behavior history management table 656 shown in FIG. 20A stores a player's mall member ID, store code, game machine number, operation, game medium type, quantity, and date. This content is the content of the action history management table 433 shown in 17 (C) described above, with action history data relating to prize selection and prize exchange added (see arrow in FIG. 17C). ). From the mall member behavior history management table 656 in FIG. 20A, a player whose mall member ID is “U004” has selected a prize between 10:22 and 15: 4 on May 5th. Later, 20 medals with a 20 yen loan were lent out, and as a result of the game, the number of medals reached 500. It can be seen that prizes were exchanged using all of these game media. For the action history data related to prize selection or prize exchange, the date / time data can be the date / time data acquired from the prize selection terminal or the prize exchange terminal, but the date / time data of the hall computer 400 or the core server 600 can also be used. .

  In addition, the mall member behavior history management table 656 can store information indicating what products have been selected as “shopping lists” and which premiums have been exchanged. Furthermore, each of the action history data stored in the mall member action history management table 656 can be associated with humidity, weather, season data, etc. at the date and time of the action history data.

  Such a function related to “collection” of behavior history management is executed by the behavior history management unit 413 in the hall computer 400, and by the behavior history management unit 607 in the core server 600. Although the action history management for the pachislot machine has been described here, the player's action history is similarly stored for the pachinko machine (not for the number of medals but for the number of pachinko balls).

  Analyzing a huge amount of data regarding the game situation and prize exchange status of such players, the advertisements and other information related to hall stores and online mail order sites suitable for each mall member are extracted from the extracted features and trends. It is possible to generate and output the information to a digital signage device 515 or the like installed at the upper part of the gaming machine 10 used by the mall member, or to send it to a mail address of the smartphone 540 or the like.

  In the free gift exchange system 1 of the present invention, as shown in the free gift selection instruction screen 910 shown in FIG. 24B or the free gift exchange instruction screen 950 shown in FIG. Based on the money amount information, it is displayed after being converted into units (number of game media) such as the number of pachinko balls and the number of medals, and the player obtains the player himself / herself by viewing the display of the number of game media. With the pachinko balls and medals you can see which prizes you can get.

  However, the price required for exchanging prizes can be displayed in various other units. For example, the consideration necessary for exchanging the prize is displayed in a unit of a predetermined electronic value representing the value that can be distributed electronically within a predetermined range, and the number of game media acquired by the player is also the value of the electronic value. By displaying in units, the player can acquire a pachinko ball or medal that the player has acquired based on a value expressed in units of electronic value (e.g., expressed in electronic value data such as 120 or 8000). So you can figure out which prizes you can get.

  In this case, the consideration necessary for exchanging the prize is when the price information (including price, consumption tax, shipping fee, etc.) of the prize is associated with the electronic value or other types of electronic value Is represented by the electronic value data itself or a value obtained from the electronic value data, and if the amount information of the prize is associated with a unit of currency value such as yen, the currency The value represented by the value is converted into the above electronic value unit, and is represented by the converted electronic value data. On the other hand, the number of game media acquired by the player is converted into the electronic value data at a predetermined conversion rate at a predetermined service site (computer system), for example. The exchange rate between the game medium and the electronic value may vary depending on the hall store. In this case, the exchange rate of the hall store is taken into consideration.

  Even in such a case, as described above, if the amount information of the prize or the electronic value data associated with the prize is changed, the corresponding prize is displayed on the prize selection instruction screen 910 or the prize exchange instruction screen 950. The display of the electronic value data is changed accordingly. Also, if the electronic value representing the number of game media acquired by the player and the electronic value of the prize, or the electronic value between the prizes are of different types, they can be converted to one electronic value. It can be converted into another common electronic value and displayed.

  Furthermore, the number of game media acquired by the player is converted into electronic value that can be used at a hall store outside the country, and the player plays a game or exchanges prizes at the hall store outside the country. Can be. In addition, when the prize exchange system of the present invention is operated for a hall store or the like outside the country, the electronic value associated with the number of game media acquired by the player in Japan is converted as it is or based on the exchange rate or the like. It can also be used later.

  Next, a case where a portable device (communication device) such as the smartphone 540 is used as a prize selection device in the prize selection control process of the prize exchange system 1 according to the present embodiment will be described.

  In the free gift exchange system 1 according to the present embodiment, when the mobile device is used as a free gift selection device, the product information displayed on the free gift selection instruction screen, the shopping list screen, and the free gift detail display screen is displayed in FIG. As in FIG. 25, the number of game media necessary for exchanging the product is displayed. Since portable devices such as the smartphone 540 can be operated freely inside and outside the hall store, these devices may be used as a gift selection device outside the hall store. In the product information, the number of game media necessary for exchange is displayed. For example, the price (currency value) of the product stored in the product management table 752 may be controlled to be displayed together with the number of game media.

  Even when the portable device is used as a prize selection device, the prize selection control process is performed in the same flow as the flowchart shown in FIG. 23 (in this case, the mobile I / F server 680 performs a part of the functions of the hall computer 400). Run). In addition, the display mode in the portable device is the same as the display mode shown in FIG. 33, which will be described later (however, in FIG. 33, the currency value of the product is displayed. Will display the number of game media required for replacement).

  Furthermore, since portable devices such as the smartphone 540 can be operated freely inside and outside the hall store, the number of game media held by the player, the exchange rate of each hall store, etc. If there is a restriction that the user cannot browse, the same process as the prize selection control process described above with reference to FIGS. 23 to 25 cannot be performed on the portable device.

  Therefore, in the prize exchange system 1 according to the present embodiment, when the portable device is used as a prize selection device, a prize selection instruction screen, a shopping list screen, and a prize detail display screen (see FIGS. 24 to 25). For example, the product information displayed on the display screen does not display the number of game media necessary for exchanging the product, but controls to display the currency value of the product stored in the product management table 752, for example.

  Even when the portable device is used as a prize selection device, the prize selection control process is performed in the same flow as the flowchart shown in FIG. 23 (in this case, the mobile I / F server 680 performs a part of the functions of the hall computer 400). Run). However, in step S62, when the dedicated terminal 530 is used as a prize selection device, when the “next” button is touched on the prize selection login screen 900, the unique ID (for example, IDm) and password of the smartphone 540 are touched. Is transmitted to the hall computer 400, but when the portable device is used as a prize selection device, a device ID for identifying the prize selection device is further transmitted, and the core server 600 selects a prize from this device ID. Determine if the device is a portable device.

  Further, a device identification code “1” is transmitted from a device installed in the hall terminal such as the dedicated terminal 530, and “0” is transmitted from the portable device or nothing is transmitted. Thus, it may be determined whether or not the prize selection device is a portable device. Various other methods can be used for the determination.

  Next, when the portable device is used as a prize selection device, in step S70, a page of a prize selection instruction screen is created so as to display the currency value for each product without acquiring the exchange rate of the hall store. . The currency value of the merchandise can be obtained from the price of the merchandise management table 752 (including consumption tax depending on the hall store). By configuring the prize selection control processing in this way, the prize selection device is installed in a hall store such as the dedicated terminal 530, and in an apparatus that is always operated in the hall store, the number of games is the number of game media. On the other hand, in the device where the prize selection device is not guaranteed to be operated at a certain place such as a portable terminal, it is not the number of game media necessary for exchanging the product, but the price of the product (for example, Displayed on the online shopping site).

  For example, FIG. 33A shows a shopping list screen 980 displayed on the display of the mobile device when the mobile device (smart phone 540) is used as a prize selection device. The gift display section 983 displays product information of products registered in the shopping list, and these items are displayed by scrolling up and down. Each product displays a price instead of the number of game media as shown in FIG. The player can display the next or previous product by swiping the display up and down. The total price display section 981 displays the total price of the products registered in the shopping list.

  FIG. 33B shows a prize detail display screen 990 displayed on the display of the portable device when the portable device (smart phone 540) is used as a prize selection device. The gift detail display screen 990 is a screen on which details of a corresponding product are displayed when a gift is touched on the shopping list screen 980 in FIG. The detailed information display unit 993 displays a larger image of the prize and more detailed information. In this case as well, the price of the merchandise is displayed instead of the number of game media as shown in FIG.

  As described above, when the portable device (communication device) is used as a prize exchange device in the prize selection control process of the prize exchange system 1 according to the present embodiment, the number of game media required for exchanging merchandise is not enough. The currency value (price) of the product is controlled to be displayed. However, when it is guaranteed that the portable device is being browsed / operated in the hall store, the number of game media may be displayed for each product, as with the dedicated terminal 530.

  For example, when a portable device selects a prize by sending / receiving data to / from the backbone server 600 by short-range wireless communication in which the effective range is guaranteed to be in the hall store, it does not reach the outside of the hall store When a gift is selected by transmitting / receiving data to / from the backbone server 600 using a portable device connected by a cable or the like, or from the location information of the portable device obtained by GPS or the like, the portable device is placed in the hall store. This state can be automatically determined when it is guaranteed, and control can be made to display the number of game media for the product as described above.

  In addition, since the prize exchange device is premised on displaying the number of game media held by the player and the number of game media required for exchanging merchandise, it is prohibited to display such information outside the hall store. If it is prohibited by the above, it is basically impossible to use the mobile device as a free gift exchange device (because the mobile device can provide a data communication function regardless of location), but as in the above case, If it is guaranteed that the portable device is viewed and operated inside the hall store, the portable device can be used as a free gift exchange device.

  Although the gift exchange system 1 of the present invention has been illustrated using a specific device, a specific table, and the like, the description so far is only one embodiment, and various other forms of the present invention can be used. A characteristic computer system can be realized. For example, devices having various configurations as a gift selection device and a gift exchange device can be used in various network connection states, and the computer center backbone server 600, shop management server 700, ASP-I / F server 800, and the like are also various. A device with a different configuration can be used, and each functional unit can be arranged (distributed or integrated) differently from the example. Also, other different configurations can be adopted for the table configuration.

[Description of the prize exchange system according to the second embodiment of the present invention]
With reference to FIG. 34, the system outline | summary of the prize exchange system which concerns on the 2nd Embodiment of this invention is demonstrated. A prize exchange system 1001 shown in FIG. 34 is configured to include a hall store apparatus, a hall cooperation system, and a computer center apparatus, similar to the above-described prize exchange system 1 shown in FIG. Are connected to the device of the online shopping site via a network such as the Internet. The prize exchange system 1001 in FIG. 34 is preferably an online mail order linked prize exchange system.

  In the prize exchange system 1001 shown in FIG. 34, a small amount of game media such as a handball can be stored without registering a mall member in the system. Further, as in the prize exchange system 1 described above, A shopping list can be created by selecting a gift exchange candidate from among many gifts in advance. After that, when a mall member is registered in the system, it is possible to give a prize exchange instruction according to the value of the stored ball, and the designated prize can be delivered to a designated address such as a home. Here, holding a small amount of game media such as end balls (remaining balls) is referred to as a “small amount storage ball” for convenience, but not only pachinko ball storage balls acquired with a pachinko machine but also medal acquired with a pachislot machine Holding (so-called medal savings) is also included.

  In addition, small-amount storage balls are not limited to storing the end balls generated during the exchange of prizes. For example, when a player intentionally interrupts a game and tries to hold a pachinko ball or medal, This includes the case where a small amount of game media is stored due to factors. In the gift exchange system 1001, a certain upper limit is set for the number (value) of stored balls per time and the total number (value) of stored balls.

  The prize exchange system 1001 shown in FIG. 34 can be regarded as a modification of the prize exchange system 1 shown in FIG. 1, and the same prize selection control, prize exchange control, prize ordering control, action history management and the like as the prize exchange system 1 Each function is provided. For example, the hall computer 1400, hall DB 1430, gaming machine 1010, sand device 1020, digital signage device 1515, prize POS 1500, prize POS cooperation dedicated terminal 1520, and dedicated terminal 1530 in the hall store are each a hall store in the prize exchange system 1. Corresponds to the hall computer 400, hall DB 430, gaming machine 10, sand device 20, digital signage device 515, prize POS 500, prize POS cooperation dedicated terminal 520, and dedicated terminal 530. Also, the computer center backbone server 1600, backbone DB 1650, mobile I / F server 1680, shop management server 1700, premium DB 1750, ASP-I / F server 1800, individual shop I / F server 1820, and EC mall I / F server Reference numeral 1840 denotes a backbone server 600, a backbone DB 650, a mobile I / F server 680, a shop management server 700, a premium DB 750, an ASP-I / F server 800, an individual shop I / F server 820, and an EC in the prize exchange system 1, respectively. This corresponds to the mall I / F server 840. The network 1690 corresponds to the network 690 in the prize exchange system 1.

  Further, although omitted in FIG. 34, the hall cooperation system of the prize exchange system 1001 includes a hall cooperation computer 560, a hall cooperation DB 570, and a center store I / F server 580 included in the hall cooperation system of the prize exchange system 1. And the like are arranged (the center store corresponding to the center store 590 is also arranged).

  The online shopping site of the free gift exchange system 1001 corresponds to the EC shop ASP server 850, shop server 870, shop server 872, EC mall management server 860, and shop server 874 included in the online shopping site of the free gift exchange system 1. Although the apparatus etc. which are each arranged are also shown, description was abbreviate | omitted in FIG. Here, component elements newly added to the prize exchange system 1 and component elements whose internal functions are changed will be described in detail.

  In the hall store, a hall computer 1400, a gaming machine 1010, a prize selection device, and a prize exchange device are arranged, and a small sum saving instruction device 1060 and a connection management device 1090 are arranged. The small amount storage instruction device 1060 is a terminal used for a player to perform small amount storage, and in this example, a terminal having a function of a prize POS terminal. The player causes the small amount storage instruction device 1060 to read a receipt on which the counting result of game media (medals and pachinko balls) is printed, and then instructs the small amount storage instruction device 1060 to perform small amount storage such as an end ball. The player does not need to perform mall membership registration that requires input of name, e-mail address, address, and the like when performing a small amount saving ball using the small amount storage instruction device 1060, and a small amount storage member card 1110 that is a contactless IC card. Can be used to manage small savings. Here, the non-contact IC card is a card including a non-contact IC chip based on a near field communication standard (NFC), for example.

  The connection management device 1090 controls the connection between the small sum storage instruction device 1060 and the backbone server 1600 of the computer center. The connection management device 1090 includes, for example, a gateway function, and includes a VPN router function when connecting the small sum storage instruction device 1060 and the backbone server 1600 with a VPN (Virtual Private Network). In addition, a connection control function for controlling connection with the backbone server 1600 is included. Further, the connection management device 1090 may be a device constituted by a plurality of devices including the gateway device having the gateway function described above, the VPN router device having the VPN router function, and the connection control device having the connection control function. Good.

  The hall computer 1400, like the hall computer 400 of the giveaway exchange system 1, functions such as managing the status of the devices (including the player's game status) arranged in the hall store, information on members, and prizes. And receives information on the value that the player has saved a small amount for payment at the time of prize exchange from the small amount storage instruction device 1060 or the core server 1600.

  The prize selection device includes any terminal capable of network communication, such as a dedicated terminal 1530, a smartphone 1540, and a feature phone 1558. In this example, a PC (personal computer) 1100 is also used. The PC 1100 is used at a player's home or the like, and is connected to the backbone server 1600 via a network 1695 such as the Internet and an AP (application) server 1685 of the computer center, and reads the small amount storage card member card 1110. A prize selection instruction (creation of a shopping list) similar to the prize exchange system 1 can be performed. In this example, the small sum storage instruction device 1060 can also function as a prize selection device.

  The core server 1600 manages a player who has registered as a mall member as a mall member, similarly to the prize exchange system 1, and performs a prize selection control process and a prize exchange control process according to the player's prize selection and prize exchange operations, respectively. When the prize exchange is determined, a prize ordering process is automatically performed for the corresponding online shopping site. In addition, it collects and stores an action history including a gaming situation and a prize exchange situation for a mall member in each hall store.

  Further, the core server 1600 manages the value of the saved game medium in association with the value of the saved money member card 1110 based on the instruction from the reduced value storage instruction apparatus 1060. In this example, the information on the small amount storage balls instructed from the small amount storage instruction device 1060 of each hall store is centrally managed in the basic DB of the basic server 1600 (in this respect, this system is a center-intensive type small amount storage management system) Can be said). In addition, the value of the game media corresponding to the small amount of money saved by each player is managed as “electronic value data”, which is a unit of a predetermined electronic value representing the value that can be distributed electronically within a predetermined range. The

  Next, with reference to FIG. 35, the configuration of the small sum storage instruction apparatus 1060 will be described. FIG. 35 is a block diagram showing the configuration of the small sum storage instruction apparatus 1060. Similar to the prize POS 500 of the prize exchange system 1, the small sum storage instruction apparatus 1060 shown in the figure is configured to realize the conventional prize exchange and the prize exchange processing according to the present invention. The small sum storage instruction device 1060 includes a main CPU 1061, a ROM 1062, a RAM 1063, an information card reader / writer 1064, a non-contact IC card reader / writer 1065, a barcode reader 1066, a player side display 1067, a keyboard 1068, a store side display 1069, an interface. 1070 and a speaker 1071.

  The main CPU 1061 reads and executes control programs stored in the ROM 1062 and the RAM 1063. For example, the main CPU 1061 executes prize inventory management and prize exchange management, and prize exchange processing by the prize exchange system 1001 of the present embodiment, and further realizes processing of a small amount of money by the player. The control program may be provided from another device via the interface 1070 or from another device outside via a network including the Internet.

  When the main CPU 1061 registers the counting result in the information card or the non-contact IC card by each counter of the sand device 1020, the member ID read from the information card via the information card reader / writer 1064 (the player at the hall store) ID), or a member ID (member card identification information) read from the contactless IC card via the contactless IC card reader / writer 1065 is acquired, accessed to the hall computer 1400, and associated with the acquired member ID. The number of game media held (the number of stored balls, the number of stored medals) is acquired.

  In addition, the main CPU 1061 reads the receipt on which the counting result is printed by the barcode reader 1066 when the member ID is not acquired without performing the member registration in the hall store, and thereby the prize exchange is performed. It can be performed.

  The player-side display 1067 is configured as a touch panel display that can be touched by the player. The main CPU 1061 receives the number of prizes (general prizes and special prizes in stock at the hall store) designated by the player via the player side display 1067. Next, the main CPU 1061 obtains the number of pachinko balls and medals corresponding to the prize designated by the player, and if this is smaller than the number of game media held, it displays that fact on the store side display 1069 and Exchange gifts by operating store staff. The store side display 1069 is configured as a touch panel display like the player side display 1067, and the staff performs the operation using the store side display 1069 or the keyboard 1068.

  When the exchange of the prize is completed, the main CPU 1061 accesses the hall computer 1400 and subtracts the number of game media held for the corresponding member ID. The small sum storage instruction device 1060 is communicably connected to the hall computer 1400 and the connection management device 1090 via the interface 1070.

  The main CPU 1061 further displays a screen (including a shopping list screen) for exchanging prizes, similar to the prize exchange system 1, on the player side display 1067. On the screen, the information of the prize instructed to be exchanged by the player is the mall member ID (member card identification information, ie, prize exchange) read from the non-contact IC card via the non-contact IC card reader / writer 1065. Is associated with the player ID in the system 1) and transmitted to the core server 1600 via the hall computer 1400 and the hall cooperation system.

  The main CPU 1061 further reads the receipt on which the counting result is printed by the bar code reader 1066, and when the prize is exchanged, a small amount of balls are stored for the remaining pachinko balls and medals according to the player's instruction. Control to do (doesn't leave a prize exchange, but also stores a small amount of game media). The main CPU 1061 stores a unique ID (for example, member card identification information such as IDm) read from the small-capacity membership card 1110 that is a non-contact IC card via the non-contact IC card reader / writer 1065. The type of game media (pachinko balls, medals, etc.) and quantity (game media value information) are managed in association with each other. At this time, the player does not need to register the player's attribute information (personal information that can identify the player) such as name, e-mail address, and address in the system, and the player's attribute information is stored in the membership card. It is not associated. This state is a state that should be called an anonymous member, and here, the small amount of money can be managed in the state of the anonymous member.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 36, the function of the small sum storage instruction apparatus 1060 will be described. FIG. 36 is a functional block diagram of the small sum storage instruction apparatus 1060. The small sum storage instruction apparatus 1060 includes an access management unit 1081, a free gift POS control unit 1082, a free gift selection control unit 1083, a small sum storage control unit 1084, a member management unit 1085, an action history management unit 1086, and a network I / F unit 1087. .

  When the access management unit 1081 accesses the backbone server 1600 for a prize selection process or a small amount savings ball process, the mall member who registered the mall member with the system or a membership card for a small amount savings card without performing the mall member registration. Access to the core server 1600 is managed by determining whether the anonymous member using 1110 is a valid user. The prize POS control unit 1082 manages prize exchange (exchange with special prizes and general prizes) using the conventional prize POS. For example, the number of pachinko balls or medals corresponding to the prize designated by the player is obtained, and if this is smaller than the number of game media held, that fact is displayed on the store side display 1069 and the staff of the hall store operates. To exchange prizes.

  The prize selection control unit 1083 cooperates with the prize selection control unit 1604 of the core server 1600 to allow a mall member or an anonymous member to select a prize that is a candidate for prize exchange, and to create a shopping list. Memorize. The small amount storage control unit 1084 cooperates with the small amount storage management unit 1610 of the basic server 1600 to control to perform the small amount storage according to the player's instruction. The member management unit 1085 cooperates with the mall member management unit 1601 and the anonymous member management unit 1611 of the core server 1600 to provide a user interface for registering a mall member, and to integrate a small amount storage member card 1110. I do. In addition, if there is a prize at the hall store, this information is also managed to support the player who has received the prize. The action history management unit 1086 manages a player's action history such as a small sum saving process in cooperation with the action history management unit 1607 of the core server 1600. The network I / F unit 1087 is connected to the connection management apparatus 1090 and controls to perform data transmission / reception with the backbone server 1600. In this example, the small sum saving instruction device 1060 is configured to serve as a prize POS, a prize selection device, a small sum saving instruction device, and a device for performing mall member registration, but it is composed of a plurality of devices or individual devices. You can also

  FIG. 37 is a functional block diagram of the core server 1600. The core server 1600 includes a mall member management unit 1601, a prize selection control unit 1604, a prize exchange control unit 1605, a prize order control unit 1606, an action history management unit 1607, a network I / F unit 1608, and a portable device management unit 1609. These are the mall member manager 601, the prize selection controller 604, the prize exchange controller 605, the prize order controller 606, the action history manager 607, the network I / F unit 608, the core server 600 of the prize exchange system 1. And a function corresponding to each of the portable device management unit 609. Further, the core server 1600 newly includes a small sum saving management unit 1610 and an anonymous member management unit 1611.

  The small-amount storage management unit 1610 converts the number of storages instructed by the player from the small-amount storage instruction device 1060 into a predetermined unit of electronic value, and manages this in an anonymous state. Also, the anonymous member management unit 1611 provides a user interface for registering a mall member to the small amount storage instruction device 1060 and performs an integration process of the small amount storage member card 1110.

  The backbone server 1600 stores the backbone DB 1650 in an external storage device. The backbone DB 1650 stores a mall member information table 1651 that stores information related to the mall members of the prize exchange system 1001, and the member instructs a medal or a stored ball. A mall member game medium holding number management table 1652 for managing the number of held game media, and a shopping list for storing and managing a shopping list created as a result of the player selecting a product using the prize selection device. Management table 1653, exchange rate management table 1654 for storing exchange rates relating to general prizes for each hall store, order management table 1655 for storing and managing contents ordered from online shopping sites, and games of the member and anonymous members Action history tube that stores action history such as situation and exchange status Table 1656 is included. These tables are a mall member information table 651, a mall member game medium holding number management table 652, a shopping list management table 653, an exchange rate management table 654, an order management table 655, and a mall member behavior history of the gift exchange system 1. It corresponds to each management table 656 (however, the behavior history management table 1656 is different from the mall member game medium holding number management table 652 and records the behavior history of not only mall members but also anonymous members). .

  Further, in the basic DB 1650, there are an anonymous member information table 1657 for managing an anonymous member who makes a small amount of savings using the small amount savings member card 1110, and an electronic value management table 1658 for storing after converting the value of the anonymous member's savings. included.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 38 and FIG. 39, the flow regarding each operation | movement of a player at the time of utilizing the membership card 1110 for small amount storage balls is demonstrated. As described above, the membership card 1110 for the small sum card is a non-contact IC card in this example, and the unique ID stored in the small sum card member card 1110 is held by holding it over the non-contact IC card reader / writer. Is read out, and this unique ID is managed by the system, so that a plurality of small-value savings card 1110 can be identified.

  FIG. 38A is a flow in the case where the player performs a prize selection process using the small-amount saving card card 1110. The player holds the membership card 1110 for a small savings ball over a predetermined position of a prize selection device (for example, the small savings instruction device 1060 or the dedicated terminal 1530) and logs in to the system (step S201). Thereafter, a premium selection instruction is given by looking at the display on the screen, and as a result, a shopping list is created (step S202). Such a prize selection method is basically the same as the flow described with reference to FIGS. 24 and 25 regarding the prize exchange system 1. In addition, the prize selection process is performed in association with the small-amount savings card 1110, but since only the candidate for the prize exchange is selected, the small-amount savings may not be performed at the time of performing this process.

  FIG. 38B is a flow in the case where the player performs the small amount savings processing using the small amount storage ball membership card 1110. First, the player inserts cash or the like into the sand apparatus 1020 and receives a medal or pachinko ball rental (step S203). Thereafter, the player plays a game on the gaming machine 1010 (step S204), and when a medal or a pachinko ball can be obtained, the player is instructed to count the medal with an island edge counting device or the like, and the counting result is printed. A receipt is output (step S205). Next, the player reads the receipt into the small-amount storage instruction apparatus 1060 that also functions as a prize POS, and stores a small-amount storage instruction apparatus for storing the end balls or a small amount of game media generated as a result of the prize exchange. The user logs in 1060 with the small amount storage card member card 1110 (step S206). Next, the player operates the player side display 1067 of the small amount storage instruction device 1060 to store a small amount of game media such as end balls (small amount storage) (step S207).

  FIG. 39A is a flow in the case where the player performs a mall member registration process using the small-amount saving ball membership card 1110. First, the player holds over the small savings card member card 1110 in the small savings instruction device 1060 and logs in to the system (step S211). Thereafter, the player inputs his / her name, e-mail address, address, etc., thereby registering as a mall member (member of the gift exchange system 1001) (step S212). At this point, the player changes from an anonymous member to a mall member. That is, here, the player's attribute information is associated with the membership card. In this case, the small membership card 1110 is used as it is to perform the mall membership registration process, and the small membership card 1110 becomes an official membership card, but the contactless IC chip owned by the player Mall member registration processing can also be performed using the built-in smartphone 1540 or the like.

  FIG. 39B is a flow when the player who has completed the mall member registration process performs a prize exchange process in the prize exchange apparatus. The player first logs in to the system by holding the small card member card 1110 registered with the mall member at a predetermined position of the prize exchange device (step S213). Thereafter, a premium exchange instruction is given by looking at the display on the screen. As a result, the premium to be exchanged is determined and delivered to the designated address (step S214). Such a prize exchange method is basically the same as the flow described with reference to FIGS. 27 and 28 regarding the prize exchange system 1. Further, in this example, the prize exchange process is performed using the membership card 1110 for a small amount of money that has been registered as a mall member, but the mall is performed using a smartphone 1540 with a non-contact IC chip incorporated by the player. When the member registration is performed, the gift exchange process can be performed by holding it over the gift exchange device. It should be noted that, here, a player who has not completed the mall member registration process can not perform the prize exchange process (for example, the prize exchange with the small card member card 1110 before the mall member registration) If you try to log in to the device, you will get an error and you will not be able to log in.) As will be described later, anonymous members are allowed to operate the gift exchange device until immediately before the final decision on the gift to be exchanged. It can also be configured such that guidance or the like is given.

  FIG. 39C shows how each flow described in FIGS. 38A to 39B forms a flow as a whole. First, the player obtains a small-amount saving card card 1110. The member card 1110 for a small amount of money is distributed, for example, in a hall store or on the street, or attached as an appendix of a magazine, and the player can obtain the member card 1110 for a small amount of money by these methods. it can.

  After obtaining the membership card 1110 for the small amount storage ball, the player can perform the small amount storage processing such as the end ball in the small amount storage ball instruction device 1060 of the hall store. In addition, the prize selection process can be performed in the small-amount storage instruction device 1060 in the hall store, the dedicated terminal 1530, or the PC 1100 at home. Either the small sum saving process or the prize selection process may be performed first, these may be performed alternately, or each may be repeated continuously. However, since there is an upper limit to the total electronic value that can be retained by the small-amount savings processing, the small-amount savings processing cannot be performed beyond this limit.

  Next, the player performs a mall member registration process. As shown in the figure, the last operation may be a small sum saving process or a prize selection process. The timing for performing the mall member registration process is arbitrary, but as described above, the prize exchange process cannot be performed unless the mall member registration process is performed. In addition, in the mall member registration process, the small membership card 1110 used for anonymous membership can be used as it is to become a mall member, and the mall member can be used using a smartphone 1540 with a non-contact IC chip. Can be.

  When a small membership card 1110 is used as it is to become a mall member, it can be integrated with another membership card 1110 (1 to n) for a small savings card and summed up. Similarly, in the case of becoming a mall member by using a smartphone 1540 with a non-contact IC chip or the like, it is possible to add a small amount of money by integrating with another small amount of money storage card 1110 (1 to n pieces).

  After the mall member registration process, a storage card process (a storage card without the condition of a small-amount storage ball), a prize exchange process, and a prize selection process, a small-amount card member card 1110 registered as a mall member, or a smartphone 1540 with a non-contact IC chip built-in. Etc. can be repeated in any order.

  Here, for example, the amount of small amount savings as an anonymous member is less than 800 yen (when converted to yen) in a single savings ball, and the total is set to less than 10,000 yen (when converted to yen) . On the other hand, in the case of a mall member (as described above), for example, there is no upper limit on the value of a single saving ball, and the total is set to less than 1 million yen.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 40, the prize exchange screen 1880 displayed on the player side display 1067 of the small sum storage instruction apparatus 1060 will be described. The gift exchange screen 1880 shown in FIG. 40 is a gift exchange screen that is displayed after the receipt printed by the player and on which the counting result is printed is read by the barcode reader 1066, or a gift exchange is performed after the receipt is read. This is a free gift exchange screen that is displayed after (end). In this example, a situation is shown in which a player can dispose of 20 20-yen medals.

  At this time, the player can touch (tap) a button 1881 for instructing exchange with a special prize or a button 1882 for instructing exchange with a general prize like the conventional prize POS to proceed with the processing. it can. However, in this example, since the quantity of game media necessary for exchanging special prizes is insufficient, the button 1881 is grayed out and cannot be selected.

  In addition, when a small amount of money is to be stored using the small amount of savings card 1110, a button 1883 is touched, and when a prize is selected, a button 1884 is touched. When the mall member registration process of the gift exchange system 1001 is performed, a button 1885 is touched. In addition, when a certain condition is satisfied, for example, the total amount of the small savings ball reaches a predetermined quantity, it is controlled to automatically shift to the screen for registering a mall member (for example, from the small savings ball designation screen). can do.

  In addition, a button 1886 for integrating a plurality of small savings card membership cards 1110 into a single effective savings card membership card 1110, and a player who has already registered as a mall member can use one or more small savings cards. A button 1887 for integrating the membership card 1110 into the membership card is displayed. Further, a button 1888 that is touched when receiving a free gift at the hall store is displayed during the free gift exchange. The gift exchange screen 1880 is a screen showing the type and quantity of game media that can be processed at present, and the processing corresponding to the buttons 1884 to 1888 is not directly related to the processing of such end balls. For convenience, it was placed on this screen.

  Next, a screen for performing the mall member registration process will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 41A shows a mall member registration login screen 1900, which is displayed when a button 1885 is touched on the gift exchange screen 1880 of FIG. Here, since the membership card 1110 for small sums that is a non-contact IC card or the smartphone 1540 with a non-contact IC chip is used as a member card, the user is guided to hold them over a predetermined position when logging in. The After confirming that the reading of the small-amount savings card 1110 or the like has been completed, the player inputs the password in the password input unit 1901 and touches the “Next” button 1902. The reason why the password is set here is to protect the valuable value of the stored amount in the case of losing the small amount storing member card 1110 or the like, but it can be omitted.

  When the “next” button 1902 is touched in FIG. 41A, the display transitions to the mall member registration screen 1905 shown in FIG. Here, the player inputs information about the member such as a name, an e-mail address, and an address into the member information input unit 1906 and touches the registration button 1907. As a result, the mall ID (for example, automatically numbered) is obtained with respect to the member ID such as the unique ID read from the small amount storage card member card 1110, the store code acquired from the small amount storage instruction device 1060, etc. It is associated with the ID and stored in a mall member information table 1651 similar to the table shown in the mall member information table 651 shown in FIG.

  In the example of the gift exchange system 1, as shown in FIG. 22A, the mall member registration is performed using the smartphone 540, and the smartphone 540, which is the program execution entity, has a unique ID ( For example, a unique ID such as IDm) is transmitted to the core server 600 as registration information. Here, a small amount of money is saved by holding the small amount of money storage member card 1110 or the smartphone 1540 over the small amount of money storage instruction device 1060. The contactless IC card reader / writer 1065 of the storage instruction device 1060 reads these unique IDs and transmits them to the backbone server 1600.

  The mall member registration process in the prize exchange system 1001 is mainly controlled by the member management unit 1085 of the small sum saving instruction apparatus 1060 and the mall member management unit 1601 of the backbone server 1600.

  FIG. 42 is a diagram showing a table of the backbone DB 1650 of the backbone server 1600. FIG. 42A shows an example of the shopping list management table 1653. The items to be stored are the same as those in the shopping list management table 653 shown in FIG. 19A. However, in order to store the shopping list created by the gift selection using the small amount storage member card 1110, the small amount storage ball is stored. The “unique ID” for identifying the membership card 1110 is also configured to be memorable. Furthermore, an item “SEQ NO” is added, and a plurality of shopping lists can be stored with the same unique ID. With such a configuration, it becomes possible to register a plurality of shopping lists with the small savings card member card 1110, and when a plurality of small savings card members 1110 are integrated into one card, The shopping list created with each card can be managed together.

  FIG. 42 (B) shows an example of the anonymous member information table 1657 for managing anonymous members who make small amount savings using the small amount savings ball membership card 1110. The anonymous member information table 1657 stores a “unique ID” for identifying the small savings card member card 1110, a “store code” representing a hall store where the small savings card card 1110 is used, and a “password”. Is done. In this way, the player can make a small amount of money without inputting information related to members such as name, email address, and address, and can create and register a shopping list by selecting a prize.

  FIG. 42C shows an example of an electronic value management table 1658 for storing the converted electronic value data after converting the value of the anonymous member's stored ball. The electronic value management table 1658 contains “unique ID” for identifying the membership card 1110 for small amount savings, and “electronic value data” indicating the valuable value of the game medium held by the small amount savings in units of a predetermined electronic value. Is stored.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 43 and FIG. 44, the small amount savings processing using the small amount savings member card 1110 will be described. FIG. 43 is a flowchart in which processing for realizing the small savings ball processing is described for each entity of the small savings instruction device 1060 and the core server 1600. This processing is mainly realized by the small amount storage control unit 1084 of the small amount storage instruction device 1060 and the small amount storage management unit 1610 of the basic server 1600.

  First, when the player gives an instruction for a small amount of money by touching a button 1883 on the prize exchange screen 1880 of the small amount of money storage instruction device 1060 shown in FIG. 40 (step S220), the small amount of money storage instruction device 1060 displays a small amount of money. The stored ball login screen is displayed (step S222). FIG. 44 (A) shows an example of this small sum saving login screen 1890. Here, when the player holds the small amount storage ball membership card 1110 as instructed on the screen, the small amount storage ball instruction device 1060 reads the unique ID (IDm or the like) of the non-contact IC chip (step S223). By the unique ID, the system side can grasp this anonymous member (see the anonymous member information table 1657 in FIG. 42B).

  The small amount storage ball instruction apparatus 1060 determines whether or not the “next” button 1892 is touched on the small amount storage ball login screen 1890 (step S224), and maintains the display of the small amount storage ball login screen 1890 until touched. When the “next” button 1892 is touched, a unique ID (for example, IDm), a store code, and a password are transmitted to the core server 1600 (step S225). The store code is, for example, data stored in a storage device included in the small sum storage instruction device 1060, and the password is data input by the player to the password input unit 1891 of the small sum storage login screen 1890. The reason why the password is set here is to protect the valuable value of the small amount stored when the small amount storage member card 1110 is lost or the like, but it can be omitted. Here, the player's handle name, pseudonym, pseudonym, name, or the like may be entered and used to identify the small sum card member card 1110. Such an operation can be positioned as “temporary registration”.

  When the basic server 1600 receives information such as the unique ID, the basic server 1600 refers to the anonymous member information table 1657 to determine whether or not the unique ID is a newly registered ID (step S226). If it is new, a record corresponding to the unique ID is added to the anonymous member information table 1657 as a new anonymous member (step S227). On the other hand, if the unique ID already exists in the anonymous member information table 1657, the received password is checked (step S228), and it is determined whether the password is correct (step S229). If it is determined that the password is not correct, an instruction is given to display an error (step S230), and in response to this instruction, the small sum storage instruction device 1060 displays an error on the player side display 1067 (step S231). .

  When the new anonymous member is added to the anonymous member information table 1657 or when it is determined that the password is correct, the core server 1600 instructs the small sum saving instruction apparatus 1060 to display the small sum saving instruction screen (step S232). . In response to this instruction, the small sum storage instruction apparatus 1060 displays a small sum storage instruction screen 1895 as shown in FIG. 44 (B) on the player side display 1067 (step S233).

  Here, the small sum storage instruction apparatus 1060 determines whether or not the “OK” button 1897 has been touched (step S234), and maintains the display of the small sum storage instruction screen 1895 until touched. When the “OK” button 1897 is touched, the game server type (for example, a 20-yen loan medal or a 4-yen pachinko ball) and the number of game media (for example, the number of pachinko balls) to the core server 1600 And the number of medals) (step S235). The type of game medium is grasped when the small sum storage instruction device 1060 reads a receipt or the like, and transmits this. The quantity of game media is the quantity designated by the player in the quantity input section 1896 of the small amount storage ball instruction screen 1895, but all the quantities known by the small amount storage ball instruction device 1060 can be automatically specified. When the player designates the quantity of game media, the player can freely set the quantity not exceeding the quantity (20 in the example of FIG. 44B) guided on the small amount savings ball instruction screen 1895. it can.

  When the core server 1600 receives the type and quantity of the game medium from the small sum storage instruction apparatus 1060, the exchange rate management table 1654 (excellent gift) storing the exchange rate for each type of hall store or game medium as necessary. The exchange rate management table 654 of the exchange system 1 has the same configuration, and a rate for conversion to electronic value is stored, and a small amount of money is converted into electronic value data expressed in units of a predetermined electronic value. (Step S236). Next, the core server 1600 determines whether the accumulated value of the value of the small savings per time and the value of the small savings associated with the unique ID does not exceed the set upper limit value. (Step S237). When it is determined that at least one of the values exceeds the upper limit, the storage instruction from the small amount storage instruction device 1060 is invalidated, and is associated with the value of the small amount storage ball per one time or its unique ID. An instruction is given to display an error indicating that the accumulated value of the value of the small sums has exceeded the upper limit (step S238), and in response to this instruction, the small sums instruction unit 1060 displays an error on the player side display 1067. (Step S239).

  When it is determined that the upper limit is not exceeded, the electronic value data stored in the record of the corresponding unique ID in the electronic value management table 1658 and the electronic value data after the conversion are added (accumulated), The value is stored as new electronic value data (step S240). After this processing is completed, an instruction is given to display that the small amount storage ball is completed (step S241), and in response to this instruction, the small amount storage ball instruction device 1060 completes the small amount storage ball on the player side display 1067. A screen is displayed (step S242). Further, at this time, the type and quantity of game media accumulated by the small amount storage ball up to this point or electronic value data may be displayed.

  Next, the core server 1600 transmits the electronic value data obtained from the type and quantity of the game medium designated as the small value saving ball this time to the small value saving ball instruction device 1060 (step S243). The small sum storage instruction device 1060 transmits the electronic value data received from the core server 1600 to the hall computer 1400 (step S244). The value transmission of such a small amount of money is performed because the hall store needs to know the value of the small amount of money that is the basis for the fee when it receives a charge for gift exchange from a computer center or the like. Is called. Further, the small sum storage instruction apparatus 1060 receives not the electronic value data but the type and quantity of the game medium from the main server 1600 (or holds what the player has input), and stores them in the hall computer 1400. Can also be sent to.

  In addition, when new electronic value data is calculated in step S240, if a certain condition is satisfied (for example, the sum of the value of the small sums is a constant value (for example, the upper limit value regarding the sum of the values of the small sums) Guidance / recommendation that it is advantageous to display the mall member registration screen on the player side display 1067 of the small amount savings ball instruction apparatus 1060 or to exchange prizes as a mall member. Information (including some information and links that guide mall member registration) can be displayed. Further, such information can be displayed not only in the small sum storage instruction apparatus 1060 but also before, during or during the prize selection processing in the prize selection apparatus. Furthermore, it can be transmitted to the player's smartphone 1540, feature phone 1558, PC 1100, etc. using an email address or an address associated with a telephone number.

  In addition, the mall member registration screen can be displayed on the prize exchange device under predetermined conditions. For example, in the prize exchange device, after the prize is displayed on the prize exchange instruction screen 950 as shown in FIG. 27B, the “OK” button 973 is displayed on the prize exchange instruction screen 970 as shown in FIG. Until the button is pressed, the mall member registration screen may be displayed to prompt the user to register for the mall member. In addition, in this mall member registration screen, whether to use the small savings card member card 1110 that has been used until now, or to use another small savings card card 1110 or a mobile device (for example, a player's smartphone 1540), A screen to be selected may be displayed.

  In the example of FIG. 43, after the value (type and quantity of game media) of the small savings received from the small savings instruction device 1060 is converted into a predetermined electronic value unit in the core server 1600, the electronic value is converted. The data is stored in the electronic value management table 1658 for each unique ID (that is, for each anonymous member), but the type and quantity of the game medium are not converted into the predetermined electronic value unit as described above. It is also possible to store the data as it is and then convert it as necessary.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 45 to FIG. 48, the integration processing of the small sum card member card 1110 and the like will be described. In the gift exchange system 1001, after one player stores a small amount of money with a plurality of small amount of savings card 1110, it is integrated into a single card or a smartphone 1540 or the like that has registered as a mall member and a small amount of savings. The membership card 1110 can be integrated. In this case, the contents of the electronic value management table 1658 and the shopping list management table 1653 can be integrated together. Here, what kind of integration processing is performed in a typical integration pattern will be described.

  FIG. 45A shows an electronic value management table 1658 in the case where one player X1 uses a plurality of small-amount saving card cards 1110 (1110a to 1110d) and then integrates these cards into one. It is the figure which showed the concept of the integration process. In this example, four small-amount saving ball membership cards 1110 are used. The small amount storage ball membership card 1110a and the small amount storage ball membership card 1110b are hall store cards with the store code “112”, and the unique IDs are “L” and “M”, respectively. The membership card 1110c for small sums is a hall store card with the store code “1414”, and the unique ID is “N”. The member card 1110d for small sums is a hall store card with the store code “1138”, and the unique ID is “P”. Here, a pattern in which these four cards are integrated into the small savings member card 1110b with the unique ID “M” will be described.

  In the anonymous member information table 1657 before the integration, each small-amount saving card member card 1110 is managed in association with a unique ID, and a store code and a password are associated with each unique ID. Further, in the electronic value management table 1658 before integration, electronic value data is associated with each unique ID, and how much small amount of money is stored in which small amount of money storage card 1110 is managed. .

  Here, by the operation of the screen as shown in FIG. 47, the player is instructed to integrate the small-amount saving member card 1110. FIG. 47A shows, for example, the player touches a button 1886 on the prize exchange screen 1880 (see FIG. 40) displayed on the player-side display 1067 of the small sum storage instruction apparatus 1060 to instruct card integration. This is a card integration instruction screen 1910 displayed in this case. When the card integration instruction screen 1910 is displayed, the player holds the small integration card member 1110b of “integration destination” over a predetermined position according to the guidance, and inputs the password of the card in the password input unit 1911. The “Next” button 1912 is touched.

  Then, a card integration instruction screen (continued) 1920 shown in FIG. 47 (B) is displayed, and the player can select the “integration source” small amount storage ball membership card 1110a, the small amount storage ball membership card 1110c, and the small amount storage ball membership card. 1110d is held over a predetermined position, and the password of the card is input to the password input unit 1921. If there are a plurality of integration source cards, the “Next” button 1923 is touched to display the card integration instruction screen (continued) 1920 of FIG. The membership card 1110 is instructed. In this example, this operation is repeated for each of the small amount storage member card 1110a, the small amount storage member card 1110c, and the small amount storage member card 1110d, and finally the integration is completed by touching the “integration” button 1922.

  Returning to FIG. 45 (A), the situation after being integrated into the small sum card member card 1110b will be described. In the anonymous member information table 1657 after integration, only the small-amount storage card 1110b is managed, and a store code and a password are associated with this, but no specific code is stored in the store code. Further, in the electronic value management table 1658 after integration, as the electronic value data corresponding to the small amount storage ball membership card 1110b, the total of the electronic value data before integration (electronic value corresponding to the small amount storage ball membership cards (1110a to 1110d)). 9170 which is the sum of the data) is stored. Here, the records corresponding to the small amount storage ball membership card 1110a, the small amount storage ball membership card 1110c, and the small amount storage ball membership card 1110d are integrated and invalidated, and are eventually deleted.

  In this way, when a plurality of small value saving ball membership cards 1110 are integrated, the electronic value data is also integrated into one small value saving ball membership card 1110b to be integrated. Further, when the upper limit of the electronic value data is exceeded due to the integration, a message to that effect can be displayed on the card integration instruction screen (continued) 1920 shown in FIG.

  Here, it is assumed that the membership card 1110 for a small savings card of different hall stores can be integrated, but it may be limited so that only the membership card 1110 for a small savings ball of the same hall store can be integrated. In this example, the integrated small-capacity membership card 1110 after integration can be used at any hall store, but the available hall stores can also be limited. In addition, the number of small-amount storage card 1110 that can be integrated can be limited. In addition, the “union source” small card member card 1110 cannot be used after the integration process, but the card with its unique ID can be used on condition that the small card member card 1110 can be properly collected. It can be reused and used by other players.

  FIG. 45 (B) shows a case where the small savings card member card 1110b integrated by the integration processing described in FIG. 45 (A) is further integrated into the smartphone 1540 (unique ID “Q”) registered as a mall member. FIG. 10 is a diagram showing a concept of integration processing of an electronic value management table 1658.

  In the anonymous member information table 1657 before the integration, only the small-amount saving card 1110b is managed, and the store code and the password are associated with this, but the store code does not store a specific code. In the integrated electronic value management table 1658, 9170 is stored as electronic value data corresponding to the small-amount saving card 1110b.

  Here, in the card integration instruction screen 1910 in FIG. 47 (A), a smartphone 1540 registered as a mall member is held over as an integration destination card, and in the card integration instruction screen (continued) 1920 in FIG. The small membership card 1110b is integrated into the smartphone 1540 by holding the membership card 1110b.

  Then, as shown in FIG. 45 (B), in the anonymous member information table 1657, the record stored for the small amount storage card 1110b is deleted, and the small amount storage card 1110b is not managed as an anonymous member. In the mall member information table 1651, the mall member ID “U102” is associated with the unique ID “Q” of the smartphone 1540, the store code, and the password. Furthermore, in the electronic value management table 1658, the electronic value data “9170” associated with the small-amount savings card 1110b (unique ID “M”) is associated with the unique ID “Q” by integration. Is done.

  Accordingly, the player can use the electronic value data stored in a small amount by using the smartphone 1540 having the unique ID “Q”, perform the same storage as the prize exchange system 1, and perform the prize selection and the prize exchange. It can be carried out. As shown in FIG. 48, the electronic value data stored in a small amount is managed by an electronic value management table 1658, and the stored items other than the small amount are managed in a mall member game medium holding number management table 1652. Moreover, even after registering as a mall member and becoming a mall member, a small amount of money can be stored. In addition, it is also possible to design the storage balls that have been managed in two ways as described above so that they can be integrated into either one with reference to the exchange rate management table 1654, for example.

  FIG. 46A is a diagram showing a concept of integration processing of the shopping list management table 1653 in the same integration pattern as that in FIG. In this example, the four small amount saving ball membership cards (1110a to 1110d) are integrated into the small amount saving ball membership card 1110b with the unique ID “M”.

  In the shopping list management table 1653 before the integration, each low-value savings card member card (1110a to 1110d) is managed in association with a unique ID. Each unique ID includes a prize 1 to a prize 50. A shopping list is stored, and a product ID is associated with each prize (the number of products can be managed). Here, since the shopping list of the anonymous member is stored, the item of the mall member ID is not used. Further, an item “SEQ NO” is provided so that a plurality of shopping lists can be managed with the same unique ID, and in the example of FIG. 46A, the membership card 1110a for the small amount storage ball with the unique ID “L” is provided. For two shopping lists (SEQ NO “001”, “002”), and for a small savings card member 1110b with a unique ID “M”, one shopping list (SEQ NO “001”) and a unique ID “N” ”For a small amount storage member card 1110c, and for a small amount storage member card 1110d with a unique ID“ P ”, two shopping lists (SEQ NO“ 001 ”,“ 002 ") is stored.

  Here, by the operation of the screen shown in FIG. 47 described above, the four small amount saving ball membership cards (1110a to 1110d) are integrated into the small amount saving ball membership card 1110b. Then, as shown in FIG. 46A, in the integrated shopping list management table 1653, the unique IDs “L”, “N”, and “P” are all changed to “M” and “SEQ NO Are renumbered from “001” to “006” so as to be unique in the unique ID “M”.

  In this example, as described above, all of the shopping lists associated with the integration source small card member card 1110a, the small card member card 1110c, and the small card member card 1110d are all integrated. Although it is configured so that it can be integrated with 1110b, these can be configured to be deleted or configured to be integrated into one shopping list. For example, if the six shopping lists shown in FIG. 46A are all prizes 1 only, prizes 1 to 6 can be combined into one designated shopping list (the product IDs are duplicated). If there are, you can add them or delete duplicates).

  FIG. 46B is a diagram showing a concept of integration processing of the shopping list management table 1653 in the same integration pattern as that in FIG. In this example, the four small amount storage ball membership cards (1110a to 1110d) are integrated into the small amount storage ball membership card 1110b with the unique ID “M”, and further integrated into the smartphone 1540 in which the mall member registration has been performed.

  In the shopping list management table 1653 before integration, as described above, the unique ID is all set to “M”, and the item of “SEQ NO” is unique in the unique ID “M”. From “001” to “006”. Here, by the operation of the screen as shown in FIG. 47, the small-amount saving ball membership card 1110b with the unique ID “M” is integrated into the smartphone 1540 that has already been registered as a mall member. Then, as shown in FIG. 46B, in the shopping list management table 1653 after integration, all the unique IDs “M” are changed to “Q” which is the unique ID of the smartphone 1540, and the mall member ID In addition, “U102” which is a mall member ID corresponding to the smartphone 1540 is set.

  As described above, all the shopping lists associated with the small savings card member card 1110b with the unique ID “M” are taken over by the smartphone 1540 that has been registered as a mall member by the integration process. In a terminal that is used while holding 1540, a gift selection process can be executed to refer to the shopping list, and the shopping list can be called in the gift exchange process.

  In addition, in the card integration instruction screen 1910 in FIG. 47A and the card integration instruction screen (continued) 1920 in FIG. 47B, integration of the small sum card member card 1110 and the like is performed. In order to make it easy to understand whether the member card 1110 for savings is being processed, it is related to the handle name or unique ID set by the player on the surface of the member card 1110 for small amount savings (or not related at all). In addition to displaying the card ID and card number, these data are stored in the anonymous member information table 1657 and the storage area of the non-contact IC chip, and the card ID and card number being processed are displayed on the integration instruction screen. You can make it.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 49, a settlement process between the hall store and the computer center will be described. As shown in FIG. 49, when a small amount storage instruction is issued from the small amount storage instruction device 1060, the unique ID of the small amount storage member card 1110, the store code, and the small amount storage for the core server 1600 of the computer center. The type and quantity of game media designated by the player (game media value information) is transmitted, and the electronic value data obtained from the type and quantity of the designated game media is sent via the small amount storage instruction device 1060. It is transmitted to the hall computer 1400 (see FIG. 43). This is because the hall store side needs to grasp the value of the small amount of money that is the basis for receiving a charge from the computer center or the like as a cost related to gift exchange.

  In the core server 1600, the electronic value data obtained in this way is stored as a cumulative value in the electronic value management table 1658, and when the player exchanges prizes using the electronic value data as consideration, an electronic value corresponding to the value of the prize is obtained. The value data is subtracted from the accumulated value of the electronic value management table 1658. At the same time, a payment process is performed to pay the price of the prize (the price minus various fees) to the shop server operator who sends the prize (see FIG. 31).

  On the other hand, the core server 1600 charges the hall store in consideration of the price paid to the shop server operator and various fees. Since the game media acquired at the hall store is stored with a small amount of money and the prize is exchanged for the value, the hall store bears the final payment responsibility. At this time, the core server 1600 stores the electronic value data as a cumulative amount for each unique ID in the electronic value management table 1658, and therefore grasps from which hall store the electronic value data is related to the game medium acquired. Can not. Therefore, the core server 1600 needs to know which hall store the electronic value data relates to separately from a table (not shown) or the like. In addition, in the case where prizes are exchanged using electronic value data as a consideration, and the electronic value data is substantially related to game media obtained from a plurality of hall stores, It is necessary to determine whether to charge only for a given rule.

  For example, if a player acquires game media sequentially from four different hall stores, stores 500 balls each in units of electronic value, and has a total electronic value of 2000, 1300 electronic value is obtained. If the corresponding prize is exchanged (here, for the sake of simplicity, various fees will be omitted), the core server 1600 will accept the hall store where the player has acquired the first and second game media. , Charge the price corresponding to the electronic value of 500, and charge the price corresponding to the electronic value of 300 to the hall store that has acquired the third game medium. In other words, the corresponding hall stores are charged in the order in which the player accumulated the game media (or in the order in which they were acquired).

  The billing to the hall store by the core server 1600 can be performed collectively for a plurality of prize exchanges, or can be performed collectively for each predetermined period. Further, in the example of FIG. 49, the billing is shown to be performed from the core server 1600 to the hall computer 1400, but this is merely a notation for convenience, and actually, for example, from the core server 1600, By transmitting a settlement instruction to a predetermined bank settlement system, the billing is performed on the bank account of the hall store operating entity. In addition, the operating body of the gift exchange system 1001 can make the above bill to the operating body of the hall store by various other methods and routes.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 50, a free gift selection process using the small sum card member card 1110 will be described. This prize selection process is basically the same as the prize selection process of the prize exchange system 1 shown in FIGS. Here, the description will focus on the differences from the prize selection process of the prize exchange system 1.

  FIG. 50A shows a prize selection login screen 1930 displayed on the display of the dedicated terminal 1530 or the small sum saving instruction apparatus 1060. Here, guidance information indicating that the small card member card 1110 is held over a predetermined position is displayed, and the player holds the small card member card 1110 over the position and inputs the password to the password input unit 1931. By touching the “Next” button 1932, the screen transits to a prize selection instruction screen 1940 in FIG.

  On the prize selection instruction screen 1940 shown in FIG. 50 (B), the value of the merchandise is shown in units of electronic value, not the type and quantity of game media. If it is determined that the member is an anonymous member at the login stage, the unit of electronic value is used in this way, but if it is determined that the member is a mall member and has the number of game media held, it is displayed. In the unit designation unit 1943, the display unit can be switched to an electronic value or a game medium.

  The products finally selected by touching the “OK” button on the shopping list display screen displayed after touching the “shopping list” button 1942 on the gift selection instruction screen 1940 are displayed in the shopping list management table 1653. Although it is registered, as shown in FIG. 42A, it is registered in association with the unique ID of the membership card 1110 for small amount storage balls, not the mall member ID.

  Also, here, from the unique ID of the small amount savings card member card 1110, the value of the gaming media in which the savings are made (for example, a prize grasped from the mall member gaming media holding number management table 1652 or the electronic value management table 1658) The valuable value that can be used for the exchange is acquired, and the numerical value is displayed on the prize selection instruction screen 1940 or the like, and products in a range corresponding to the value can be displayed.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 51, a prize exchange process in the prize exchange system 1001 will be described. The member card 1110 for small sums cannot use the gift exchange process without registering as a mall member. This prize exchange process is basically the same as the prize exchange process of the prize exchange system 1 shown in FIGS. Here, the description will focus on the differences from the prize exchange processing of the prize exchange system 1.

  FIG. 51A shows a free gift exchange login screen (continued) 1950 displayed on the display of the dedicated terminal 1530 or the free gift POS 1500 installed in the hall store. On the free gift exchange login screen (not shown), guidance information indicating that the smartphone 1540 is held over a predetermined position is displayed, and the player can place the smartphone 1540 (or a small-sized storage card member card 1110 registered as a mall member) at that position. ), And after entering the password in the password input section, touching the “Next” button displays a free gift exchange login screen (continued) 1950. When the player holds the smartphone 1540 or the small card member card 1110 over the gift exchange login screen, if the mall member has not been registered yet, the mall member has not been registered and the gift exchange process cannot be performed. An error message to this effect is displayed.

  The prize exchange login screen (continued) 1950 in FIG. 51A is displayed when the player holds a quantity that can be used in both the mall member game medium holding number management table 1652 and the electronic value management table 1658. A display unit designation unit 1951 for designating whether to use a unit of electronic value or a type and quantity of game media as a consideration for exchange is shown. Here, the player selects either of these, and then touches the “Next” button 1952 to display the gift exchange instruction screen 1960 of FIG. In this way, after registering as a mall member, the value accumulated by the ordinary savings by the mall member and the value accumulated by the small savings can be used, and the player displays the value according to the value to be used. The prize exchange process can be performed by switching the units.

  In the free gift exchange instruction screen 1960 shown in FIG. 51B, the value of the product is shown in units of electronic value as designated by the player. In addition, in the prize exchange system 1, a delivery destination is selected during the prize selection process. However, in this prize exchange system 1001, membership information such as an address is basically not input until mall member registration. It is specified at the time of processing. The player uses the delivery destination designation unit 1962 to select one of registered home, delivery destination 1, and delivery destination 2.

  In the prize exchange system 1001 according to the second embodiment of the present invention, a prize selection process using a small-amount savings card 1110 can be performed using a PC (personal computer) 1100 owned by a player at home. it can. By making the product selection on the PC 1100 available, it is possible to browse and select products that are candidates for prizes over time, even outside the hall store. Further, when the PC 1100 includes a large display, the details of the product can be easily confirmed with the high visibility.

  Next, the configuration of the PC 1100 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 52 is a block diagram showing the configuration of the PC 1100. The PC 1100 includes a main CPU 1101, ROM 1102, RAM 1103, external storage device 1104, contactless IC card reader / writer 1105, display 1106, keyboard 1107, interface 1108, and speaker 1109.

  The main CPU 1101 reads and executes control programs stored in the ROM 1102 and the RAM 1103. For example, the main CPU 1101 controls an application downloaded via a WEB browser or an external network, and executes a prize selection process by the prize exchange system 1001.

  Various data is stored in the external storage device 1104. The non-contact IC card reader / writer 1105 reads the internal data of the non-contact IC chip of the small-amount saving ball membership card 1110 or the smartphone 1540 incorporating the non-contact IC chip. Further, data can be written in a non-contact manner in a storage area of the non-contact IC chip as necessary.

  The display 1106 displays a screen relating to a prize selection process, such as a prize selection login screen or a prize selection instruction screen. The display 1106 is realized by a liquid crystal display device, for example. A keyboard 1107 is an input device for inputting data and giving instructions.

  The PC 1100 is connected to the network 1695 via the interface 1108. The network 1695 is a network such as the Internet, for example, and the PC 1100 is connected to the AP server 1685 connected to the backbone server 1600 via the network 1695. The speaker 1109 outputs various audio data.

  In the prize exchange system 1001, a prize selection process is performed by using the PC 1100 having such a configuration. First, a prize selection login screen 1930 as shown in FIG. 50A is displayed on the display 1106 in accordance with the player's instruction. Therefore, when the small card member card 1110 is held over a predetermined position and a password is input (using the keyboard 1107 or the like), the non-contact IC card reader / writer 1105 reads the unique ID of the small card member card 1110 and displays it on the display 1106. A premium selection instruction screen 1940 as shown in FIG. 50B is displayed. The player can display a gift selection instruction screen 1940, a shopping list screen, and the like, select a product that is a candidate for gift exchange, and create a shopping list. When a prize is selected using the small amount storage card member card 1110, a previously created shopping list can be called from the unique ID of the small amount storage card member 1110 and displayed on the display 1106.

  In addition, the value of the game medium in which the ball is stored (for example, the number of mall member game medium held number management table 1652 or the electronic value management table 1658 is used for prize exchange from the unique ID of the small card member card 1110 for saving money. It is also possible to design such that the value is displayed on the prize selection instruction screen 1940 or the like, and the commodity within the range corresponding to the value is displayed.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 53, a prize exchange system 1001 that can designate a hall store as a delivery destination of prizes will be described. In the free gift exchange system 1001, when a mall member is registered, a hall store is designated as a delivery destination (hole shop lock), so that the prize determined in the gift exchange process can be delivered as the hall store lock. it can. With such a configuration, even when the player performs the mall member registration, it is not necessary to input the player's own address, and personal information can be protected more safely.

  FIG. 53 (A) shows a mall member registration screen 1970 displayed on the player side display 1067 of the small sum storage instruction device 1060. In this screen, the mall member registration screen 1905 in FIG. 41B is improved so that a gift can be delivered to the hall store. When the “Yes” button is checked by the player in the hall store stop designation section 1972, the store code of the hall store where the small amount storage instruction device 1060 used as a prize delivery destination is arranged is the mall member information. It is stored in the table 1651.

  Here, it may be controlled so that the “Yes” button can be checked in the hall store stop designating part 1972 only when the player makes a specific input such as a name, a telephone number, and an e-mail address. Moreover, you may comprise so that the hall store designated as a delivery destination can be selected from a candidate list.

  When the “YES” button is checked in the hall store designation unit 1972, the input area of the delivery destination input unit 1973 is all grayed out, and control is performed so that the home address, delivery destination 1, and delivery destination 2 cannot be input. In addition, it is configured so that the input of the delivery destination input unit 1973 is allowed even when the “Yes” button is checked in the hall store designation unit 1972 so that it can be finally selected on the gift exchange instruction screen or the like. Also good.

  FIG. 53B shows a gift exchange instruction screen 1975 displayed on the display of a gift exchange terminal such as the dedicated terminal 1530 or the gift POS 1500. This screen is an improvement of the gift exchange instruction screen 1960 of FIG. 51 (B), and the delivery destination display section 1977 displays the hall store reservation according to the designation on the mall member registration screen 1970 of FIG. 53 (A). Is displayed. The name of the hall store is obtained by referring to the hall store management table (not shown) with the store code of the delivery destination stored in the mall member information table 1651 and displayed on the delivery destination display section 1977.

  In addition, when both the designation of the hall store stop and the input of the delivery destination input unit 1973 are allowed on the mall member registration screen 1970, the delivery destination display unit 1977 displays the hall store stop, home address, delivery destination 1, and delivery. It is also possible to display the first two options, and the player can select it here.

  When the “Delivery” button 1979 on the gift exchange instruction screen 1975 is touched in a situation where the delivery destination of the prize is designated as a hall store stop, a prize ordering instruction is transmitted to the core server 1600 via the hall computer 1400, and the core server A gift delivery instruction is issued from 1600 to the shop server. The delivery destination designated at this time is the hall store designated by the store code, and the core server 1600 refers to the hall store management table (not shown) by referring to the address of the hall store by the store code. Ask. In addition, a delivery identification number is given to the prize delivery instruction, and at the online mail order site of the shop server that received the prize delivery instruction, the delivery identification number is added at the time of delivery, and the address of the designated hall store Arrange to deliver a free gift.

  In addition, when the “Determination” button 1979 of the prize exchange instruction screen 1975 is touched in a situation where the delivery destination of the prize is designated as the hall store stop, the core server 1600 touches the hall computer 1400 corresponding to the designated shop code. The player's unique ID and the delivery identification number attached to the prize delivery instruction are transmitted. Note that the address (IP address) of the hall computer 1400 is obtained from the hall computer information table 1571 having the same configuration as the hall computer information table 571 shown in FIG.

  The small-amount storage instruction device 1060 at the hall store designated as the delivery destination acquires from the hall computer 1400 the unique ID and delivery identification number of the player who instructed the delivery of the prize at the hall store.

  The player displays a gift exchange screen 1880 (see FIG. 40) on the player-side display 1067 of the small amount storage instruction device 1060, and then touches the button 1888 to display a screen for receiving a gift at the hall store. Let Therefore, the player reads the membership card 1110 for a small sum and inputs a password. In response to this operation, a delivery identification number corresponding to the unique ID is displayed on the store-side display 1069 of the small sum storage instruction device 1060. The staff of the hall store, if there is a prize delivered to the hall store that has the same number as the displayed delivery identification number, passes it to the player, and the delivery to the player has been completed. Is input to the input unit displayed on the store-side display 1069.

  In accordance with the procedure as described above, the player hands over the prize with the delivery destination to the hall store to the player at the hall store. However, such a procedure is only an example, and the player can receive a prize delivered at the hall store by various other methods and procedures. In addition, if the staff of the hall store inputs the delivery identification number attached to the delivered prize to the small amount storage instruction device 1060 one by one, at that timing, the e-mail address or telephone associated with the corresponding unique ID A notification that a prize has been delivered can be automatically sent to an address or the like associated with the number, and the player can know that the prize has been delivered to the designated hall store. . The mail address and telephone number corresponding to the unique ID can be acquired from the mall member information table 1651.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 54, a card or a portable device that can be used as the membership card 1110 for small amount savings of the gift exchange system 1001 will be described. Up to now, it has been explained that a dedicated non-contact IC card distributed to a player in a hall store or the like is used as a small amount savings member card 1110 that can be used in the gift exchange system 1001. Various types of cards and portable devices can be used.

  As shown in FIG. 54 (A), as a member card 1110 for small amount savings of the gift exchange system 1001, in addition to the IC card described so far, a smartphone 1540 with a built-in non-contact IC chip, a feature Mobile devices such as a phone 1558 and a mobile phone are conceivable. In these devices, the unique ID stored in the non-contact IC chip is read out by the small amount storage instruction device 1060, and this unique ID is stored in the anonymous member information table 1657 together with the store code and password. The player who possesses this device can be uniquely identified.

  As shown in FIG. 54 (B), as a portable device that can be used as the membership card 1110 for a small amount of money in the prize exchange system 1001, a mobile phone or the like that does not incorporate a non-contact IC chip can be assumed. . For example, on a mobile phone, a URL (Uniform Resource Locator) is obtained by photographing a code such as a one-dimensional barcode or a two-dimensional barcode displayed on the player's display 1067 of the small sum storage instruction device 1060 with a camera. After that, the URL is accessed with the mobile phone. Therefore, the telephone number or device ID of the mobile phone is automatically acquired, and the main server via the mobile I / F server 1680 (which functions as a WEB server) together with the store code and password specified by the player 1600 and stored in the anonymous member information table 1657. At this time, a telephone number or a device ID can be used as the unique ID.

  If such a method is used, authentication using a telephone number (or device ID) and password is performed each time the URL is accessed by a mobile phone, and if the authentication is successful, the backbone via the mobile I / F server 1680 is used. By exchanging with the server 1600, the prize exchange system 1001 can be used.

  In another method, in a mobile phone that does not have a non-contact IC chip, a method for notifying the address associated with the telephone number from the small amount storage instruction device 1060 (for example, SMS (Short Message Service)) Then, the URL is notified, and then the acquired URL is accessed within a predetermined time. Therefore, a telephone number, a store code, and a password are input and transmitted. The input telephone number, store code, and password are transmitted to the core server 1600 via the mobile I / F server 1680 (which functions as a WEB server) and stored in the anonymous member information table 1657. At this time, a telephone number can be used as the unique ID.

  If such a method is used, as with the above method, every time the URL is accessed by a mobile phone, authentication using a telephone number and a password is performed. If the authentication is successful, the mobile I / F server The prize exchange system 1001 can be used by exchanging with the core server 1600 via 1680.

  As described above, the portable devices that can be used as the small-amount storage member card 1110 of the gift exchange system 1001 include the smartphone 1540, the feature phone 1558, and the cellular phone with a built-in non-contact IC chip. A mobile phone or the like that does not have a chip but can access a WEB server is included. In addition, a card that can be uniquely identified (for example, a magnetic stripe card including a readable magnetic stripe, a card on which a one-dimensional barcode or a two-dimensional barcode is printed, etc.) is used as a membership card 1110 for a small sum. You can also.

  It should be noted that such various types of membership cards for small sums can be used in the prize exchange system of all the embodiments described in this specification.

  Although the gift exchange system 1001 of the present invention has been illustrated using a specific device, a specific table, and the like, the description so far is only an embodiment, and various other forms of the present invention can be used. A characteristic computer system can be realized. For example, devices of various configurations such as a small sum storage instruction device, a gift selection device, and a gift exchange device can be used in various network connection states, such as a computer center core server 1600, a shop management server 1700, and a hall store hall computer 1400. Etc., devices having various configurations can be used, and the functional units can be arranged (distributed or integrated) differently from the examples. For example, the backbone server 1600 and the shop management server 1700 can be configured by one server or three or more servers. Also, other different configurations can be adopted for the table configuration.

  In addition, the small amount storage instruction device 1060 is exemplified here as a terminal having a free gift POS function, but it acquires end ball information (type and quantity of game media) from the free gift POS 1500 or the hall computer 1400, and includes that information. It can also be configured to perform a small savings based on the basis. Further, the exchange between the prize selection device, the gift exchange device, etc., and the backbone server 1600 can be controlled to be performed via the connection management device 1090 newly set in the gift exchange system 1001.

  As described above, the core server 1600 performs conversion using the exchange rate for each corresponding hall store and game medium type, based on the type and quantity of the game medium received from the small sum storage instruction device 1060, It is determined whether the converted data or the cumulative value of the converted data does not exceed the set upper limit value. If the conversion is not necessary, the value of the game medium is not used without using the exchange rate. (For example, a value is obtained based on the type and quantity of game media), and it is determined whether or not the upper limit is exceeded.

[Description of the prize exchange system according to the third embodiment of the present invention]
With reference to FIG. 55, the system outline | summary of the prize exchange system which concerns on the 3rd Embodiment of this invention is demonstrated. The prize exchange system 2001 shown in FIG. 55 is configured to include a hall store apparatus, a hall cooperation system, and a computer center apparatus, similar to the prize exchange system 1 shown in FIG. Are connected to the device of the online shopping site via a network such as the Internet. The prize exchange system 2001 in FIG. 55 is preferably an online mail order linked prize exchange system.

  In the prize exchange system 2001 shown in FIG. 55, it is possible to store a small amount of game media such as end balls without registering for a mall member in the system, and, similar to the prize exchange system 1 described above, A shopping list can be created by selecting a gift exchange candidate from among many gifts in advance. After that, when a mall member is registered in the system, it is possible to give a prize exchange instruction according to the value of the stored ball, and the designated prize can be delivered to a designated address such as a home. Here, holding a small amount of game media such as end balls (remaining balls) is referred to as a “small amount storage ball” for convenience, but not only pachinko ball storage balls acquired with a pachinko machine but also medal acquired with a pachislot machine Holding (so-called medal savings) is also included.

  In addition, small-amount storage balls are not limited to storing the end balls generated during the exchange of prizes. For example, when a player intentionally interrupts a game and tries to hold a pachinko ball or medal, This includes the case where a small amount of game media is stored due to factors. In the prize exchange system 2001, a certain upper limit is set for the number of stored balls per time and the total number of stored balls.

  The prize exchange system 2001 shown in FIG. 55 can be regarded as a modification of the prize exchange system 1 shown in FIG. 1, and the same prize selection control, prize exchange control, prize ordering control, action history management, etc. as the prize exchange system 1 Each function is provided. For example, the hall store 2400, hall DB 2430, gaming machine 2010, sand device 2020, digital signage device 2515, prize POS 2500, prize POS cooperation dedicated terminal 2520, and dedicated terminal 2530 are respectively hall halls in the prize exchange system 1. Corresponds to the hall computer 400, hall DB 430, gaming machine 10, sand device 20, digital signage device 515, prize POS 500, prize POS cooperation dedicated terminal 520, and dedicated terminal 530. Also, a computer center backbone server 2600, backbone DB 2650, mobile I / F server 2680, shop management server 2700, premium DB 2750, ASP-I / F server 2800, individual shop I / F server 2820, and EC mall I / F server Reference numeral 2840 denotes the core server 600, the core DB 650, the mobile I / F server 680, the shop management server 700, the premium DB 750, the ASP-I / F server 800, the individual shop I / F server 820, and the EC in the prize exchange system 1, respectively. This corresponds to the mall I / F server 840. The network 2690 corresponds to the network 690 in the prize exchange system 1.

  Further, although not shown in FIG. 55, the hall cooperation system of the prize exchange system 2001 includes a hall cooperation computer 560, a hall cooperation DB 570, and a center store I / F server 580 included in the hall cooperation system of the prize exchange system 1. And the like are arranged (the center store corresponding to the center store 590 is also arranged).

  The online shopping site of the gift exchange system 2001 corresponds to the EC shop ASP server 850, shop server 870, shop server 872, EC mall management server 860, and shop server 874 included in the online shopping site of the gift exchange system 1. Although the apparatus etc. which are each arranged are also shown, description was abbreviate | omitted in FIG. Here, component elements newly added to the prize exchange system 1 and component elements whose internal functions are changed will be described in detail.

  In the hall store, a hall computer 2400, a gaming machine 2010, a prize selection device, and a prize exchange device are arranged, and further, a small sum saving instruction device 2060, a small sum storage management server 2120, and a connection management device 2090 are arranged. The small amount storage instruction device 2060 is a terminal used for a player to perform small amount storage, and in this example, the terminal has a function of a prize POS terminal. The player causes the small amount storage instruction device 2060 to read a receipt on which the counting result of game media (medals and pachinko balls) is printed, and then instructs the small amount storage device instruction device 2060 to perform small amount storage such as an end ball. The player does not need to perform a mall member registration that requires input of a name, an e-mail address, an address, and the like when performing a small amount saving ball using the small amount storage instruction device 2060, and a small amount storage member card 2110 which is a contactless IC card. Can be used to manage small savings.

  The small-amount storage management server 2120 receives, stores and manages information (for example, the type and quantity of game media) related to a small-amount storage by a player using the small-amount storage ball membership card 2110 from the small-amount storage instruction device 2060. Control the selection process. The small amount storage ball DB 2140 stored by the small amount storage ball management server 2120 stores a small amount storage ball management table for storing the above-described information on the small amount storage ball.

  The connection management device 2090 controls connection between the small sum storage instruction device 2060 and the small sum storage management server 2120 and the backbone server 2600 of the computer center. The connection management device 2090 includes, for example, a gateway function. When connecting the small amount storage instruction device 2060, the small amount storage management server 2120, and the backbone server 2600 with a VPN (Virtual Private Network), a VPN router function is provided. Including. In addition, a connection control function for controlling connection with the backbone server 2600 is included. Further, the connection management device 2090 may be a device constituted by a plurality of devices including the gateway device having the gateway function described above, the VPN router device having the VPN router function, and the connection control device having the connection control function. Good.

  The hall computer 2400, like the hall computer 400 of the prize exchange system 1, functions such as managing the status of the devices (including the player's game status) arranged in the hall store, information on members, and prizes. And receives information on the value of the value stored by the player for the payment at the time of prize exchange from the small value storage instruction device 2060, the small value storage management server 2120, or the backbone server 2600.

  The prize selection device includes any terminal capable of network communication, such as the dedicated terminal 2530, the smartphone 2540, and the feature phone 2558. The PC described in the prize exchange system 1001 according to the second embodiment of the present invention. (Personal computer) It is also possible to use a PC similar to 1100. In this example, the small sum saving instruction device 2060 can also function as a prize selection device.

  Next, functions of the core server 2600 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 56 is a functional block diagram of the backbone server 2600. The basic server 2600 basically has the same configuration and function as the basic server 1600 of the prize exchange system 1001 according to the second embodiment of the present invention. That is, a mall member management unit 1601, a prize selection control unit 1604, a prize exchange control unit 1605, a prize order control unit 1606, an action history management unit 1607, a network I / F unit 1608, a portable device management unit 1609, and a core server 1600 Similar functional units corresponding to the small sum management unit 1610, that is, a mall member management unit 2601, a prize selection control unit 2604, a prize exchange control unit 2605, a prize order control unit 2606, an action history management unit 2607, a network I / F unit 2608, a portable device management unit 2609, and a small sum management unit 2610.

  Therefore, when a player who has registered as a mall member is managed as a mall member, and a prize selection control process and a prize exchange control process are performed according to the player's prize selection and prize exchange operations, respectively, The system automatically performs free gift ordering for the corresponding online shopping site. In addition, it collects and stores an action history including a gaming situation and a prize exchange situation for a mall member in each hall store. However, the small amount storage management unit 2610 does not function when the small amount storage ball processing is performed by the small amount storage instruction device 2060, and the small amount storage ball managed by the small amount storage management server 2120 is registered when the mall member registration is performed. It functions to migrate to the core server 2600. Further, since the anonymous member is managed by the small sum management server 2120, there is no function corresponding to the anonymous member management unit 1611.

  The basic server 2600 stores the basic DB 2650, which is basically the same as the basic DB 1650 stored in the basic server 1600 of the prize exchange system 1001 according to the second embodiment of the present invention. However, since there is no anonymous member management function, there is no anonymous member information table, and holding of small amount savings of anonymous members is performed by the small amount savings management server 2120, and holding of the savings of the mall members registered as members Since the number is managed by the mall member game medium holding number management table 2652, there is no electronic value management table.

  The small-amount storage management server 2120 is arranged in each hall store, and manages the small-amount storage member card 2110 and the value of the stored game media in association with each other based on an instruction from the small-amount storage instruction device 2060. In this example, the information on the small amount storage ball instructed from the small amount storage ball instruction apparatus 2060 of each hall store is stored and managed in the small amount storage ball DB of the small amount storage ball management server 2120 in the hall store (in this respect, this system). Can be said to be a hall store-intensive small-value storage management system).

  Here, the configuration and function of the small sum storage instruction device 2060 are the same as those of the small sum storage instruction device 1060 of the prize exchange system 1001 according to the second embodiment of the present invention. However, the small amount saving ball processing and the prize selection processing using the small amount saving ball membership card 2110 are realized not by the basic server 2600 but by the exchange with the small amount savings ball management server 2120. The configuration and function of the connection management apparatus 2090 are the same as those of the connection management apparatus 1090 of the prize exchange system 1001 according to the second embodiment of the present invention.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 57, the configuration of the small sum management server 2120 will be described. FIG. 57 is a block diagram showing the configuration of the small sum storage management server 2120. The small sum storage server 2120 includes a main CPU 2121, a ROM 2122, a RAM 2123, an external storage device 2124, a display 2125, an interface 2126, and a speaker 2127.

  The main CPU 2121 reads out and executes control programs stored in the ROM 2122 and the RAM 2123. For example, the main CPU 2121 executes a prize selection process and a small sum saving process by the prize exchange system 2001 as will be described later. In addition, the control program can be provided from another device via the interface 2126 or from another device outside via a network including the Internet.

  The external storage device 2124 stores various data including the small sum storage DB 2140. The display 2125 displays a screen relating to a prize selection process, such as a prize selection login screen or a prize selection instruction screen. The display 2125 displays the management state in the small sum storage management server 2120 or notifies the occurrence of fraud or abnormality. The display 2125 is realized by a liquid crystal display device, for example.

  The speaker 2127 performs notification together with the display 2125 when an irregularity or abnormality occurs. The speaker 2127 outputs various audio data in addition to the notification of fraud or abnormality.

  Further, the small sum storage management server 2120 is connected to the small sum storage instruction device 2060 and the connection management device 2090 via the interface 2126 so as to be communicable.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 58, the function of the small sum saving management server 2120 will be described. FIG. 58 is a functional block diagram of the small sum management server 2120. The small amount storage management server 2120 includes an access management unit 2131, a prize selection control unit 2132, a small amount storage management unit 2133, an anonymous member management unit 2134, an action history management unit 2135, and a network I / F unit 2136.

  In addition, the small sum storage management server 2120 stores the small sum storage DB 2140 in an external storage device, and the small sum storage DB 2140 stores and manages a shopping list created as a result of the player selecting a product using the prize selection device. Shopping list management table 2141, exchange rate management table 2142 for storing exchange rates related to general prizes in the hall store, anonymous member behavior history management table 2143 for storing behavior history such as gaming status and exchange status of anonymous members, anonymous An anonymous member information table 2144 for storing member information, and a small amount storage management table 2145 for storing the value (type and quantity of game media) of the stored balls accumulated by the small amount storage performed by the anonymous members are included.

  The access management unit 2131 controls access between the small sum storage instruction device 2060 and the core server 2600 when mall member registration is performed in the small sum storage instruction device 2060. The prize selection control unit 2132 accesses the core server 2600 and displays product information to be displayed to the player when the prize selection process using the membership card 2110 for the small amount savings is performed by the small amount savings instruction device 2060. Acquire it and provide it to the small sum storage instruction device 2060. In addition, when the small amount storage ball instruction apparatus 2060 is instructed to create a shopping list, the shopping list is stored in the shopping list management table 2141 in association with the unique ID of the small amount storage member card 2110.

  The small amount storage management unit 2133 displays the type and quantity of the game medium in which the small amount is stored when the small amount storage processing using the small amount storage member card 2110 is performed by the small amount storage instruction device 2060. To remember. The anonymous member management unit 2134 manages anonymous members by recording the unique ID of the small-amount storage card 2110 in the anonymous member information table 2144.

  The action history management unit 2135 grasps a player's action history such as a small sum saving process and stores it in the anonymous member action history management table 2143. The network I / F unit 2136 is connected to the connection management device 2090 to control data transmission / reception with the backbone server 2600, and is connected to the small amount storage instruction device 2060 to connect the data related to the prize selection processing and the small amount storage processing. Control transmission and reception.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 59, a table included in the small sum storage DB 2140 will be described. The shopping list management table 2141 and the anonymous member behavior history management table 2143 are basically stored in the shopping list management table 1653 and the behavior history management table 1656 of the gift exchange system 1001 according to the second embodiment of the present invention. Each corresponds. Further, as described above, the exchange rate management table 2142 stores the exchange rate related to the general prize of the hall store for each type of game medium.

  FIG. 59A shows an example of the anonymous member information table 2144. In the anonymous member information table 2144, when the player first performs a process using the small-amount saving ball membership card 2110 in the small-amount savings ball instruction apparatus 2060, the unique ID of the small-amount saving ball membership card 2110 is set to the store ID. A code and a password are recorded in association with each other. When the player uses the small sum storage instruction device 2060 again, the legitimacy is determined with reference to the anonymous member information table 2144. Here, since the anonymous member information table 2144 is arranged for each hall store, it is not necessary to store the store code, but when the player registers as a mall member, the store included in the anonymous member information table 2144 Information including the code is transmitted to the core server 2600.

  FIG. 59B shows an example of the small sum management table 2145. In the small amount storage ball management table 2145, when a player performs small amount storage processing using the small amount storage ball membership card 2110 in the small amount storage ball instruction device 2060, the small amount is stored in the unique ID of the small amount storage ball membership card 2110. The value of the stored ball (type and quantity of game media) is recorded in association with each other. In the prize exchange system 1001 according to the second embodiment of the present invention, the value of the stored ball (type and quantity of game media) is converted into a predetermined unit of electronic value in accordance with the player's small amount storage processing, and the basic Although stored in the electronic value management table 1658 of the server 1600, in this example, such conversion is not performed, and is stored in the form of the type and quantity of game media in each hall store.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 60, the small amount savings processing using the small amount savings membership card 2110 in the prize exchange system 2001 according to the third embodiment of the present invention will be described. FIG. 60 is a flowchart in which processing for realizing the small sum saving process is described for each entity of the small sum instruction device 2060 and the small sum management server 2120. This process is mainly realized by the small-amount storage control unit 2084 of the small-amount storage instruction device 2060 and the small-amount storage management unit 2133 of the small-amount storage management server 2120.

  First, when the player gives an instruction for a small amount of money by touching a predetermined button on the prize exchange screen displayed on the player side display 2067 of the small amount of money instruction device 2060 (step S250), the small amount of money is instructed. The device 2060 displays a small sum saving ball login screen (step S252). When the player holds the small savings ball membership card 2110 over the small savings ball login screen as instructed on the screen, the small savings ball instruction apparatus 2060 reads the unique ID (IDm or the like) of the non-contact IC chip (step S253). By the unique ID, the system side can grasp this anonymous member (see the anonymous member information table 2144 in FIG. 59A).

  The small sum storage instruction device 2060 determines whether or not the “next” button has been touched on the small sum storage login screen (step S254), and maintains the display of the small sum storage login screen until it is touched. When the “next” button is touched, a unique ID (for example, IDm), a store code, and a password are transmitted to the small sum management server 2120 (step S255). The store code can also be grasped by the small sum management server 2120 and is transmitted as necessary. The store code is, for example, data stored in a storage device provided in the small sum saving instruction device 2060. The password is data entered by the player in the password input portion of the small sum saving login screen.

  When receiving the information such as the unique ID, the small sum storage management server 2120 refers to the anonymous member information table 2144 and determines whether or not the unique ID is a newly registered ID (step S256). If it is new, a record corresponding to the unique ID is added to the anonymous member information table 2144 as a new anonymous member (step S257). On the other hand, if the unique ID already exists in the anonymous member information table 2144, the received password is checked (step S258), and it is determined whether the password is correct (step S259). If it is determined that the password is not correct, an instruction is given to display an error (step S260), and in response to this instruction, the small sum storage instruction device 2060 displays an error on the player side display 2067 (step S261). .

  When a new anonymous member is added to the anonymous member information table 2144, or when it is determined that the password is correct, the small sum storage management server 2120 instructs the small sum storage instruction device 2060 to display the small sum storage instruction screen (step) S262). In response to this instruction, the small sum storage instruction device 2060 displays a small sum storage instruction screen on the player side display 2067 (step S263).

  Here, the small sum storage instruction device 2060 determines whether or not the “OK” button has been touched (step S264), and maintains the display of the small sum storage instruction screen until it is touched. When the “OK” button is touched, the game medium type (for example, a 20-yen loan medal or 4-yen pachinko ball) and the amount of the game medium (for example, a pachinko ball) are given to the small sum management server 2120. (The number and the number of medals) are transmitted (step S265). The type of game medium is grasped at the time when the small sum storage instruction device 2060 reads a receipt or the like, and transmits this. The quantity of the game medium is the quantity designated by the player in the quantity input section of the small amount savings ball instruction screen, but all the quantities grasped by the small amount saving ball instruction device 2060 can be automatically designated. When the player designates the quantity of game media, the player can freely set the quantity not exceeding the quantity guided on the small sum saving instruction screen.

  When the small amount storage management server 2120 receives the type and quantity of game media from the small amount storage instruction device 2060, the exchange rate management stores the exchange rate for each type of game media in the hall store as necessary. With reference to the table 2142, the value of the small sum is evaluated (step S266). Next, the small sum management server 2120 determines whether the sum of the value of the small sum per one time and the value of the small sum associated with the unique ID does not exceed the set upper limit values. Determination is made (step S267). If it is determined that at least one of the values exceeds the upper limit, an instruction is given to display an error (step S268), and in response to this instruction, the small sum instruction device 2060 is displayed on the player side display 2067. An error is displayed (step S269).

  If it is determined that the upper limit is not exceeded, the number of game media is cumulatively added for each type of game media, and stored in the small sum management table 2145 (step S270). After this processing is completed, an instruction is given to display that the small amount storage ball has been completed (step S271), and in response to this instruction, the small amount storage instruction device 2060 completes the small amount storage ball on the player side display 2067. A screen is displayed (step S272). At this time, the type and quantity of game media accumulated up to this point in time by the small amount of money may be displayed.

  Next, the small amount storage ball instruction apparatus 2060 transmits the type and quantity of the game medium indicating the value of the small amount storage ball to the hall computer 2400 (step S273). The value transmission of such a small amount of money is performed because the hall store needs to know the value of the small amount of money that is the basis for the fee when it receives a charge for gift exchange from a computer center or the like. Is called.

  In addition, when the total is calculated for each type of game medium in step S270, if the value exceeds a certain numerical value (for example, 70% of the upper limit value of the total value of the small sum), the small sum command is given. On the player side display 2067 of the device 2060, guidance information indicating that it is advantageous to exchange a prize as a mall member, display a mall member registration screen, or induce a mall member registration. It can be configured to display some information or link. Further, such information can be displayed not only in the small sum saving instruction device 2060 but also before, during or during the prize selection processing in the prize selection device. Furthermore, it can be transmitted to the player's smartphone 2540, feature phone 2558, and the like using an email address or an address associated with a telephone number.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 61, mall member registration processing in the prize exchange system 2001 according to the third embodiment of the present invention will be described. FIG. 61 is a flowchart showing the processing for realizing the mall member registration process for each subject of the small sum saving instruction device 2060, the small sum saving management server 2120, and the core server 2600. The processing is mainly realized by the member management unit 1085 of the small sum storage instruction device 2060, the access management unit 2131 of the small sum management server 2120, the mall member management unit 2601 of the core server 2600, and the small sum management unit 2610.

  First, when the player gives a mall member registration instruction by touching a predetermined button on the screen displayed on the player-side display 2067 of the small sum storage instruction device 2060 (step S280), the small sum storage instruction device is displayed. 2060 displays a mall member login screen (for example, a screen similar to the mall member registration login screen 1900 of FIG. 41A) (step S282). When the player holds the small amount saving ball membership card 2110 on the mall member login screen as instructed on the screen, the small amount saving ball instruction device 2060 reads the unique ID (IDm or the like) of the non-contact IC chip (step S283). By the unique ID, the system side can grasp this anonymous member (see the anonymous member information table 2144 in FIG. 59A).

  The small sum storage instruction device 2060 determines whether or not the “next” button is touched on the mall member registration screen (step S284), and maintains the display of the mall member registration screen until the touch is made. When the “Next” button is touched, the player's name, telephone number, and e-mail entered on the mall member registration screen together with a unique ID (for example, IDm), a password, and a unique ID (for example, IDm) to the small sum management server 2120 Registration information including attribute information such as an address is transmitted (step S285). The store code can also be grasped by the small sum management server 2120 and is transmitted as necessary. The store code is, for example, data stored in a storage device provided in the small sum saving instruction device 2060. The password is data entered by the player in the password input section of the mall member login screen.

  Upon receipt of the unique ID, password, registration information, etc., the small sum storage management server 2120 transmits these to the core server 2600 (step S286). Upon receiving the unique ID, password, registration information, etc., the core server 2600 checks the validity of the unique ID with reference to the mall member information table 2651, etc. (step S287) and determines whether the process can proceed. Determination is made (step S288). If there is a problem with the unique ID, such as duplication of unique IDs, an instruction is given to display an error (step S289), and then the small sum storage management server 2120 transfers this to the small sum storage instruction device 2060 (step S290). In response to this instruction, the small sum storage instruction apparatus 2060 displays an error on the player side display 2067 (step S291).

  On the other hand, if there is no problem with the unique ID or the like in step S288, the core server 2600 registers the password and registration information in association with the unique ID in the mall member information table 2651 (step S292). Here, the mall member ID is also newly given. Next, the small amount savings ball management server 2120 is instructed to delete the anonymous member who has received registration as a mall member from the anonymous member information table 2144 stored in the small amount savings ball management server 2120 (step S293). In response to this, the small sum storage management server 2120 deletes the record of the unique ID of the corresponding anonymous member from the anonymous member information table 2144 (step S294).

  Next, the core server 2600 acquires the record of the unique ID of the corresponding anonymous member stored in the small amount savings management table 2145 from the small amount savings management server 2120, and for each type of game medium according to the store code. Then, the number of the game media is transferred to the mall member game media holding number management table 2652 of the basic server 2600 (step S295). Then, the data stored in the small sum storage management table 2145 is deleted (step S296).

  Hereinafter, similarly, the contents of the shopping list are transferred from the shopping list management table 2141 of the small sum management server 2120 to the shopping list management table 2653 of the core server 2600 (step S297), and the contents of the action history are reduced to a small amount. The anonymous member behavior history management table 2143 of the storage ball management server 2120 shifts to the behavior history management table 2656 of the core server 2600 (step S299). In accordance with these processes, corresponding data is deleted from the shopping list management table 2141 and the anonymous member behavior history management table 2143 of the small sum storage management server 2120 (steps S298 and S300).

  Next, an instruction is given to display that the mall member registration has been completed (step S301), and in response to this instruction, the small sum storage management server 2120 transfers the display instruction to the small sum storage instruction device 2060 ( In step S302), the small sum storage instruction device 2060 displays a mall member registration completion screen on the player side display 2067 accordingly (step S303).

  Next, the small-amount storage instruction apparatus 2060 transmits the type and quantity of game media representing the value of the small-amount storage ball to the hall computer 2400 (step S304). The value transmission of such a small amount of money is performed because the hall store needs to know the value of the small amount of money that is the basis for the fee when it receives a charge for gift exchange from a computer center or the like. Is called.

  Although the gift exchange system 2001 of the present invention has been illustrated using a specific device, a specific table, and the like, the description so far is merely an embodiment, and various other forms of the present invention can be used. A characteristic computer system can be realized. For example, devices with various configurations such as a small sum storage instruction device, a gift selection device, and a gift exchange device can be used in various network connection states, such as a computer center backbone server 2600, a shop management server 2700, and a hall store hall computer 2400. Etc., devices having various configurations can be used, and the functional units can be arranged (distributed or integrated) differently from the examples. For example, the backbone server 2600 and the shop management server 2700 can be configured by one server or three or more servers. Also, other different configurations can be adopted for the table configuration.

  In addition, although the small sum storage instruction device 2060 is exemplified here as a terminal having a free gift POS function, it acquires end ball information (type and quantity of game media) from the free gift POS 2500 or the hall computer 2400, and includes that information. It can also be configured to perform a small savings based on the basis. Further, the exchange between the prize selection device, the gift exchange device, etc., and the backbone server 2600 can be controlled to be performed via the connection management device 2090 and the small sum storage server 2120 provided in the gift exchange system 2001.

  In addition, the mall member registration screen can be displayed on the prize exchange device under predetermined conditions. For example, in the prize exchange device, after the prize is displayed on the prize exchange instruction screen 950 as shown in FIG. 27B, the “OK” button 973 is displayed on the prize exchange instruction screen 970 as shown in FIG. Until the button is pressed, the mall member registration screen may be displayed to prompt the user to register for the mall member. In addition, on this mall member registration screen, a screen for selecting whether to use the small savings card 2110 used so far as it is or to use another card or a portable device (for example, a player's smartphone) is displayed. May be.

  Further, such a control of the prize exchange device is normally performed by the prize exchange control unit 2605 of the basic server 2600 shown in FIG. 56, but a similar prize exchange control unit is provided in the small sum management server 2120 shown in FIG. In the above-described premium exchange device, the premium exchange control unit of the small sum management server 2120 performs control until the mall member registration screen is displayed, and the control after the display of the mall member registration screen is performed. The exchange control unit 2605 may perform this.

[Description of the prize exchange system according to the fourth embodiment of the present invention]
Next, with reference to FIGS. 62 to 65, a free gift exchange system 3001 according to the fourth embodiment of the present invention will be described. The prize exchange system 3001 according to the fourth embodiment can be applied to any of the prize exchange systems according to the first to third embodiments of the present invention described so far. An example in which the gift exchange system 1001 according to the second embodiment shown in FIG. The overall system configuration is configured to include a hall store device, a hall cooperation system, and a computer center device, similar to the prize exchange system 1001, and a part of the computer center device passes through a network such as the Internet. Then, it is connected to the device on the online shopping site.

  A basic server 3600 shown in FIG. 62 is obtained by adding a new function to the basic server 1600 of the gift exchange system 1001. Mall member manager 3601, prize selection controller 3604, prize exchange controller 3605, prize order controller 3606, action history manager 3607, network I / F part 3608, portable device manager 3609, small amount savings manager 3610, and An anonymous member management unit 3611 is included. These functions are the mall member management unit 1601, premium selection control unit 1604, premium exchange control unit 1605, premium order control unit 1606, action history management unit 1607, network I / F unit 1608 of the backbone server 1600 of the premium exchange system 1001. , The mobile device management unit 1609, the small sum storage unit 1610, and the anonymous member management unit 1611. Further, the core server 3600 is newly configured to include a journal management unit 3612.

  The journal management unit 3612 sequentially uses, as journal data, fluctuation information relating to the player's savings such as small amount savings, savings, and prize exchanges by the player (that is, information relating to operations that change the value of the gaming medium held by the player). Recording and sequentially transmitting the journal data to the journal data display device in time series in response to a request from the journal data display device realized by the smartphone 3540, the feature phone 3558, the mobile phone, and other portable devices. Control as follows.

  In addition, the basic server 3600 stores the basic DB 3650 in an external storage device, and the basic DB 3650 stores a table similar to the table included in the basic DB 1650 stored in the basic server 1600. That is, the core DB 3650 includes a mall member information table 3651, a mall member game medium holding number management table 3652, a shopping list management table 3653, an exchange rate management table 3654, an order management table 3655, an action history management table 3656, and anonymous member information. A table 3657 and an electronic value management table 3658 are included.

  Further, the basic DB 3650 includes a journal table 3659 for storing the above-described journal data.

  Here, FIG. 63 illustrates the contents of each table of the core DB 3650. FIG. 63A shows a journal table 3659. In the journal table 3659, as described above, operations that change the value of the game medium held by the player, such as small amount savings, savings, and prize exchange by the player, are recorded one by one by the journal management unit 3612 of the core server 3600. Is done. For example, in the first record and the second record of the journal table 3659, a player who has registered as a mall member (mall member ID “U138”) saves money at a hall store (store code “225”) (20 yen rental medal) After that, it was recorded that 500 20-yen medals were used by exchanging prizes.

  In addition, for example, in the ninth to twelfth records of the journal table 3659, a player who has not registered as a mall member and uses a small amount savings card member card (unique ID “X”) is assigned to a hall store (store code “ 534 "), it is recorded that a small amount of money was continuously collected four times (20 yen, 40 pieces, 100 pieces, and 80 pieces of 5-yen loan medals, respectively).

  Although such a player's action history can be taken out from the action history management table 3656, the action history management table 3656 has a very large amount of data. In this example, the journal management unit of the core server 3600 3612 is stored separately in the journal table 3659.

  Further, in this example, the journal table 3659 manages the value of the stored ball by the type and quantity of the game medium, but it can also be managed by another value converted into a predetermined electronic value unit, for example.

  FIG. 63 (B) illustrates the contents of the mall member game medium holding number management table 3652. Here, for example, it is indicated that a player who has registered as a mall member (mall member ID “U138”) has a current 20-yen medal holding number of zero in the hall store (store code “225”). Yes. This is consistent with the action history in the journal table 3659 that a player (mall member ID “U138”) used 500 20-yen medals by exchanging prizes after storing 500 20-yen medals. To do.

  FIG. 63C illustrates the contents of the electronic value management table 3658. Here, for example, it is indicated that a player (unique ID “X”) using a small amount savings card member card has 1200 electronic value data in the hall store (store code “534”). This is consistent with the action history that the player (unique ID “X”) has stored a total of 240 5-yen medals in the journal table 3659 (in this case, the electronic value is 5 × 240 (sheets)). Asking for).

  Next, journal display processing in the prize exchange system 3001 according to the fourth embodiment of the present invention will be described. FIG. 64 is a flowchart illustrating processing for realizing the journal display processing for each subject of the smartphone 3540, the mobile I / F server 3680, and the backbone server 3600. This processing is mainly realized by the display control unit 3534 of the smartphone 3540 (a functional unit corresponding to the display control unit 534 shown in FIG. 14A) and the journal management unit 3612 of the backbone server 3600. The display control unit 3534 of the smartphone 3540 is realized by, for example, an application that operates on the smartphone 3540, and this application may be downloaded via the network 3690 or the like.

  First, when the player operates the smartphone 3540 to instruct to display the journal, that is, the fluctuation information related to the player's accumulated balls, the smartphone 3540 displays the journal display instruction screen for displaying the journal. (Step S310). In response to this, the smartphone 3540 displays a journal display instruction screen on the display of the smartphone 3540 (step S312).

  FIG. 65A shows an example of a journal display instruction screen. In the journal display instruction screen 3880 shown in FIG. 65A, conditions for displaying a journal are set. The journal display instruction screen 3880 includes a condition setting unit 3881 that allows the player to set display conditions. For example, a hall store in which a journal is displayed can be specified by a store code using a pull-down list. The pull-down list displays a list of store codes of hall stores in which the player is saving money. In addition, for example, the type of game medium (a 4-yen ball rental or a 20-yen loan medal) for displaying a journal can be specified by a pull-down list. The journal display instruction screen 3880 includes a password input unit 3882 for inputting a password, and a “display” button 3883 for instructing display under a specified condition.

  Returning to the flowchart of FIG. 64, after the journal display instruction screen is displayed in step S312, the unique ID (for example, IDm) of the non-contact IC chip built in the smartphone 3540 is read and acquired (step S313). The anonymous ID can be grasped on the system side by the unique ID (see the journal table 3659 in FIG. 63A). Further, when the player is a mall member, the unique ID and the mall member ID are associated with each other by referring to the mall member information table 3651, and the mall member can be grasped.

  The smartphone 3540 determines whether or not the “display” button 3883 is touched on the journal display instruction screen 3880 (step S314), and maintains the display of the journal display instruction screen 3880 until the touch is made. When the “display” button 3883 is touched, the password and the display condition specified on the journal display instruction screen 3880 are transmitted to the mobile I / F server 3680 together with the unique ID (for example, IDm) (step S315). ).

  Upon receiving display conditions and the like from the smartphone 3540, the mobile I / F server 3680 transmits these to the basic server 3600 (step S316). When the basic server 3600 receives the display condition or the like, the core server 3600 refers to the mall member information table 3651 or the like to check the validity of the unique ID (step S317) and determines whether the process can proceed (step S318). ). If there is a problem with the specification of the unique ID, password, display condition, etc., an instruction is given to display an error (step S319), and then the mobile I / F server 3680 transfers this to the smartphone 3540 (step S320). In response to this instruction, the smartphone 3540 displays an error on the display (step S321). Also, if there is no journal that matches the display conditions in the journal table 3659 (for example, if the player has not made any savings with respect to the specified type of game medium), an error indicating that there is no corresponding data May be displayed.

  On the other hand, if there is no problem in the specification of the unique ID, password, display condition, etc. in step S318, the core server 3600 refers to the journal table 3659 and acquires records (journal data) that satisfy the display condition (step S322). ). As described above, in the case of an anonymous member, the journal table 3659 is directly referred to using the unique ID, and when the player is a mall member, the journal table 3659 is referred to using the mall member ID (mall member ID). Can obtain the one corresponding to the unique ID by referring to the mall member information table 3651).

  When the journal display device stores the record number and date / time of journal data previously received from the core server 3600, the journal display device is controlled to receive data subsequent to the last journal data previously received. On the other hand, the main server 3600 stores the record number and date / time of the last journal data transmitted to the journal display device, and when there is a journal display instruction, the next data is identified from the information and the journal is specified. It can be transmitted to the display device.

  After step S322, the core server 3600 adds a code to the number of game media according to the content of the operation included in each record acquired from the journal table 3659 (step S323). For example, + (plus) is added when the operation (operation related to the player's saving ball) is “save ball”, and − (minus) is added when the operation is “exchange prize”. Here, the quantity stored in the journal table 3659 can be managed as a signed numerical value in accordance with the operation. In such a case, addition of a sign in step S323 is unnecessary.

  Next, the core server 3600 sequentially transmits the acquired data of each record to the mobile I / F server 3680 in time series (step S324). The data transmitted here is, for example, a store code, an operation, a game medium type, a quantity, and an (operation) date and time. In this example, records are sequentially transmitted in time series. However, when sorting is performed on the receiving journal display device side and the records are displayed in a predetermined order, they may be transmitted in any order.

  When the mobile I / F server 3680 receives the above-mentioned data from the core server 3600, it transmits these to the smartphone 3540 (step S325), and the smartphone 3540 receives this data (step S326). Next, the smartphone 3540 calculates the number of the latest game medium type from the received data as necessary (step S327). Since the data is transmitted from the core server 3600 in order of date and time, the smartphone 3540 can obtain the latest (current) quantity by accumulating the quantities of the game medium types in the order received. Next, the smartphone 3540 generates a journal display screen from the received data and the calculated quantity, and displays it on the display (step S328).

  FIG. 65 (B) shows an example of a journal display screen. In the designated content display portion 3891 of the journal display screen 3890 of FIG. 65 (B), the store code of the hall store designated by the player and the type of game medium are displayed. Below that, a title display portion 3892 is displayed, and further below that, a journal data display portion 3893 is displayed. Here, the journal data is displayed in a list in order of the operation date and time. When the list display exceeds the size of the display, the player can browse all journal data by scrolling the screen by a swipe operation or the like.

  The journal display screen 3890 in FIG. 65B displays the fifth and sixth records of the journal table 3659 shown in FIG. Further, the calculated quantity of the latest game medium is displayed in the current quantity display section 3894 as “current quantity”. In this example, +1000 of the fifth record (journal data shown in the upper part of the journal data display unit 3893) and -500 of the sixth record (journal data shown in the lower part of the journal data display unit 3893) are total. The “current quantity” is displayed as +500.

  Whether or not to display the item “current quantity” on the journal display screen 3890 can be set by the player who owns the journal display device or the gift exchange system 3001. In addition, whether or not to display the item “current quantity” may be determined according to a predetermined condition, for example, automatically depending on the content and period of the operation history by the player, the quantity of the stored ball and the degree of variation thereof, etc. Can be determined.

  In this example, the player displays the type and quantity of game media as a journal, but may be displayed as a value with a predetermined electronic value as a unit. In this example, the mobile I / F server 3680 functions as a server that relays data transmission / reception between the smartphone 3540 and the core server 3600, but the mobile I / F server 3680 is configured as a WEB server or an ASP server. You can also.

  In this example, the journal data is displayed outside the hall store by a journal display device such as the smartphone 3540, but the device functioning as a prize selection device or a gift exchange device or journal display arranged in the hall store. The journal data can be selectively displayed inside and outside the store using a dedicated device or the like.

  For example, a record indicating the number of game media held (stored) by the player at that time is stored in a storage area for storing a player's game history and prize exchange history managed by the unique ID or mall member ID. A stored area (first storage area) and an area (second storage area) storing journal data indicating the IN and OUT update histories of the stored balls are provided. And when there is a journal display instruction from the terminal arranged in the hall store, from the terminal ID (each terminal ID is associated with the hall shop where the terminal is arranged), Recognize that it is an instruction from the terminal, and corresponds to the player ID stored in the first storage area at least from the player ID (unique ID or mall member ID) read by the terminal A record of the number of game media to be played is transmitted to the terminal of the hall store.

  On the other hand, if the terminal on which the player has issued a journal display instruction is not a hall store terminal (that is, if a journal display instruction has been issued from a mobile device such as a smartphone 3540), The journal data in the second storage area is transmitted without transmitting the record in the first storage area. In addition, the data in the first storage area and the data in the second storage area may be stored in the same storage area, and may be transmitted by filtering or the like when transmitting, or only the journal data may be transmitted. The result of calculating the total of the number of game media and the like in real time when a journal display instruction is stored may be transmitted only to the terminal of the hall store.

  With such a configuration, the data (direct numerical data) such as the number of game media currently held is transmitted only for the journal display instruction from a specific terminal ID stored in advance such as a hall store. By configuring in this way, when a player connects from outside the hall store, the player can not immediately recognize the amount of game media currently stored, etc. Recognize balances from journals and encourage self-control.

  Here, the journal data is stored for each hall store and for each player ID (unique ID or mall member ID), and when there is a journal display instruction from a portable device such as the smartphone 3540, the core server 3600 The journal management unit 3612 displays a store selection screen that prompts input of which hall store the number of game media held in a plurality of hall stores associated with the unique ID or the like of the portable device is to be confirmed. Control to display. After that, when the hall store to be confirmed is selected, only the above-mentioned journal data is transmitted without transmitting the data for directly displaying the total number of game media held in the hall store as a numerical value. . A player stores a program for automatically calculating the total amount of game media based on journal data in his portable device, and this program can be executed by the player's selection or other settings. It can also be configured to.

  Whether the device that sent the journal display instruction is a device that is not fixedly arranged in the hall store or a device in the hall store, for example, by receiving a store code from the device (for example, the hall store) (A blank is transmitted from a device that is not located in the network). Further, when the application executed on each device is different, the same determination can be made based on the identification ID of the application or the identification code transmitted by the application.

  In this example, the smartphone 3540 is configured to calculate the quantity of the latest game medium type from the received data as necessary (step S327), but the latest game medium type from the core server 3600 is calculated. Receive the quantity (that is, the quantity of the final game medium type held by the player) directly (by various transmission methods including data transmission and mail transmission) and receive the game medium type quantity on the smartphone 3540 The latest (current) quantity of game media may be displayed on the display without accumulating in the order described. Either of these two journal display methods can be adopted, or both can be adopted.

  In addition, when the core server 3600 manages the end ball storage (small amount storage), the number of the latest game medium types as described above may be transmitted to the smartphone 3540. With such a configuration, IN as a savings act and OUT due to prize exchange can be displayed in a journal in order of date, whereby the transition of the balance of the savings including the end ball savings can be visually confirmed.

  In addition, in the prize exchange system (the prize exchange system 1, the prize exchange system 1001, the prize exchange system 2001, the prize exchange system 3001, etc.) according to all the embodiments described so far, various data (for example, the game situation of the player) Action history management table (which can be big data) that stores the action history including the exchange status and prize exchange status, the mall member game media retention number management table that manages mall member's savings, and the electronic value management table that manages small amount savings of anonymous members Etc.) are illustrated as being stored in one backbone DB of the backbone server located in the computer center, but these tables are incorporated as necessary by incorporating data synchronization and connection mechanisms, etc. It is possible to increase the number later (to the main DB or other DB).

[Description of the prize exchange system according to the fifth embodiment of the present invention]
Next, with reference to FIG. 66, the system outline | summary of the prize exchange system which concerns on the 5th Embodiment of this invention is demonstrated. A prize exchange system 4001 shown in FIG. 66 is configured to include each device arranged in a plurality of hall stores, a hall cooperation system, and a computer center device, similar to the prize exchange system 1 shown in FIG. A part of the computer center device is connected to the device on the online shopping site via a network such as the Internet. The prize exchange system 4001 in FIG. 66 is preferably an online mail order-linked prize exchange system.

  In the free gift exchange system 4001 shown in FIG. 66, a free gift exchange using a mail-order free gift exchange ticket can be realized instead of the conventional free gift exchange through the special free gift shop or the special free gift wholesaler. That is, in the present embodiment, the mail-order gift exchange ticket corresponds to a special gift. More specifically, according to the quantity of game media such as medals and pachinko balls that the player has acquired by playing at the hall store, a mail-order gift voucher is issued at the hall store, and the player operates the smartphone etc. The mail-order gift exchange ticket can be purchased at a predetermined WEB site. The purchased mail-order gift voucher that has been purchased is exchanged for an electronic value corresponding to the value of the voucher and given to the player. Thereafter, the player can give a prize exchange instruction by a process separate from the prize exchange system 1 described above, using the stored electronic value.

  With such a prize exchange system via a mail-order gift exchange ticket, a player can substantially obtain a gift exceeding 10,000 yen through an online mail-order site. In addition, this mechanism is not exchanged for cash as in the case of exchanging special prizes with conventional special prizes, but the player searches for a special prize shop away from the hall store, It can reduce the labor and risk of going to the special gift shop, and also convert the game media that it has acquired into electronic value using a smartphone etc. without being restricted by location or time. Can do. For hall stores, this beneficial prize exchange system can improve the rate of use of the amusement store and promote membership registration at the amusement store, resulting in an increase in the number of members. Can be made. In addition, accounting opacity in the cash system (so-called OUT problem) can be effectively eliminated.

  In order to realize such a prize exchange via a mail-order gift exchange ticket, a redemption ticket issuing device 4150 for newly issuing a mail-order gift exchange ticket is provided at the hall store as in the gift exchange system 4001 shown in FIG. In order to manage the issuance of mail-order gift vouchers and the purchase of mail-order gift vouchers, a mail-order gift purchase center in which a plurality of servers are arranged is newly established.

  In this regard, a free gift exchange system 4001 shown in FIG. 66 can be regarded as a modification of the free gift exchange system 1 shown in FIG. 1, and the same prize selection control, free gift exchange control, free gift ordering control, It has various functions such as action history management. For example, the hall computer 4400, hall DB 4430, gaming machine 4010, sand device 4020, digital signage device 4515, premium POS 4500, premium POS linkage dedicated terminal 4520, and dedicated terminal 4530 in the hall store are each a hall store in the prize exchange system 1. Corresponds to the hall computer 400, hall DB 430, gaming machine 10, sand device 20, digital signage device 515, prize POS 500, prize POS cooperation dedicated terminal 520, and dedicated terminal 530. In addition, the core server 4600, the core DB 4650, the shop management server 4700, the prize DB 4750, the ASP-I / F server 4800, the individual shop I / F server 4820, and the EC mall I / F server 4840 of the computer center are each a prize exchange system. 1 corresponds to the core server 600, the core DB 650, the shop management server 700, the premium DB 750, the ASP-I / F server 800, the individual shop I / F server 820, and the EC mall I / F server 840. Also, the prize exchange system 4001 includes a mobile I / F server 4680 corresponding to the mobile I / F server 680 and a network 4690 corresponding to the network 690, as in the prize exchange system 1, but the description is omitted in FIG. To do.

  Furthermore, although omitted from FIG. 66, the hall cooperation system of the prize exchange system 4001 includes a hall cooperation computer 560, a hall cooperation DB 570, and a center store I / F server 580 included in the hall cooperation system of the prize exchange system 1. And the like are arranged (the center store corresponding to the center store 590 is also arranged).

  The online shopping site of the free gift exchange system 4001 corresponds to the EC shop ASP server 850, shop server 870, shop server 872, EC mall management server 860, and shop server 874 included in the online shopping site of the free gift exchange system 1. Although the apparatus etc. which are each arrange | positioned are also shown, description was abbreviate | omitted in FIG. Here, component elements newly added to the prize exchange system 1 and component elements whose internal functions are changed will be described in detail.

  In the hall store, a hall computer 4400, a gaming machine 4010, a prize selection device, and a prize exchange device are arranged, and further, as described above, the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 is arranged. The exchange ticket issuing device 4150 is a terminal for printing the mail order gift exchange ticket 4260 having a value corresponding to the quantity of game media acquired by the player. The player instructs the staff of the hall store to read the receipt printed with the counting result of the game medium (medal or pachinko ball) on the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 (or the player himself reads the receipt) Thereafter, a mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 printed from the exchange ticket issuing apparatus 4150 is received. At this time, the player may be a mall member who has registered as a mall member, but it may not be. For example, a printed mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 can be received without inputting the player's name, e-mail address, address, etc. into the system. When the player is a mall member, for example, a portable device such as a smartphone 4235 having a non-contact IC chip based on the near field communication standard (NFC) is held over the exchange ticket issuing device 4150. Then, the mall member is identified by causing the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 to read the unique ID of the smartphone 4235.

  The mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 is, for example, a ticket on which one exchange ticket ID is printed, and is associated with an electronic value of a predetermined unit such as 5000 or 1000.

  The hall computer 4400, like the hall computer 400 of the prize exchange system 1, functions such as managing the status of the devices (including the player's game situation) arranged at the hall store, members, and information relating to the prize. And receives information related to the value of the mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 issued by the player for the purpose of settlement of expenses according to the ticket-issuing gift ticket 4260.

  The prize selection device includes any terminal capable of network communication, such as a dedicated terminal 4530, a smartphone 4540, and a feature phone 4558.

  Similar to the prize exchange system 1, the core server 4600 arranged in the computer center manages a player registered as a mall member as a mall member, and controls prize selection control processing according to the player's prize selection and prize exchange operations. When a prize exchange control process is performed and a prize exchange is determined, a prize ordering process is automatically performed for the corresponding online shopping site. In addition, it collects and stores an action history including a gaming situation and a prize exchange situation for a mall member in each hall store.

  Further, in the gift exchange system 4001, a member management server 4170, a mail order gift ticketing server 4200, a mail order gift purchase server 4210, a DB server 4185, and a mobile I / F server 4220 are arranged in the mail order gift purchase center. The member management server 4170 acquires and manages information on players registered as mall members from the backbone DB of the backbone server 4600. In response to the ticketing request from the exchange ticket issuing device 4150, the online shopping gift ticketing server 4200 returns the exchange ticket ID to be printed on the online shopping gift exchange ticket 4260. The mail-order gift purchase server 4210 stores and manages the value corresponding to the input exchange ticket ID in association with the player in response to the purchase request from the smartphone 4235 by the player. The value corresponding to the voucher ID is managed in units of a predetermined electronic value representing a value that can be exchanged for a prize and can be distributed electronically within a predetermined range.

  The DB server 4185 manages the purchase management DB 4190, which is a database necessary for realizing the prize exchange via the mail-order prize exchange ticket in the prize exchange system 4001. The mobile I / F server 4220 provides a WEB server function that provides a predetermined WEB page to these devices in response to access from a WEB browser executed by the smartphone 4235. Further, it can also function as an application server that transmits and receives data in response to access from other applications executed on the smartphone 4235. The mobile I / F server 4220 transmits / receives data to / from the mail-order gift purchase server 4210 in accordance with the operation of the smartphone 4235. The smartphone 4235 and the mobile I / F server 4220 are connected by a network 4230 including a mobile network and a wireless LAN network. Here, the smartphone 4235 is the smartphone 4235 owned by the player who has issued the mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260, but this is only an example, and the smartphone 4540 functioning as a gift selection device as shown in FIG. Or another portable device such as a feature phone 4558, or a player's PC (personal computer). The smartphone 4235 is, for example, a smartphone configured as shown in FIG.

  Further, in this example, the value of the game medium acquired by the player is converted into a mail-order gift voucher 4260, which is further purchased by the player at the mail-order gift purchase center, thereby allowing the player to store the game medium. The electronic value corresponding to the value is accumulated, but it does not exclude management in units of yen (for example, 5000 yen, 1000 yen) indicating the currency value of the product. It can also be assumed that the unit of electronic value is the same as the unit of yen.

  66 is shown as a modified example of the prize exchange system 1 shown in FIG. 1, but the prize exchange system 1001 according to the second embodiment and the prize according to the third embodiment. The present invention can be applied to the exchange system 2001 and the prize exchange system 3001 according to the fourth embodiment.

  The mail order gift purchase center of the gift exchange system 4001 is basically provided in a place different from the hall store and the computer center, but the server devices and databases in the mail order gift purchase center are distributed at a plurality of locations. You can also. In addition, one server, one database, and one table can be divided into a plurality of parts and distributed.

  In the example of the gift exchange system 4001 shown in FIG. 66, a mail order gift ticketing server 4200 and a mail order gift purchase server 4210 are disposed in the mail order gift purchase center. It is not necessary to arrange in the purchase center, and they may be arranged in physically different places. Further, the mail-order gift issue server 4200 and the mail-order gift purchase server 4210 can be operated by different operating corporations.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 67, an overall processing outline among the hall store, the player, the mail order gift purchase center, and the computer center will be described. As shown in FIG. 67 (A), when a receipt brought by the player is read by the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 in the hall store and the type and quantity of the game medium are acquired, instructions to the staff of the hall store are given. In response, a ticket issue request is made to the mail order gift purchase center, and ticket issue request information including a store code and game medium value information (type and quantity of game medium read from receipt, unit price) is transmitted. Upon receiving a ticketing request, the mail-order gift purchase center represents ticket issue information including the redemption ID of the mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 according to the type and quantity of the received game medium, and the value of the mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 to be issued. The exchange ticket value information is transmitted to the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 of the hall store.

  Upon receiving the ticket issue information, the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 in the hall store issues a mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 on which the received exchange ticket ID is printed based on the ticket issue information. Also, exchange ticket value information representing the value of the issued mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 is transmitted from the exchange ticket issuing apparatus 4150 to the hall computer 4400. This is because it is necessary for the hall store side to know the amount of money that will be the basis for receiving a charge for the issuance of a mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 or expenses related to gift exchange from a mail-order gift purchase center or the like. .

  The exchange voucher ID printed on the issued mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 is input by the player to the smartphone 4235 owned by the player, sent to the mail-order gift purchase center as a purchase request, and sent to the mail-order gift purchase center. The exchange ticket 4260 is purchased, and an electronic value corresponding to the value of the mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 is given to the player. The player can exchange prizes by using the electronic value thus assigned. Further, the mail order gift purchase center accesses the core server 4600 of the computer center, acquires the information of the mall member information table 651 at a predetermined timing, and copies them to the mall member information table 4194 of the mail order gift purchase center. Manage tables synchronously.

  At the mail order gift purchase center, the electronic value data obtained in this way is stored in the electronic value management table as a cumulative value for each player, and when the player exchanges the gift using the electronic value data as a consideration, the value of the gift Is subtracted from the accumulated value of the electronic value management table.

  The mail-order gift purchase center can charge the hall store for expenses related to the mail-order gift voucher 4260 in consideration of various fees as necessary. The hall computer 4400 of the hall store pays the charged amount to the mail-order gift purchase center. With this billing and payment, the exchange of the mail-order gift exchange voucher 4260 at the hall store is completed, and thereafter, the gift with the product handled on the online mail-order site based on the electronic value obtained as a result of purchasing the mail-order gift voucher 4260. Exchanges are performed, and expenses including various fees are exchanged between the online mail order site, the mail order gift purchase center, and the computer center.

  In addition, the billing to the hall store by the mail-order gift purchase center can be performed collectively for a plurality of ticket issuing processes or can be performed collectively for each predetermined period. In addition, in the example of FIG. 67 (A), it is shown that the amount billing by the mail order gift purchase center is made to the hall computer 4400 from the mail order gift purchase center, but this is merely a notation for convenience. Actually, for example, the processing is such that a billing instruction is sent to the bank account of the operating entity of the hall store by transmitting a settlement instruction from a mail order gift purchase center to a predetermined bank settlement system. Similarly, it is a notation for convenience that the amount payment is shown as being made from the hall computer 4400 to the mail order gift purchase center. In addition, the settlement between the mail-order gift purchase center and the hall store can be realized by a number of routes including the respective operating entities. Here, the processing at the mail order gift purchase center has been described without specifying a server, but the functions of various servers will be described in detail later.

  FIG. 67 (B) shows an example of a mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260. 67 (B) is a single (paper) mail order gift exchange ticket 4260, on which the title “mail order gift exchange ticket” and the exchange ticket ID are printed. In the present embodiment, the exchange ticket ID is a unique ID consisting of alphanumeric characters and the like, and is preferably a one-time ID from the viewpoint of fraud prevention. Here, for convenience, from one alphabetic character and three numeric characters. This is a 4-character ID. The purchase deadline and the corresponding electronic value (for example, 5000 or 1000) may be printed.

  Next, the configuration of the exchange ticket issuing apparatus 4150 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 68 is a block diagram showing the configuration of the exchange ticket issuing apparatus 4150. The exchange ticket issuing apparatus 4150 includes a main CPU 4151, ROM 4152, RAM 4153, barcode reader 4154, store-side display 4155, keyboard 4156, printer 4157, interface 4158, and speaker 4159.

  The main CPU 4151 reads out and executes control programs stored in the ROM 4152 and the RAM 4153. For example, the main CPU 4151 transmits a ticketing request to the mail order premium ticketing server 4200 in response to an instruction from the staff of the hall store, etc., and prints the exchange ticket ID included in the ticket issuing information received from the mail order premium ticketing server 4200 on the ticket. A mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 is issued. The control program may be provided from another device via the interface 4158 or from another device outside via a network including the Internet.

  The store-side display 4155 is configured as a touch panel display that can be touched by staff of the hall store. The main CPU 4151 receives a ticket issuing instruction for the mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 via the store-side display 4155. The store-side display 4155 displays the completion of ticketing of the mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 and detailed contents regarding the ticket-issuing gift ticket 4260. The staff on the store side can also perform at least a part of the operation using the keyboard 4156.

  In response to a command from the main CPU 4151, the printer 4157 prints a voucher ID on the ticket in order to issue a mail-order gift voucher 4260. The printer 4157 can be configured as various printers including a thermal printer, a dot printer, an inkjet printer, and a laser printer. In this example, the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 is shown as a built-in type, but it may be a predetermined cable or an external printer connected via wireless communication.

  The interface 4158 controls data communication with the hall computer 4400 and the mail-order gift ticketing server 4200. For example, the hall computer 4400 is connected via a local LAN, and the mail-order gift ticketing server 4200 is connected via a VPN (Virtual Private Network). The connection between these devices can be realized by either a wired network or a wireless network. The speaker 4159 outputs sound including warning sound, warning sound, sound effect, and the like.

  In addition, the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 can be configured to include an information card reader / writer and a non-contact IC card reader / writer as shown in the figure. When the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 is configured in this way, when the counting result is registered in the information card or the non-contact IC card by each counter device or the island edge counting device of the sand device 20, the information card reader / writer is used. The member ID read from the information card (the player ID of the hall store) or the member ID read from the non-contact IC card via the non-contact IC card reader / writer is acquired and accessed by accessing the hall computer 4400. The number of game media held in association with the member ID (the number of medals or pachinko balls acquired by the player) can be grasped, and as a result, the player prints the counting result on a receipt and issues a replacement ticket It is not necessary to bring the device 4150.

  Further, as shown in the figure, the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 is configured to include a player side display so that the player can issue a receipt reading instruction or a mail order gift exchange ticket 4260 instruction. be able to.

  Next, the configuration of the member management server 4170 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 69 is a block diagram showing the configuration of the member management server 4170. The member management server 4170 includes a main CPU 4171, a ROM 4172, a RAM 4173, an external storage device 4174, a display 4175, an interface 4176, and a speaker 4177.

  The main CPU 4171 reads out and executes the control programs stored in the ROM 4172 and the RAM 4173. For example, the main CPU 4171 performs synchronization management of mall member information as described later. In addition, the control program can be provided from another device via the interface 4176 or from another device outside via a network including the Internet.

  The external storage device 4174 stores various data related to processing executed by the member management server 4170. The display 4175 displays the management state in the member management server 4170, or notifies the occurrence of fraud or abnormality. The display 4175 is realized by a liquid crystal display device, for example.

  The interface 4176 controls data communication between the core server 4600 and the mail order gift purchase server 4210.

  The speaker 4177 provides notification together with the display 4175 when an injustice or abnormality occurs. The speaker 4177 outputs various audio data in addition to notifying of irregularities and abnormalities.

  69 shows the configuration of the member management server 4170, the same applies to the other servers, that is, the DB server 4185, the mail order premium ticketing server 4200, the mail order premium purchase server 4210, and the mobile I / F server 4220. The detailed description is omitted. However, in the DB server 4185, the interface controls data communication among the member management server 4170, the mail order gift ticketing server 4200, and the mail order gift purchasing server 4210. In the mail order gift ticketing server 4200, the interface is the DB server 4185. The mail order gift purchase server 4210 controls the data communication with the member management server 4170 and the mobile I / F server 4220, and the mobile I / F server 4220 obtains the mail order gift purchase. It differs from the above-described configuration of the member management server 4170 in that data communication with the server 4210 is controlled.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 70, the operation flow of the player related to the issuance and purchase of the mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 will be described.

  FIG. 70 (A) shows a flow when the player issues a mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260. The player first inserts cash or the like into the sand device 4020 and receives a medal or pachinko ball rental (step S401). Thereafter, the player plays a game with the gaming machine 4010 (step S402), and when a medal or a pachinko ball can be obtained, the island edge counting device or the like instructs the counting of the medal and the counting result is printed. A receipt is output (step S403). Next, when the player brings the receipt to the counter or the like and presents it to the staff of the hall store, the hall shop staff causes the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 to read it (step S404), and the mail-order gift voucher 4260 is read. Is issued (step S405). When the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 transmits the ticket request information to the mail order premium ticket issuing server 4200 in response to the ticket issuing instruction of the mail order premium exchange ticket 4260, the mail order premium ticket issuing server 4200 receives the ticket request information (step S406). The exchange ticket ID is determined according to the ticket issue request information, and the ticket issue information including the exchange ticket ID is transmitted to the exchange ticket issuing apparatus 4150 (step S407). Next, the voucher issuing device 4150 prints the voucher ID on the ticket based on the received ticket issue information, and issues a mail-order gift exchange voucher 4260 (step S408).

  FIG. 70 (B) is a flow in the case where the player is allowed to purchase a mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260. The player first accesses a predetermined URL with the smartphone 4235 and logs in there (step S411). In this example, when a player purchases a mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260, it is a condition that a mall member is registered. On the other hand, at the time of issuing the mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 shown in FIG. 70 (A), the mall member registration is not essential. Next, the player inputs the voucher ID printed on the mail-order gift voucher 4260 to the input unit displayed on the display of the smartphone 4235, and issues a purchase instruction for the mail-order gift voucher 4260 (step S412). When the smartphone 4235 transmits purchase request information to the mail-order gift purchase server 4210 in accordance with a purchase instruction from the player, the mail-order gift purchase server 4210 receives the purchase request information (step S413), and in response to the purchase request, The electronic value data relating to the player is updated, and purchase information including the update result of the electronic value data is transmitted to the smartphone 4235 (step S414). Next, the smartphone 4235 receives purchase information from the mail-order gift purchase server 4210, and displays the accumulated electronic value data (total value) and the like on the display of the smartphone 4235 based on the received purchase information (step S415). ).

  Next, the function of the exchange ticket issuing apparatus 4150 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 71 is a functional block diagram of the exchange ticket issuing apparatus 4150. The exchange ticket issuing device 4150 includes an access management unit 4161, a ticket management unit 4162, and a network I / F unit 4163.

  The access management unit 4161 controls the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 to access the mail-order gift ticketing server 4200 via the network I / F unit 4163. The ticket issuing management unit 4162 issues ticket request information including the type and quantity of game media read from the receipt, the exchange rate (unit price) of the hall store where the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 is placed, and the store code of the hall store. Is sent to the mail-order gift ticketing server 4200.

  Further, the ticket issue management unit 4162 receives ticket issue information including the exchange ticket ID determined according to the ticket issue request information from the mail order gift ticket issuing server 4200, and issues the mail order gift exchange ticket 4260 on which the exchange ticket ID is printed. . The exchange ticket ID is an ID for identifying a exchange ticket corresponding to a value obtained from the type and quantity of game media read from a receipt or the like.

  The network I / F unit 4163 is connected to a network such as the Internet, and controls to perform data transmission / reception with the other party's computer (here, the hall computer 4400 and the mail order premium ticketing server 4200). (Hereafter, the same applies to the network I / F units of other devices).

  In this example, the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 is configured as a single device for issuing the mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 and the like, but can be configured integrally with other various devices. For example, it can be configured to be integrated with the prize POS 4500. Further, if the sand device 4020 can include a printer, each function of the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 can be incorporated into the sand device 4020.

  As shown in FIG. 71, a member management unit is provided in the exchange ticket issuing apparatus 4150, and it is possible to control to issue a mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 for a mall member who has registered as a mall member. In this case, the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 reads the unique ID of the player's smartphone 4235 or the like with a non-contact IC card reader / writer, and the member management unit cooperates with the mall member management unit 4181 of the member management server 4170 described later. Based on the read unique ID or the like, it is determined whether or not the player is a registered mall member.

  Next, the function of the member management server 4170 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 72A is a functional block diagram of the member management server 4170. The member management server 4170 includes a mall member management unit 4181, a member information synchronization management unit 4182, and a network I / F unit 4183.

  The mall member management unit 4181 checks whether or not the received unique ID is a valid mall member in response to an inquiry from the mail order gift purchase server 4210 and returns the result to the mail order gift purchase server 4210. Whether or not it is a mall member is checked with reference to a mall member information table 4194 shown in FIG. The mall member information table 4194 is a table synchronized with the mall member information table stored in the core DB 4650 by the member information synchronization management unit 4182, as will be described later.

  The member information synchronization management unit 4182 controls the mall member information table 4194 shown in FIG. 75A to be synchronized with the mall member information table stored in the backbone DB 4650. The mall member information table stored in the core DB 4650 is the same table as the mall member information table 651 (see FIG. 18B) stored by the mall member registration process as shown in FIG. 21 and FIG. The mall member information table 4194 is synchronously managed so as to be the same as this table. The synchronization process can be realized at a timing close to real time, but the synchronization process may be performed at a predetermined interval. In this example, the mall member information table 651 shown in FIG. 18 (B) and the mall member information table 4194 shown in FIG. 75 (A) are configured to have the same items, but if necessary, Some items may be omitted.

  FIG. 72B is a functional block diagram of the DB (database) server 4185. The DB server 4185 includes a database control unit 4186 and a network I / F unit 4187. The DB server 4185 includes a purchase management DB 4190. The purchase management DB 4190 includes a ticket issue request management table 4191, a replacement ticket management table 4192, an electronic value management table 4193, a mall member information table 4194, a replacement ticket type management table 4195, And the mall member action history management table 4196 is stored.

  When the database control unit 4186 receives a database access request from another server, the database control unit 4186 refers to or updates (including addition and deletion) the record of the table specified in response to the request. In this example, the database control unit 4186 is a general DBMS (Database Management System), but can store and update data using various other data formats.

  FIG. 73A is a functional block diagram of the mail-order gift ticketing server 4200. The mail-order gift ticketing server 4200 includes an access management unit 4201, a ticketing request management unit 4202, a value information transmission unit 4203, an amount billing unit 4204, and a network I / F unit 4205.

  The access management unit 4201 controls the mail order gift ticketing server 4200 to access the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 via the network I / F unit 4205. When the ticketing request management unit 4202 receives a ticketing request information from the ticketing device 4150 and receives a ticketing request information, the ticketing request management unit 4202 determines the ticket ID according to the ticketing request information. Ticketing information including the exchange ticket ID and information related to ticketing is transmitted to the ticket issuing apparatus 4150.

  The value information transmission unit 4203 is charged with a future fee charged to the hall store when the mail-order giveaway voucher 4260 is issued and the mail-order giveaway voucher 4260 is purchased (charged by the amount billing unit 4204 described later). The exchange ticket value information necessary for calculating and verifying (amount) is transmitted to the exchange ticket issuing apparatus 4150 (may be directly transmitted to the hall computer 4400). Here, the exchange ticket value information is, for example, information including the electronic value of the issued mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 and the number of the mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260.

  When the mail order free gift exchange ticket 4260 is issued, the money amount billing unit 4204 charges the amount corresponding to the electronic value corresponding to the mail order free gift exchange ticket 4260 to the hall store where the mail order free gift exchange ticket 4260 has been issued. When the player makes the mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 issued by the player buy at the mail-order gift purchase center, the player gives a gift exchange instruction similar to that described above with respect to the gift exchange system 1 with the electronic value given to the player. The cost for the gift exchange is charged from the computer center to the mail order gift purchase center. For this reason, the mail-order gift purchase center charges the hall store the cost that will be charged in the future by the gift exchange at the timing when the mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 is issued. The billing to the hall store is a bill from the mail-order gift purchase center to the operating entity of the hall store, and is realized by, for example, a process of transmitting a billing instruction to a predetermined bank settlement system. Such billing can also be billed together for multiple subjects later. Further, the final charge amount can be determined by subtracting (or adding) various taxes and fees.

  Note that various amounts can be set as to which amount is charged at what timing. For example, (1) every time a mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 is issued, an amount corresponding to the electronic value corresponding to the mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 is charged, or (2) a mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 is issued. After that, at a predetermined timing, an amount corresponding to the electronic value corresponding to the corresponding mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 is charged, or (3) each time a mail-order gift voucher 4260 is purchased, Request an amount corresponding to the electronic value corresponding to the mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260, or (4) after purchasing the mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260, collect them at a predetermined timing and send them to the corresponding mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260. Each time an amount corresponding to the corresponding electronic value is charged, or (5) a prize exchange instruction is given based on the electronic value given to the player Request an amount equivalent to the electronic value required for the prize exchange, or (6) After giving a prize exchange instruction based on the electronic value given to the player, collect the corresponding prize at a predetermined timing. An amount corresponding to the electronic value required for the exchange can be charged.

  FIG. 73B is a functional block diagram of the mail-order gift purchase server 4210. The mail-order gift purchase server 4210 includes a member management unit 4211, a purchase request management unit 4212, an action history management unit 4213, and a network I / F unit 4214. When there is a login from the player's smartphone 4235, the member management unit 4211 checks whether or not the player is a mall member who has registered as a mall member. In this example, it is set so that only the mall member can buy the mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260, but such setting can be arbitrarily set according to the system. The member management unit 4211 cooperates with the mall member management unit 4181 of the member management server 4170, and based on the unique ID read from the player's smartphone 4235, the player is a registered mall member. If it is not a mall member, the purchase request from the player is rejected, and an error message is displayed.

  The purchase request management unit 4212 receives purchase request information when a purchase request is received from the player's smartphone 4235, and updates electronic value data relating to the player in accordance with the purchase request information. That is, the player of the electronic value management table 4193 holding the electronic value is obtained from the electronic ticket value of the mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 obtained from the exchange ticket ID of the purchased mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260. Add to the electronic value of Moreover, the purchase information including the update result of the electronic value data can be transmitted to the smartphone 4235 as necessary.

  The behavior history management unit 4213 stores information regarding the operation in the mall member behavior history management table 4196 when the player makes a purchase request for the mail-order gift voucher 4260. The mall member behavior history management table 4196 has the same items as the mall member behavior history management table 656 of the gift exchange system 1, and if necessary, these two tables are merged at a predetermined timing, or You may make it manage by grouping into a smaller set.

  74 shows an example of a ticket issue request management table 4191, a replacement ticket management table 4192, and an electronic value management table 4193. FIG. 75 shows a mall member information table 4194, a replacement ticket type management table 4195, and An example of the mall member behavior history management table 4196 is shown. Details of these tables will be described later as necessary.

  Next, with reference to FIGS. 76 and 77, the ticket issuing process for the mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 will be described in detail. FIG. 76 is a flowchart showing the ticket issue processing of the mail order gift exchange ticket 4260 for each subject of the exchange ticket issuing device 4150, the mail order gift ticket server 4200, and the DB server 4185, and FIG. It is a figure which shows the exchange ticket issue instruction screen and exchange ticket issue screen which are displayed on the store side display 4155. FIG.

  Referring to FIG. 76, first, a voucher ticketing process is started in the voucher ticketing device 4150, and a receipt reading screen (not shown) is displayed on the store side display 4155 of the voucher ticketing device 4150 (step S421). . The exchange ticket issuing process in the exchange ticket issuing apparatus 4150 is started by, for example, touching an item on a menu screen (not shown) displayed on the display of the exchange ticket issuing apparatus 4150, and then reading a receipt that prompts the receipt to be read. The screen is automatically displayed. In this example, all operations related to the voucher issuing device 4150 are performed by the staff of the hall store where the voucher issuing device 4150 is arranged.

  Here, the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 determines whether or not the staff of the hall store has read the receipt brought by the player with the barcode reader 4154 in response to the player's request (step S422). Keep the screen on display until done. In the receipt, the type of game medium acquired by the player (for example, a 4-yen pachinko ball or a 20-yen loan medal) and the number of retained games (the number of stored medals, the number of stored balls), for example, a two-dimensional barcode or a three-dimensional It is written in the form of a barcode.

  When the receipt is read, the exchange ticket issuing instruction screen 4880 as shown in FIG. 77A is displayed on the store side display 4155 of the exchange ticket issuing apparatus 4150 (step S423). Referring to FIG. 77 (A), on the exchange ticket issuance instruction screen 4880, the game medium type read from the receipt is displayed on the game medium type display section 4881, and the number of game media read from the receipt (number of held). Is displayed on the number-of-holds display unit 4882 in units of the number of balls or the number of medals, and an “OK” button 4883 for instructing the issuance of the mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 is displayed.

  Next, in step S424 in FIG. 76, the voucher ticket issuing device 4150 determines whether or not the staff of the hall store touches the “OK” button according to the player's instruction, and the “OK” button is touched. The display of the exchange ticket issuance instruction screen 4880 is maintained until When the “OK” button is touched, ticket issue request information is transmitted to the mail-order gift issue server 4200 (step S425). The ticket issue request information includes the store code of the hall store where the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 is arranged, and game medium value information indicating the value of the game medium (for example, the type and quantity of the game medium read from the receipt, the exchange ticket thereof) The exchange rate (ball unit price) of the hall store where the ticket issuing device 4150 is arranged is included. In addition, the staff of the hall store does not instruct to issue the mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 as it is according to the type and quantity of the game medium read from the receipt according to the player's instruction, and some of them (for example, some It is also possible to specify that a mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 is issued for a game medium type or a part of the quantity).

  Here, the exchange rate of the hall store is stored in advance in the exchange ticket issuing device 4150, or stored in the hall computer 4400 and the like, read from there, and transmitted to the mail order premium ticketing server 4200. If the exchange rate of each hall store can be grasped by the server 4200, it is not necessary to transmit from the exchange ticket issuing device 4150. The mail-order gift ticketing server 4200 has, for example, a table synchronized with an exchange rate management table 4654 (table similar to the exchange rate management table 654 shown in FIG. 19B) stored in the backbone DB 4650 of the backbone server 4600. Alternatively, by directly referring to the exchange rate management table 4654, the exchange rate of the corresponding hall store can be acquired.

  Further, the store code of the hall store where the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 is arranged is also stored in advance in the exchange ticket issuing device 4150, or stored in the hall computer 4400, etc. Sent. In addition, if the mail-order gift ticketing server 4200 can identify the hall store of the ticket issuing device 4150 from the device identification ID, network address, etc. of the ticket issuing device 4150 that has transmitted the ticket request information, the store code is exchanged. It is not necessary to transmit from the ticket issuing device 4150. Note that the store code may be managed by a different store code for each game medium type (for example, a 4-yen pachinko ball or a 20-yen loan medal) even in the same hall store.

  Further, in this example, the ticket issue request information transmitted from the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 includes the type and quantity of the game medium, and the mail-order gift ticket issuing server 4200 issues the issue according to the type and quantity of the game medium. The exchange ticket type and the number of the exchangeable gift exchange tickets 4260 to be determined are determined by the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 or the player, and this is included in the ticket issue request information to the online gift giveaway server 4200. You may make it transmit.

  Next, the mail-order gift ticketing server 4200 receives the ticketing request information transmitted from the exchange ticketing device 4150 (step S426), assigns the request ID of this ticketing request, and shows the contents as shown in FIG. Is instructed to be stored in the ticketing request management table 4191 shown in FIG. For example, as shown in FIG. 74A, the ticket issue request management table 4191 stores items of request ID, store code, game medium type, game medium quantity, and exchange rate, and exchange tickets for each hall store. The contents of the ticket issuing request information transmitted from the ticket issuing device 4150 are managed. The DB server 4185 updates the ticket issue request management table 4191 so as to create a record for storing the contents of the ticket issue request information in accordance with an instruction from the mail-order gift issue server 4200 (step S427).

  Next, the mail-order gift ticketing server 4200 grasps the ticket type of the mail-order gift voucher 4260 that can be issued at the store represented by the store code included in the ticket-issuing request information (the store where the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 is arranged). In order to do this, the exchange ticket type management table 4195 shown in FIG. 75B is accessed (step S428). As shown in FIG. 75 (B), the exchange ticket type management table 4195 stores each item of store code, first ticket type value, second ticket type value, and third ticket type value, for each hall store. Manage ticket types that can be issued. In the example shown in FIG. 75 (B), it is possible to manage a maximum of three types of tickets, but it can be expanded so that more ticket types can be managed as necessary. It is also possible to manage a plurality of hall stores that can use a combination of common ticket types as a group. In the exchange ticket type management table 4195 shown in FIG. 75B, for example, in a hall store with a store code = “034”, there are three types of electronic value (ie, 5000, 1000, and 200) mail-order gift exchange tickets 4260. It is defined that ticketing is possible (that is, available). The DB server 4185 refers to the exchange ticket type management table 4195 in response to an instruction from the mail-order gift ticketing server 4200, and transmits a record of the corresponding store code to the mail-order gift ticketing server 4200 (step S429).

  Next, the mail-order giveaway ticket issuing server 4200 issues the mail-order giveaway ticket 4260 to be issued based on the value of the game medium obtained from the ticket type of the mail-order giveaway exchange ticket 4260 that can be issued, the type and quantity of the game medium, and the exchange rate. The type and number of sheets, and the number of remaining game media (remaining medals and surplus balls) are determined (step S430). If the value of the game medium exceeds the maximum value of the mail-order gift vouchers 4260 that can be issued, a plurality of mail-order gift vouchers 4260 can be issued. To the smallest value mail order gift voucher 4260 in order, so that the remainder is minimized. However, various allocation methods can be adopted depending on the situation.

  In a normal allocation method, for example, in the ticket issue request management table 4191 in FIG. (20 (game media type is 20 yen rental medal) × 602 (number of game media) × 1 (exchange rate)). The mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 issued in relation to this ticketing request refers to the ticket type of the corresponding hall store (store code = “034”) stored in the exchange ticket type management table 4195 of FIG. 75 (B). Thus, the first ticket type (electronic value = 5000) is two, the second ticket type (electronic value = 1000) is two, and the remainder is 40 (that is, two extra medals).

  Next, the mail-order gift issue server 4200 assigns a redemption ticket ID to each of the determined mail-order gift exchange tickets 4260, and instructs the exchange ticket management table 4192 to store these exchange ticket IDs (step S431). The DB server 4185 updates the exchange ticket management table 4192 in response to an instruction from the mail-order gift ticketing server 4200 (step S432). Here, the exchange ticket management table 4192 stores items of exchange ticket ID, electronic value, request ID, purchase flag, and purchase deadline, as shown in FIG. Manage the electronic value and purchase / non-purchase. For example, when the exchange ticket management table 4192 is updated for the mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 issued for the ticket issue request information represented by the request ID = “R001” described above, as shown in FIG. The first ticket type (electronic value = 5000) is set to exchange ticket ID = “C001” and “C002”, respectively, and both are set to electronic value = “5000”. On the other hand, the two second ticket types (electronic value = 1000) are set to exchange ticket ID = “C003” and “C004”, respectively, and both are set to electronic value = “1000”. In addition, for these four mail-order gift exchange tickets 4260, initially, all are set to request ID = “R001” and purchase flag = “0” (however, in this example, the exchange ticket ID = “C001”). The purchase flag “” is set to “1” because the purchase was made thereafter). Since the purchase flag is managed in this way, the same exchange ticket ID is not redundantly purchased. In addition, when issuing a plurality of types of exchange tickets, a replacement ticket ID assigned to each of the plurality of types of exchange tickets is determined in advance without issuing a new exchange ticket ID each time. You may make it allocate to an exchange ticket in order.

  Further, the purchase deadline of the exchange ticket management table 4192 is, for example, the date and time after the elapse of a predetermined period from the time when ticket issue request information is received, the transmission of ticket issue information (step S433 described later), and the elapse of the predetermined period from other timings. If the purchase request is made after this time limit, it will be rejected. Such a purchase deadline can be omitted, or can be provided only for the mail-order gift exchange voucher 4260 having a predetermined electronic value exchange voucher ID. In addition, the time limit can be changed according to the electronic value of the voucher ID and the situation of the player. Further, since the purchase deadline is set based on the date and time managed by the clock unit of the mail-order gift ticketing server 4200, problems such as fraud can be avoided as compared with the case of receiving time data from the hall store.

  Next, the mail-order gift issue server 4200 transmits ticket-issuing information including the exchange ticket ID assigned to the mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 to be issued to the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 (step S433). For example, regarding the ticket issue request information represented by the request ID = “R001”, four exchange ticket IDs “C001”, “C002”, “C003”, and “C004” are transmitted. Further, in this example, in addition to the exchange ticket ID, the exchange ticket value information (the electronic value of the mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260) is used for display on the store side display 4155 of the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 and notification to the hall computer 4400. The data including the number of mail-order gift exchange tickets 4260 for each electronic value) and the number of extra medals (remaining balls) are transmitted to the exchange ticket issuing apparatus 4150.

  Next, the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 receives the above-described ticket issue information, exchange ticket value information, and the like from the mail-order gift issue server 4200 (step S434). Then, the exchange ticket issuing apparatus 4150 displays an exchange ticket issuing screen 4885 as shown in FIG. 77B on the store side display 4155 of the exchange ticket issuing apparatus 4150 based on the received exchange ticket value information and the like ( Step S435). In FIG. 77 (B), the exchange ticket issuing screen 4885 when the mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 is issued in the exchange ticket issuing apparatus 4150 is displayed. On the voucher issuance screen 4885, the ticket type (electronic value (for example, 5000 or 1000) of the mail order gift exchange ticket 4260) and the number of the mail order gift voucher 4260 being issued are displayed on the ticket issue content display section 4886, and the remaining medals are displayed. Is displayed on the surplus medal display section 4887, and when all of the mail-order gift exchange tickets 4260 have been issued, a message to that effect is displayed.

  Along with the display of the above-mentioned exchange ticket issuing screen 4885, the exchange ticket issuing apparatus 4150 controls the printer 4157 based on the received ticket issue information, and outputs a mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 on which the exchange ticket ID is printed (step). S436). One mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 is normally composed of one paper ticket, and one exchange ticket ID is printed there. Regarding the ticket issue request information represented by the above request ID = “R001”, each of the four exchange ticket IDs “C001”, “C002”, “C003”, and “C004” corresponds to the corresponding mail-order gift exchange ticket. 4260 is printed individually. In addition, the electronic value (for example, 5000, 1000, etc.) of the mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 can be printed on each mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260, or the date and time of ticket issuance and the purchase deadline can be printed. Usually, the exchange ticket ID is an ID for uniquely identifying each exchange ticket. However, a plurality of exchange ticket IDs can be collectively printed on one mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260. In this case, Is logically interpreted as including a plurality of exchange tickets corresponding to the respective exchange ticket IDs in one mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260. Further, the exchange ticket ID may be represented by a two-dimensional barcode or a three-dimensional barcode so that the smartphone 4235 can easily input when making a purchase request.

  Next, the voucher issuing apparatus 4150 displays the exchange ticket value information (the electronic value of the online gift exchange ticket 4260 included in the ticket issue information) and the number of the online gift exchange ticket 4260 for each electronic value. ) And the like are transmitted to the hall computer 4400, for example (step S437). The hall computer 4400 only needs to be able to grasp the electronic value that can be finally purchased by the player, such as a numerical value obtained by multiplying the electronic value of the mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 by the number of mail-order gift exchange tickets 4260 of the corresponding electronic value, etc. In practice, numerical values in various forms representing the electronic value that can be purchased as described above may be received. The reason why the hall computer 4400 receives such a numerical value is that the hall store side requests the amount corresponding to the issuance of the mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 from the mail-order gift purchase center to the hall store or the like. This is because it is necessary to grasp the data that is the basis of the above.

  The exchange ticket issuing device 4150 obtains the electronic value of the mail order gift exchange ticket 4260 included in the exchange ticket value information and the number of the mail order gift exchange ticket 4260 for each electronic value at various timings other than the above. Can be sent to. For example, these pieces of information can be transmitted together once a day or at a predetermined timing of the day. Further, although omitted in the flowchart of FIG. 76, if there is a surplus medal or surplus, a receipt corresponding to the surplus can be issued so that the prize can be exchanged with the prize POS 4500 or the like. When the counting result is registered in the information card or the non-contact IC card, or when the hall computer 4400 manages the counting result, the value corresponding to the ticket issue of the mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 is calculated from the counting result. In order to subtract, the storage area of the counting result can be updated directly from the exchange ticket issuing device 4150 or via the premium POS 4500 or the like.

  Further, when the player is a mall member and registered in the prize exchange system 4001 with the unique ID of the smartphone 4235, etc., it is calculated via the hall computer 4400 or the mail order prize ticket issuing server 4200 and the member management server 4170. Corresponding from the mall member game medium holding number management table 4652 (the same table as the mall member game medium holding number management table 652 in FIG. 18C) managed by the prize exchange system 4001 by accessing the center core server 4600 Control to subtract the number of member IDs to be held

  Next, with reference to FIG. 78, FIG. 79, and FIG. 80, the exchange ticket purchase process (that is, the process for causing the online shopping gift purchase center to purchase the online shopping gift exchange ticket 4260) will be described in detail. FIG. 78 is a flowchart showing purchase processing of the mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 for each subject of the smartphone 4235, the mail-order gift purchase server 4210, and the DB server 4185, and FIGS. 79 and 80 are displayed on the display of the smartphone 4235. It is a figure which shows the exchange ticket purchase login screen and exchange ticket purchase instruction | indication screen which are performed.

  First, when the player operates the smartphone 4235 to access a predetermined WEB site (WEB page) and instruct the display of the exchange ticket purchase login screen, the smartphone 4235 performs the exchange ticket purchase process. In addition, the exchange ticket purchase login screen is displayed on the display of the smartphone 4235 (step S451). FIG. 79A shows a voucher purchase login screen 4890. On the exchange ticket purchase login screen 4890, as shown in FIG. 79A, a password display and a guide display section 4892 that prompts the user to touch the “login” button are displayed. A section 4893 is displayed, and a “login” button 4894 is displayed at the bottom.

  Next, the smartphone 4235 determines whether or not the player inputs the password to the password input unit 4893 and touches the “login” button 4894 (step S452), and inputs the password and touches the “login” button 4894. The display of the exchange ticket purchase log-in screen 4890 is maintained until it is canceled. When the password is input and the “login” button 4894 is touched, the unique ID such as IDm acquired from the smartphone 4235 and the input password are transmitted to the mail-order gift purchase server 4210 (step S453).

  When the mail-order gift purchase server 4210 receives the unique ID and password from the smartphone 4235, it determines whether the logged-in player is a mall member (step S454). Here, the mail-order gift purchase server 4210 sends a unique ID and password to the member management server 4170 to inquire whether the logged-in player is a valid mall member, and the member management server 4170 The mall member information table 4194 stored in 4185 and managed synchronously is checked to determine whether or not the logged-in player is a valid mall member, and the result is transmitted to the mail-order gift purchase server 4210. In this example, at the time of login, a password is requested to determine whether or not the user is a valid mall member. However, such password input can be omitted. Further, in this example, the exchange ticket purchase process is enabled only when the player has registered as a mall member, but the exchange ticket purchase process can be performed even if the player is not a mall member.

  When it is determined that the player is not a valid mall member, the mail order gift purchase server 4210 gives an instruction to display an error (step S455), and in response to this instruction, the smartphone 4235 displays an error page on the display. (Step S456). On the other hand, if it is determined that the player is a valid mall member, the mail order gift purchase server 4210 instructs the display of the exchange ticket purchase instruction screen (step S457), and the smartphone 4235 responds to this instruction. The exchange ticket purchase instruction screen is displayed on the display (step S458).

  FIG. 79B shows an exchange ticket purchase instruction screen 4900. On the exchange ticket purchase instruction screen 4900, a mall member ID display unit 4902 that displays the mall member ID is displayed, and below that, a guide display unit 4903 that prompts the user to input the exchange ticket ID and touch the “Purchase” button is displayed. Further below that, a voucher ID input unit 4904 for inputting a voucher ID is displayed, and a “buy” button 4905 is displayed at the bottom.

  Here, the smartphone 4235 determines whether or not the player has touched the “Buy” button 4905 (Step S459), and displays the display on the exchange ticket purchase instruction screen 4900 until the “Buy” button 4905 is touched. maintain. If it is determined that the player has touched the “Purchase” button 4905, the smartphone 4235 transmits purchase request information including the exchange ticket ID input to the exchange ticket ID input unit 4904 to the mail-order gift purchase server 4210 (step). S460). In this example, the exchange ticket ID for allowing the mail order gift purchase center to purchase the mail order gift exchange ticket 4260 is input one by one, but a plurality of exchanges are displayed on the exchange ticket purchase instruction screen 4900. A ticket ID input unit 4904 may be provided so that a plurality of exchange ticket IDs can be specified together. In this example, the player sees the voucher ID printed on the mail-order gift exchange voucher 4260 and inputs it to the voucher ID input unit 4904 on the voucher purchase instruction screen 4900. A figure such as a two-dimensional barcode or a three-dimensional barcode printed on the ticket 4260 is read by the smartphone 4235, converted into a replacement ticket ID by a predetermined logic, and input to the replacement ticket ID input unit 4904. Also good. In addition, information related to the exchange ticket ID printed on the online shopping gift exchange voucher 4260 can be input to the exchange voucher ID input unit 4904 via another figure or identification information (for example, on the online shopping gift exchange voucher 4260). The printed exchange ticket ID may be read out, and this voice may be converted by the smartphone 4235 or the like so that the exchange ticket ID is finally input to the exchange ticket ID input unit 4904). In addition, if the exchange ticket ID can be changed in the mail order gift purchase server 4210, it is included in the purchase request information and transmitted to the mail order gift purchase server 4210 without being converted into the exchange ticket ID by the smartphone 4235. be able to.

  Next, the mail order gift purchase server 4210 receives the purchase request information including the exchange ticket ID (step S461). Thereafter, the DB server 4185 refers to the exchange ticket management table 4192 in response to a request from the mail-order gift purchase server 4210, and acquires a record of the corresponding exchange ticket ID (step S462). Then, the mail-order gift purchase server 4210 determines whether or not the exchange ticket ID received from the smartphone 4235 satisfies the purchase condition (step S463). For example, when the received voucher ID does not exist in the voucher management table 4192, even if it exists in the voucher management table 4192, if it has already been purchased, the date and time when the purchase request information is received, If the purchase deadline for the corresponding exchange ticket ID in the exchange ticket management table 4192 is exceeded, the purchase condition is not satisfied.

  If it is determined that the purchase condition is not satisfied, an instruction is given to display an error (step S464), and in response to this instruction, the smartphone 4235 displays an error page indicating that the entered exchange ticket ID has an error. This is displayed on the display (step S465). Note that the purchase time used to determine the purchase deadline described above is set based on the date and time managed by the clock unit of the mail order gift purchase server 4210, so that it is compared with the case where time data is received from another device. To avoid problems such as fraud.

  On the other hand, when the exchange ticket ID received from the smartphone 4235 satisfies the purchase condition (that is, the exchange gift ID exists in the exchange ticket management table 4192 and is not purchased (purchase flag = “0”). (When it is determined that the ticket is a voucher ID), an instruction is given to update various tables (step S466), and in response to this instruction, the DB server 4185 performs the following update process.

  First, the DB server 4185 sets the purchase flag of the record corresponding to the voucher ID received from the smartphone 4235 among the records stored in the voucher management table 4192 in accordance with an instruction from the mail order gift purchase server 4210. The value is updated from “0” indicating no purchase to “1” indicating purchase (step S467). Next, the DB server 4185, in response to an instruction from the mail order gift purchase server 4210, records corresponding to the mall member ID corresponding to the unique ID received from the smartphone 4235 among the records stored in the electronic value management table 4193. Is added to the electronic value data (that is, the electronic value of the mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 corresponding to the exchange ticket ID received from the smartphone 4235) (step S468). Here, the electronic value of the mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 corresponding to the exchange ticket ID can be grasped by referring to the item of electronic value in the record of the corresponding exchange ticket ID in the exchange ticket management table 4192.

  Next, the DB server 4185 has the electronic value of the mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 corresponding to the voucher ID and the player (mall member) who performed the voucher purchase processing in accordance with the instruction of the mail-order gift purchase server 4210. The electronic value data (the numerical value of the electronic value added in step S468) is transmitted to the mail order gift purchase server 4210 as purchase information (step S469).

  Next, the mail-order gift purchase server 4210 includes the electronic value of the mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 corresponding to the exchange ticket ID from the DB server 4185 and the electronic value data possessed by the player (mall member) who performed the exchange ticket purchase processing. When the purchase information is received, the purchase information is transmitted to the smartphone 4235, and the smartphone 4235 is instructed to display a replacement ticket purchase instruction screen including a message notifying that the purchase is completed (step S470). In response to the instruction, the smartphone 4235 displays a replacement ticket purchase instruction screen on the display (step S471).

  FIG. 80 shows the exchange ticket purchase instruction screen 4910 displayed in this way. In the exchange ticket purchase instruction screen 4910 shown in FIG. 80, a mall member ID display section 4912 in which the mall member ID is displayed is displayed, and below that, the purchase of the mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 by the mail-order gift purchase center is completed. A guide display unit 4913 is displayed, and further below that, a voucher ID display unit 4914 displaying the voucher ID to be purchased this time is displayed, and below the value type (for example, here, An electronic value display section 4915 that displays the “purchased value” and “total value”) and an electronic value corresponding to the value type is displayed, and a “complete” button 4916 and “purchase (next)” are displayed at the bottom. A button 4917 is displayed.

  In this example, a player with a mall member = “U004” requests that a mail-order giveaway ticket 4260 with a voucher ID = “C001” be purchased by the mail-order gift purchase center, and the purchase is completed. It is shown that the electronic value held by the customer has increased from 3500 to 8500 (the electronic value of the mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 with the exchange ticket ID = “C001” is 5000). When the player finishes in the display state of the exchange ticket purchase instruction screen 4910, the player touches the “Done” button 4916 and proceeds to the purchase process of the exchange ticket 4260 for the next mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260. "Button 4917 is touched. When the “Buy (Next)” button 4917 is touched, a screen for processing the purchase of a replacement ticket for the next mail-order gift voucher 4260 (a screen similar to the replacement ticket purchase instruction screen 4900 shown in FIG. 79B) is displayed. Transition.

  In this example, the WEB browser executed on the smartphone 4235 accesses the mobile I / F server 4220 functioning as a WEB server, an ASP server, or the like, thereby displaying data for displaying a replacement ticket purchase instruction screen or the like. The input data and the like are transmitted and received, and the processing of the smartphone 4235 in the exchange ticket purchase processing shown in FIG. 78 is realized. Here, for convenience, the mobile I / F server 4220 is used as a WEB server or an APS server. The content that operates based on the standard or the like is also described as the processing content of the smartphone 4235.

  An application downloaded to the smartphone 4235 via the network 4230 or another network is executed by the smartphone 4235, and the application is connected to the mail order gift purchase server 4210 via the network 4230 and the mobile I / F server 4220. You may make it implement | achieve exchange ticket purchase processing by performing transmission / reception of data.

  In this example, as shown in FIG. 76, at the timing when the mail order gift exchange ticket 4260 is issued, etc., data (for example, exchange ticket value information) that is the basis of the billing amount related to the issuance of the mail order gift exchange ticket 4260 is issued. Are sent to the hall computer 4400 (see step S437 in FIG. 76). The hall computer of such data is sent to the hall computer 4400. For example, the transmission to 4400 may be performed after step S471 (that is, when the mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260 is purchased). In this case, the data transmitted to the hall computer 4400 may be related to the purchased mail-order gift exchange ticket 4260.

  Next, a description will be given of a case where prizes are exchanged in the prize exchange system 4001 according to the fifth embodiment of the present invention. In the prize exchange system 4001, the player can perform mall member registration and prize selection instructions by the same method as the prize exchange system 1. On the other hand, regarding the prize exchange instruction, the prize exchange system 1 manages the number of holdings for each type of game medium by storing and storing the game media for the purpose of exchanging for the general prize. With reference to (a table similar to the mall member game medium holding number management table 652 shown in FIG. 18C), the payment of expenses necessary for the exchange of prizes is managed. With reference to the electronic value management table 4193 shown in FIG. 74 (C) for the purpose of exchanging special prizes while maintaining the framework of the prize exchanging system for exchanging general prizes, Manage payments for required expenses.

  Accordingly, in the prize exchange system 4001, a prize exchange instruction based on the data stored in the mall member game medium holding number management table 4652 by the same method as the prize exchange system 1, and a prize exchange system 4001 newly provided. A prize exchange instruction based on data stored in the electronic value management table 4193 is provided as a separate mechanism.

  According to such a configuration of the free gift exchange system 4001, for example, when giving a free gift exchange instruction based on data stored in the electronic value management table 4193, the free gift exchange login screen 4920 shown in FIG. Here, the password is input to the password input unit 4923. Next, the player touches a “login” button 4924 to display a gift exchange instruction screen 4930 shown in FIG.

  In the prize exchange instruction screen 4930 shown in FIG. 81 (B), “electronic value (buy exchange ticket)” is displayed on the electronic value display portion 4931 as the consideration for the exchange, and the electronic value (electronic Is obtained with reference to the value management table 4193) is displayed as “8500”. In the prize display section 4932, product information and a price for exchanging each product are displayed in units of electronic value.

  Here, even if the commercial value of the premium exceeds 10,000 yen, it is allowed and a premium having a commercial value higher than 10,000 yen can be displayed. Also, only gifts with a merchandise value exceeding 10,000 yen may be displayed. For example, in the prize display portion 4932 of the prize exchange instruction screen 4930 shown in FIG. 81 (B), a luxury frying pan or a luxury wristwatch having a commercial value higher than 10,000 yen is displayed.

  Note that a premium frying pan or a luxury wristwatch having a merchandise value higher than 10,000 yen is displayed on the prize display portion 4932 of the prize exchange instruction screen 4930 shown in FIG. 81 (B). The electronic value to be displayed is “8500” as shown in the electronic value display section 4931, and it is not enough to replace a high-quality frying pan or a high-class wristwatch. Therefore, the product is grayed out or deleted from the list. You can also.

  The prize exchange instruction based on the data stored in the mall member game medium holding number management table 4652 by the same method as the prize exchange system 1 is given by a prize exchange apparatus (such as the prize POS4500 in FIG. 66) installed in the hall store. As shown in FIG. 81, the prize exchange system 4001 of the present embodiment can exchange prizes outside the hall store using the player's smartphone 4235, PC, or the like. As in the gift exchange system 1, a gift candidate can be selected in the shopping list before giving a gift exchange instruction. In the prize exchange process in the prize exchange system 4001 of the present embodiment, for example, the member management server 4170 functions to perform necessary data transmission / reception with the backbone server 4600 of the computer center to realize the process. .

  Moreover, about the prize exchange system 1 which concerns on the 1st Embodiment of this invention, and the system (Premium exchange system 1001-3001 which concerns on the 2nd-4th embodiment) which performs prize exchange with the electronic value by a small amount storage ball mentioned above The prize exchange processing can be integrated to realize prize exchange in the hall store. In that case, the value of the game media managed by the prize exchange system 1 and the value of the small amount savings managed by the prize exchange systems 1001 to 3001 are managed separately, and the value that can be used as a price for prize exchange is managed in a binary manner. can do. In such a configuration, for example, a display unit designation section is provided on a prize exchange login screen or the like, where two items consisting of “game medium” and “small amount savings” are displayed as pull-down menus, One of these can be selected. In addition, as described with respect to the prize exchange systems 1001 to 3001, there are a case where a small amount of money is stored and managed as a type and quantity of game media and a case where it is stored and managed as an electronic value. Can be set. It should be noted that replay may be permitted or not permitted using the small amount of money stored and managed in this way.

  Also, as described above, the value managed in a binary manner (the value that can be used as a consideration for the exchange of free gifts) is integrated into a single value using an exchange rate or the like, and is managed centrally and referenced in the free gift exchange process. It can also be configured to.

  So far, the gift exchange system 4001 according to the fifth embodiment of the present invention has been described by taking the system configuration shown in FIG. 66 as an example, but the characteristic processing of the present invention can be realized by various other configurations. It is. For example, each server of the mail-order gift purchase center may be provided with a related table, and various other variations can be considered for the server arrangement in the mail-order gift purchase center and the configuration of each table in the purchase management DB 4190. .

  In this embodiment, when a smartphone 4235 accesses the mail-order gift purchase server 4210 and transmits a purchase request, it is determined whether or not it is a mall member by recognizing the IDm of the smartphone 4235 as a unique ID. However, it is also possible to perform the authentication process by inputting a code and password by a player or reading a contactless IC card as a membership card.

[Description of the prize exchange system according to the sixth embodiment of the present invention]
Next, with reference to FIG. 82, the system outline | summary of the prize exchange system which concerns on the 6th Embodiment of this invention is demonstrated. The premium exchange system 5001 shown in FIG. 82 is configured to include each device arranged in a plurality of hall stores, a hall cooperation system, and a computer center device, similar to the above-described premium exchange system 1 shown in FIG. A part of the computer center device is connected to the device on the online shopping site via a network such as the Internet. The prize exchange system 5001 in FIG. 82 is preferably an online mail order linked prize exchange system.

  In the free gift exchange system 5001 shown in FIG. 82, it is possible to realize free gift exchange using a DL (download) software use ticket, instead of the conventional free gift exchange through the special free gift shop or the special free gift wholesaler. Become. That is, in this embodiment, the DL software use ticket corresponds to a special prize. More specifically, a DL software use ticket is issued at the hall store according to the number of game media such as medals and pachinko balls acquired by the player at the hall store, and the player uses the DL software use ticket to Predetermined software can be used (executed) on a smartphone, etc., and after downloading or using DL software, or without using DL software, the DL software can be used on a predetermined WEB page. You can buy it at The purchased DL software is no longer usable, and is exchanged for an electronic value corresponding to the value of the DL software. The exchanged electronic value is given to the player. Thereafter, the player can give a prize exchange instruction by a process separate from the prize exchange system 1 described above, using the stored electronic value. Here, the DL software includes software in various fields such as game software, business software, and utilities, and further includes various contents. The content includes various types of data including moving image data, still image data, audio data, document data, and the like. DL software can be executed not only by mobile devices such as smartphones, but also by various hardware including game machines and PCs (personal computers). All operations / actions on the content are included). Further, it is not always necessary to download the DL software execution program and content data, and a predetermined function can be realized with a smartphone or the like while being stored on the server side.

  Through such exchange of prizes through the DL software use ticket, the player can substantially obtain prizes exceeding 10,000 yen using online mail order. In addition, this mechanism is not exchanged for cash, as in the case of exchanging special prizes with conventional special prizes, but it is possible to find a special prize purchase place away from the hall store, or to purchase special prizes every time it is exchanged. It is possible to reduce the labor and risk of going to a place, and the player can convert the game medium acquired by himself / herself into an electronic value by using a smartphone without being restricted by place or time. Players can also use DL software, so use DL software, buy DL software without using DL software and receive electronic value, or use DL software. It is possible to arbitrarily select whether to purchase DL software and receive electronic value. Furthermore, for hall stores and the like, it is possible to promote player membership registration by such a useful system, and to effectively eliminate accounting uncertainty (so-called OUT problem) in the cash system. it can.

  In order to realize such a prize exchange via a DL software use ticket, a DL software use ticket issuing apparatus for newly issuing a DL software use ticket in a hall store like a prize exchange system 5001 shown in FIG. 5150 is installed, and a DL software purchase center in which a plurality of servers are arranged is newly established to manage the issuing of DL software use tickets, the use of DL software, and the purchase of DL software.

  In this regard, a free gift exchange system 5001 shown in FIG. 82 can be regarded as a modification of the free gift exchange system 1 shown in FIG. 1, and the same prize selection control, free gift exchange control, free gift ordering control, It has various functions such as action history management. For example, the hall computer 5400, the hall DB 5430, the gaming machine 5010, the sand device 5020, the digital signage device 5515, the prize POS 5500, the prize POS cooperation dedicated terminal 5520, and the dedicated terminal 5530 in the hall store are respectively the hall stores in the prize exchange system 1. Corresponds to the hall computer 400, hall DB 430, gaming machine 10, sand device 20, digital signage device 515, prize POS 500, prize POS cooperation dedicated terminal 520, and dedicated terminal 530. In addition, the core server 5600, the core DB 5650, the shop management server 5700, the prize DB 5750, the ASP-I / F server 5800, the individual shop I / F server 5820, and the EC mall I / F server 5840 of the computer center are each a prize exchange system. 1 corresponds to the core server 600, the core DB 650, the shop management server 700, the premium DB 750, the ASP-I / F server 800, the individual shop I / F server 820, and the EC mall I / F server 840. In addition, the prize exchange system 5001 includes a mobile I / F server 5680 corresponding to the mobile I / F server 680 and a network 5690 corresponding to the network 690, as in the prize exchange system 1, but the description is omitted in FIG. To do.

  Further, although omitted from FIG. 82, the hall cooperation system of the prize exchange system 5001 includes a hall cooperation computer 560, a hall cooperation DB 570, and a center store I / F server 580 included in the hall cooperation system of the prize exchange system 1. And the like are arranged (the center store corresponding to the center store 590 is also arranged).

  The online shopping site of the free gift exchange system 5001 corresponds to the EC shop ASP server 850, shop server 870, shop server 872, EC mall management server 860, and shop server 874 included in the online shopping site of the free gift exchange system 1. Although the apparatus etc. which are each arrange | positioned are also shown, description was abbreviate | omitted in FIG. Here, component elements newly added to the prize exchange system 1 and component elements whose internal functions are changed will be described in detail.

  In the hall store, a hall computer 5400, a gaming machine 5010, a prize selection device, and a prize exchange device are arranged, and further, a DL software use ticket issuing device 5150 is arranged as described above. The DL software use ticket issuing device 5150 is a terminal for printing the DL software use ticket 5260 having a value corresponding to the quantity of game media acquired by the player. The player instructs the hall store staff to read the receipt printed with the counting result of the game medium (medal or pachinko ball) on the DL software use ticket issuing device 5150 (or the player himself / herself reads the receipt). After that, the DL software use ticket 5260 printed from the DL software use ticket issuing device 5150 is received. At this time, the player may be a mall member who has registered as a mall member, but it may not be. For example, the printed DL software use ticket 5260 can be received without inputting the name, e-mail address, address, etc. of the player into the system. When the player is a mall member, for example, a portable device such as a smartphone 5235 having a non-contact IC chip based on near field communication (NFC) is used as a DL software use ticket issuing device 5150. In the meantime, the mall member is identified by causing the DL software use ticket issuing device 5150 to read the unique ID of the smartphone 5235.

  The DL software use ticket 5260 is, for example, a ticket printed with an S / N (Serial Number) and URL related to one DL software, and is associated with an electronic value of a predetermined unit such as 5000 or 1000. The DL software can be used on the smartphone 5235 or the like by the printed S / N and URL. S / N is a number associated with individual software, and is a software ID associated with each of the same game program (product) and application program (product). In this example, the number S / N is used, but IDs composed of various alphanumeric symbols and the like can be used. Software of the same S / N (software ID) is not downloaded to the smartphones 5235 of a plurality of players.

  The hall computer 5400, like the hall computer 400 of the giveaway exchange system 1, functions such as managing the status of the devices (including the player's game situation) arranged in the hall store, information on the members, and prizes. And receives information about the value of the DL software use ticket 5260 issued by the player for the settlement of the expense corresponding to the ticketing of the DL software use ticket 5260 from the DL software use ticket issuing device 5150.

  The prize selection device includes any terminal capable of network communication, such as a dedicated terminal 5530, a smartphone 5540, and a feature phone 5558.

  Similar to the prize exchange system 1, the core server 5600 arranged in the computer center manages a player registered as a mall member as a mall member, and controls prize selection control processing according to the player's prize selection and prize exchange operations. When a prize exchange control process is performed and a prize exchange is determined, a prize ordering process is automatically performed for the corresponding online shopping site. In addition, it collects and stores an action history including a gaming situation and a prize exchange situation for a mall member in each hall store.

  Furthermore, in the gift exchange system 5001, the DL software purchase center includes a member management server 5170, a DL software use ticketing server 5200, a DL software purchase server 5210, a DL software use management server 5215, a DB server 5185, and a mobile I / F. A server 5220 is arranged. The member management server 5170 acquires and manages information of the player registered as a mall member from the backbone DB of the backbone server 5600. The DL software use ticket issuing server 5200 returns an S / N and a URL to be printed on the DL software use ticket 5260 in response to the ticket issuing request from the DL software use ticket issuing apparatus 5150. The DL software purchase server 5210 stores and manages the value corresponding to the input S / N in association with the player in response to a purchase request from the smartphone 5235 by the player. The value corresponding to S / N is managed in units of a predetermined electronic value representing a value that can be exchanged for a prize and can be distributed electronically within a predetermined range. The DL software usage management server 5215 manages the download of DL software to the smartphone 5235, the game machine 5236, the PC 5237, and the like, and manages the use of DL software in the smartphone 5235 and the like that downloaded the DL software.

  The DB server 5185 manages the purchase management DB 5190, which is a database necessary for realizing the prize exchange via the DL software use ticket in the prize exchange system 5001. The mobile I / F server 5220 provides a WEB server function that provides a predetermined WEB page to these devices in response to access from a WEB browser executed by the smartphone 5235. In addition, it can function as an application server that transmits and receives data in response to access from other applications executed on the smartphone 5235. The mobile I / F server 5220 transmits and receives data to and from the DL software purchase server 5210 and the DL software usage management server 5215 in accordance with the operation of the smartphone 5235. Also, DL software is downloaded from the DL software usage management server 5215 to the smartphone 5235, the game machine 5236, the PC 5237, and the like via the mobile I / F server 5220 and the network 5230. In this example, the DL software use management server 5215 manages the use of DL software by the smartphone 5235, the game machine 5236, the PC 5237, and the like through the mobile I / F server 5220 and the network 5230.

  The smartphone 5235 and the mobile I / F server 5220 are connected by a network 5230 including a mobile network and a wireless LAN network. Here, the smartphone 5235 is the smartphone 5235 owned by the player who has issued the DL software use ticket 5260, but this is only an example, and the smartphone 5540 functioning as a prize selection device as shown in FIG. Or another portable device such as a feature phone 5558. If a game machine 5236 or a PC 5237 of a player who uses DL software has a network connection function and can access the DL software purchase server 5210 via the mobile I / F server 5220, these may be used. it can. The smartphone 5235 is, for example, a smartphone configured as shown in FIG. In this example, the smartphone 5235, the game machine 5236, the PC 5237, and the like perform data transmission / reception with the DL software purchase center via the mobile I / F server 5220 and the network 5230, but such an aspect is merely an example. Absent. For example, the smartphone 5235 or the like realizes data transmission / reception with the DL software purchase center without going through the wireless communication network (or without going through the mobile phone network) and without going through the mobile I / F server 5220. be able to.

  Further, in this example, the value of the game medium acquired by the player is converted into a DL software use ticket 5260, and further, the player buys this to the DL software purchase center, thereby allowing the player to store the game medium. The electronic value corresponding to the value is accumulated, but it does not exclude management in units of yen (for example, 5000 yen, 1000 yen) indicating the currency value of the product. It can also be assumed that the unit of electronic value is the same as the unit of yen.

  Also, the prize exchange system 5001 shown in FIG. 82 is shown as a modified example of the prize exchange system 1 shown in FIG. 1, but the prize exchange system 1001 according to the second embodiment described above and the prize according to the third embodiment. The present invention can be applied to the exchange system 2001 and the prize exchange system 3001 according to the fourth embodiment.

  The DL software purchase center of the gift exchange system 5001 is basically provided in a place different from the hall store and the computer center, but the server devices and databases in the DL software purchase center are distributed and arranged at a plurality of locations. You can also. In addition, one server, one database, and one table can be divided into a plurality of parts and distributed.

  In the example of the free gift exchange system 5001 shown in FIG. 82, the DL software use ticket issuing server 5200 and the DL software purchase server 5210 are arranged in the DL software purchase center, but these two servers are not necessarily the same. It is not necessary to arrange in the DL software purchase center, and they may be arranged in physically different places. Furthermore, the DL software use ticket issuing server 5200 and the DL software purchase server 5210 can be operated by different operating corporations.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 83, the overall processing outline among the hall store, the player, the DL software purchase center, and the computer center will be described. As shown in FIG. 83 (A), when the receipt brought by the player is read by the DL software use ticket issuing device 5150 in the hall store and the type and quantity of the game medium are acquired, the staff of the hall store etc. In response to the instruction, a ticketing request is made to the DL software purchasing center, and ticketing request information including the store code and game medium value information (the type and quantity of game media read from the receipt, the unit price of balls) is transmitted. Upon receiving a ticketing request, the DL software purchasing center issues ticketing information including the S / N and URL of the DL software usage ticket 5260 according to the type and quantity of the received game medium, and the value of the DL software usage ticket 5260 to be issued. Is transmitted to the DL software use ticket issuing device 5150 at the hall store.

  When the DL software use ticket issuing device 5150 in the hall store receives the ticket issue information, it issues a DL software use ticket 5260 on which the received S / N and URL are printed based on the ticket issue information. Also, DL software value information representing the value of the issued DL software use ticket 5260 is transmitted from the DL software use ticket issuing device 5150 to the hall computer 5400. This is because it is necessary for the hall store side to grasp the amount of money that is the basis for receiving a charge from the DL software purchase center or the like for the issuance of a DL software use ticket 5260 or a gift exchange. .

  According to the URL printed on the issued DL software use ticket 5260, whether the player's smartphone 5235 accesses the WEB page, where the player makes a DL software purchase request or downloads the DL software Select. When making a purchase request for DL software, when S / N is input to the smartphone 5235, it is sent to the DL software purchase center as a purchase request, and the DL software purchase center is purchased at the DL software purchase center. The electronic value corresponding to the value of the DL software is given. The player can exchange prizes by using the electronic value thus assigned. On the other hand, when downloading DL software, when S / N is input to the smartphone 5235, it is transmitted to the DL software purchase center as a DL request, and the DL software is downloaded from the DL software purchase center to the smartphone 5235. . Thereafter, when the player uses the DL software, usage management such as authentication using S / N by the DL software purchase center is performed each time the DL software is used. Here, it is assumed that DL software is downloaded to the smartphone 5235.

  In addition, the DL software purchase center accesses the core server 5600 of the computer center, acquires the information in the mall member information table 651 at a predetermined timing, and copies them to the mall member information table 5194 of the DL software purchase center. Manage tables synchronously.

  In the DL software purchase center, when there is a purchase request, the electronic value data is stored in the electronic value management table as a cumulative value for each player, and when the player exchanges prizes using the electronic value data as a price, The electronic value data corresponding to the value of the prize is subtracted from the accumulated value of the electronic value management table.

  The DL software purchase center can charge the hall store for expenses related to the DL software use ticket 5260 in consideration of various fees as necessary. The hall computer 5400 of the hall store pays the billed amount to the DL software purchase center. With this billing and payment, the exchange of the DL software use ticket 5260 at the hall store has been completed, and thereafter, a gift with the product handled on the online shopping site based on the electronic value obtained as a result of the purchase of the DL software use ticket 5260 Exchanges are performed, and expenses including various fees are exchanged between the online shopping site, DL software purchase center, and computer center.

  In addition, the billing to the hall store by the DL software purchase center can be performed collectively for a plurality of ticket issuing processes or can be performed collectively for each predetermined period. Further, in the example of FIG. 83 (A), it is shown that the amount billing by the DL software purchase center is made to the hall computer 5400 from the DL software purchase center, but this is merely a notation for convenience, Actually, for example, the DL software purchase center transmits a settlement instruction to a predetermined bank settlement system, thereby charging the bank account of the hall store operating entity. Similarly, it is a notation for convenience that the amount payment is shown as being made from the hall computer 5400 to the DL software purchase center. In addition, the settlement between the DL software purchase center and the hall store can be realized by a number of routes including the respective management entities. Here, the processing in the DL software purchase center has been described without specifying a server, but the functions of various servers will be described in detail later.

  FIG. 83 (B) shows an example of a DL software use ticket 5260. The DL software use ticket 5260 in FIG. 83 (B) is a single (paper) DL software use ticket 5260. The title “DL software use ticket”, S / N (serial number), and URL are printed. Has been. In this embodiment, S / N is a unique number consisting of alphanumeric characters and the like, and is preferably a one-time number from the viewpoint of fraud prevention, but here it is a four-digit number for convenience. The software title, purchase deadline, and corresponding electronic value (for example, 5000 or 1000) may be printed.

  Next, the configuration of the DL software use ticket issuing device 5150 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 84 is a block diagram showing the configuration of the DL software use ticket issuing device 5150. The DL software use ticket issuing device 5150 includes a main CPU 5151, a ROM 5152, a RAM 5153, a barcode reader 5154, a store-side display 5155, a keyboard 5156, a printer 5157, an interface 5158, and a speaker 5159.

  The main CPU 5151 reads and executes control programs stored in the ROM 5152 and the RAM 5153. For example, the main CPU 5151 transmits a ticket issuing request to the DL software use ticket issuing server 5200 in response to an instruction from the staff of the hall store or the like, and the S / N included in the ticket information received from the DL software use ticket issuing server 5200 The URL is printed on a ticket and a DL software use ticket 5260 is issued. The control program can be provided from another device through the interface 5158 or from another device outside through a network including the Internet.

  The store-side display 5155 is configured as a touch panel display that can be touched by staff of the hall store. The main CPU 5151 receives a ticket issuing instruction for the DL software use ticket 5260 via the store side display 5155. On the store side display 5155, the fact that the DL software use ticket 5260 has been issued and the detailed contents regarding the issue of the DL software use ticket 5260 are displayed. Further, the staff on the store side can perform at least a part of the operation using the keyboard 5156.

  The printer 5157 prints an S / N and a URL on the ticket in order to issue a DL software use ticket 5260 in response to a command from the main CPU 5151. The printer 5157 can be configured as various printers including a thermal printer, a dot printer, an inkjet printer, and a laser printer. Further, in this example, the type is shown as being built in the DL software use ticket issuing device 5150, but it may be a predetermined cable or an external printer connected via wireless communication.

  The interface 5158 controls data communication with the hall computer 5400 and the DL software use ticket issuing server 5200. For example, the hall computer 5400 is connected via a local LAN, and the DL software use ticket issuing server 5200 is connected via a VPN (Virtual Private Network). The connection between these devices can be realized by either a wired network or a wireless network. The speaker 5159 outputs sound including warning sound, warning sound, sound effect, and the like.

  Further, the DL software use ticket issuing device 5150 can be configured to include an information card reader / writer and a non-contact IC card reader / writer as shown in the figure. When the DL software use ticket issuing device 5150 is configured in this way, when the counting result is registered in the information card or the non-contact IC card by each unit counting device or island edge counting device of the sand device 20, the information card reader / writer is used. The member ID read from the information card through the contact card (the player ID of the hall store) or the member ID read from the contactless IC card through the contactless IC card reader / writer is accessed, and the hall computer 5400 is accessed. The number of game media held in association with the acquired member ID (the number of medals or pachinko balls acquired by the player) can be ascertained. As a result, the player prints the count result on the receipt and downloads the DL. It is not necessary to bring the software use ticket issuing device 5150.

  Further, as shown in the figure, the DL software use ticket issuing device 5150 is configured to include a player side display so that the player can issue a receipt reading instruction and a DL software use ticket 5260 issuance instruction. Can be.

  Next, the configuration of the member management server 5170 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 85 is a block diagram showing the configuration of the member management server 5170. The member management server 5170 includes a main CPU 5171, a ROM 5172, a RAM 5173, an external storage device 5174, a display 5175, an interface 5176, and a speaker 5177.

  The main CPU 5171 reads out and executes the control programs stored in the ROM 5172 and the RAM 5173. For example, the main CPU 5171 performs synchronization management of mall member information as described later. The control program can also be provided from another device via the interface 5176, or from another device outside via a network including the Internet.

  The external storage device 5174 stores various data related to processing executed by the member management server 5170. The display 5175 displays the management state in the member management server 5170, or notifies the occurrence of fraud or abnormality. The display 5175 is realized by a liquid crystal display device, for example.

  The interface 5176 controls data communication between the backbone server 5600 and the DL software purchase server 5210.

  The speaker 5177 gives notification together with the display 5175 when an irregularity or abnormality occurs. This speaker 5177 outputs various audio data in addition to the notification of fraud or abnormality.

  85 shows the configuration of the member management server 5170, but other servers, that is, the DB server 5185, the DL software use ticket issuing server 5200, the DL software purchase server 5210, the DL software use management server 5215, the mobile I The / F server 5220 has the same configuration as this, and a detailed description thereof will be omitted. However, in the DB server 5185, the interface controls data communication with the member management server 5170, the DL software use ticketing server 5200, the DL software purchase server 5210, and the DL software use management server 5215, respectively. In ticket issuing server 5200, the interface controls data communication with DB server 5185, and in DL software usage management server 5215, the interface is data communication between DB server 5185 and mobile I / F server 5220. The DL software purchase server 5210 controls data communication between the member management server 5170 and the mobile I / F server 5220. The mobile I / F server 5220 controls the data communication with the DL software purchase server 5210. Interday In that for controlling communication differs from the above-mentioned arrangement of the member management server 5170.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 86, the operation flow of the player relating to the issuance and purchase of the DL software use ticket 5260 will be described.

  FIG. 86 (A) is a flow when the player issues a DL software use ticket 5260. The player first inserts cash or the like into the sand device 4020 and receives a medal or pachinko ball rental (step S501). Thereafter, the player plays a game with the gaming machine 5010 (step S502), and when a medal or a pachinko ball can be obtained, the island end counting device or the like instructs the counting of the medal, and the counting result is printed. A receipt is output (step S503). Next, when the player brings the receipt to the counter or the like and presents it to the staff of the hall store, the hall shop staff causes the DL software use ticket issuing device 5150 to read it (step S504), and uses the DL software. The ticket 5260 is issued (Step S505). When the DL software use ticket issuing device 5150 transmits the ticket request information to the DL software use ticket issuing server 5200 in response to the ticket issuing instruction of the DL software use ticket 5260, the DL software use ticket issuing server 5200 receives the ticket request information. Then, the S / N of the DL software is determined according to the ticketing request information, and the ticketing information including the S / N is transmitted to the DL software using ticket issuing device 5150 (step S507). This ticketing information includes the URL of the WEB page to be accessed first when DL software is purchased, downloaded, and used. Next, the DL software use ticket issuing device 5150 prints the S / N and URL on the ticket based on the received ticket issue information, and issues the DL software use ticket 5260 (step S508).

  FIG. 86 (B) is a flow when the player purchases the DL software use ticket 5260. First, the player uses the smartphone 5235 to access the URL printed on the DL software use ticket 5260, where he selects purchase of the DL software use ticket 5260 and logs in (step S511). In this example, when a player purchases a DL software use ticket 5260, it is a condition that a mall member is registered. On the other hand, at the time of issuing the DL software use ticket 5260 shown in FIG. 86 (A), the mall member registration is not essential. Next, the player inputs the S / N printed on the DL software use ticket 5260 to the input unit displayed on the display of the smartphone 5235, and issues a purchase instruction for the DL software use ticket 5260 (step S512). When the smartphone 5235 transmits purchase request information to the DL software purchase server 5210 in response to a purchase instruction from the player, the DL software purchase server 5210 receives the purchase request information (step S513), and in response to the purchase request, The electronic value data relating to the player is updated, and purchase information including the update result of the electronic value data is transmitted to the smartphone 5235 (step S514). Next, the smartphone 5235 receives the purchase information from the DL software purchase server 5210, and displays the accumulated electronic value data (total value) and the like on the display of the smartphone 5235 based on the received purchase information (step S515). ).

  Next, with reference to FIG. 87, the operation flow of the player relating to the download and use of DL software by the DL software use ticket 5260 will be described.

  FIG. 87 (A) is a flow when the player downloads DL software using the DL software use ticket 5260. With the DL software use ticket 5260, the player can select whether to purchase the DL software as described above or download and use the DL software. First, the smartphone 5235 accesses the URL printed on the DL software use ticket 5260, selects DL software download there, and logs in (step S521). In this example, when a player downloads DL software, it is a condition that a mall member is registered. Next, the player inputs the S / N printed on the DL software use ticket 5260 to the input unit displayed on the display of the smartphone 5235, and issues a DL software download instruction (step S522). When the smartphone 5235 transmits download request information to the DL software usage management server 5215 in response to a download instruction from the player, the DL software usage management server 5215 receives the download request information and can download the DL software. It is checked whether or not (step S523). If the S / N is different or has already been purchased, downloading is not permitted. If the check is OK, the information related to the DL software associated with the S / N is updated according to the download request, and the DL software is transmitted to the smartphone 5235 (step S524). In response, the smartphone 5235 downloads the DL software from the DL software usage management server 5215 (step S525).

  FIG. 87 (B) is a flow when the player uses the downloaded DL software. The player activates the DL software by touching the downloaded DL software icon or the like (step S531). Then, the DL software displays the input unit on the display of the smartphone 5235, and the player inputs the S / N printed on the DL software use ticket 5260 to the input unit (step S532). The S / N input to the input unit is transmitted to the DL software usage management server 5215, where the DL software corresponding to the S / N satisfies the usage condition and whether the DL software is available. Is checked (step S533). If the S / N is different or has already been purchased, the use of DL software is not permitted. If the check is OK, the information related to the DL software associated with the S / N is updated and permission to use the DL software is given (step S534). In response to this, the smartphone 5235 makes the DL software available to the player (step S535).

  Next, functions of the DL software use ticket issuing device 5150 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 88 is a functional block diagram of the DL software use ticket issuing device 5150. The DL software use ticket issuing device 5150 includes an access management unit 5161, a ticket management unit 5162, and a network I / F unit 5163.

  The access management unit 5161 controls the DL software use ticket issuing device 5150 to access the DL software use ticket issuing server 5200 via the network I / F unit 5163. The ticket issuing management unit 5162 includes the type and quantity of game media read from the receipt, etc., the exchange rate (unit price) of the hall store where the DL software use ticket issuing device 5150 is arranged, and the store code of the hall store The request information is transmitted to the DL software use ticket issuing server 5200.

  Further, the ticket issuing management unit 5162 receives the ticket issuing information including the S / N determined according to the ticket issuing request information from the DL software using ticket issuing server 5200 and prints the DL software using ticket 5260 printed with the S / N. Issue a ticket. S / N is a number for identifying DL software corresponding to the value obtained from the type and quantity of game media read from a receipt or the like. In this example, a URL accessed when DL software is downloaded or purchased is also printed on the DL software use ticket 5260.

  The network I / F unit 5163 is connected to a network such as the Internet, and controls to transmit / receive data to / from the other party's computer (here, the hall computer 5400 and the DL software use ticket issuing server 5200). (Hereafter, the same applies to the network I / F units of other devices).

  Further, in this example, the DL software use ticket issuing device 5150 is configured as a single device for issuing the DL software use ticket 5260, but may be configured integrally with other various devices. it can. For example, it can be configured to be integrated with the prize POS 5500. Further, if the sand device 5020 can include a printer, each function of the DL software use ticket issuing device 5150 can be incorporated in the sand device 5020.

  In addition, as shown in FIG. 88, the DL software use ticket issuing device 5150 can be provided with a member management unit and controlled to issue a DL software use ticket 5260 for a mall member who has registered as a mall member. In this case, the DL software use ticket issuing device 5150 reads the unique ID of the player's smartphone 5235 and the like by the non-contact IC card reader / writer, and the member management unit is the mall member management unit 5181 of the member management server 5170 described later. Based on the read unique ID or the like, it is determined whether or not the player is a registered mall member.

  Next, the function of the member management server 5170 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 89A is a functional block diagram of the member management server 5170. The member management server 5170 includes a mall member management unit 5181, a member information synchronization management unit 5182, and a network I / F unit 5183.

  The mall member management unit 5181 checks whether the received unique ID is a valid mall member in response to an inquiry from the DL software purchase server 5210 or the DL software usage management server 5215 (when DL software is downloaded). The result is returned to each server. Whether or not it is a mall member is checked with reference to a mall member information table 5194 shown in FIG. The mall member information table 5194 is a table synchronized with the mall member information table stored in the backbone DB 5650 by the member information synchronization management unit 5182 as described later.

  The member information synchronization management unit 5182 controls the mall member information table 5194 shown in FIG. 93A to be synchronized with the mall member information table stored in the backbone DB 5650. The mall member information table stored in the core DB 5650 is the same table as the mall member information table 651 (see FIG. 18B) stored by the mall member registration process as shown in FIGS. The mall member information table 5194 is synchronously managed so as to be the same as this table. The synchronization process can be realized at a timing close to real time, but the synchronization process may be performed at a predetermined interval. In this example, the mall member information table 651 shown in FIG. 18B and the mall member information table 5194 shown in FIG. 93A are configured to have the same items, but if necessary, Some items may be omitted.

  FIG. 89B is a functional block diagram of the DB (database) server 5185. The DB server 5185 includes a database control unit 5186 and a network I / F unit 5187. The DB server 5185 includes a purchase management DB 5190. The purchase management DB 5190 includes a ticket issue request management table 5191, an S / N management table 5192, an electronic value management table 5193, a mall member information table 5194, and a used ticket type management table 5195. The mall member behavior history management table 5196, the DL software management table 5197, and the DL software use management table 5198 are stored. The DB server 5185 includes a DL software storage area 5199, and the DL software storage area 5199 stores a plurality of DL software to be provided to the player.

  When the database control unit 5186 receives a database access request from another server, the database control unit 5186 refers to or updates (including addition and deletion) the record of the table specified in response to the request. In this example, the database control unit 5186 is a general DBMS (Database Management System), but can store and update data using various other data formats. In addition, when the DL software usage management server 5215 downloads DL software to the player's smartphone 5235, the DL software usage management server 5215 reads out the designated DL software from the DL software storage area 5199 in accordance with a command from the DL software usage management server 5215.

  FIG. 90A is a functional block diagram of the DL software use ticket issuing server 5200. The DL software use ticketing server 5200 includes an access management unit 5201, a ticketing request management unit 5202, a value information transmission unit 5203, an amount billing unit 5204, and a network I / F unit 5205.

  The access management unit 5201 controls the DL software use ticket issuing server 5200 to access the DL software use ticket issuing device 5150 via the network I / F unit 5205. When the ticket issuing request management unit 5202 receives a ticket issuing request information when the DL software using ticket issuing device 5150 receives a ticket issuing instruction for the DL software using ticket 5260, the S / N of DL software is received. The ticket issuing information including the S / N and information related to ticketing is transmitted to the DL software use ticket issuing device 5150.

  The value information transmission unit 5203 is billed by the future billing unit 5204 (which will be described later) when a DL software use ticket 5260 is issued and the DL software use ticket 5260 is purchased. DL software value information necessary for calculating and verifying (amount of money) is transmitted to the DL software use ticket issuing device 5150 (may be directly transmitted to the hall computer 5400). Here, the DL software value information is information including the electronic value of the DL software corresponding to the issued DL software use ticket 5260 and the number of DL software use tickets 5260, for example.

  When the DL software use ticket 5260 is issued, the money amount billing unit 5204 gives the amount corresponding to the electronic value of the DL software corresponding to the DL software use ticket 5260 to the hall store where the DL software use ticket 5260 is issued. Claim. When a player makes a DL software use ticket 5260 issued by the DL software purchase center and then gives a prize exchange instruction similar to that described above with respect to the prize exchange system 1 with the electronic value given to the player. The computer center will charge the DL software purchase center for expenses related to the prize exchange. Therefore, at the DL software purchase center, at the timing when the DL software use ticket 5260 is issued, the hall store is charged for expenses that will be charged in the future by exchanging premiums. The billing to the hall store is a bill from the DL software purchase center to the operating entity of the hall store, and is realized by, for example, a process of transmitting a billing instruction to a predetermined bank settlement system. Such billing can also be billed together for multiple subjects later. Further, the final charge amount can be determined by subtracting (or adding) various taxes and fees.

  In addition, when a player downloads a DL software use ticket 5260 to a smartphone 5235 without using the DL software purchase center to purchase it, the DL software is paid for by the DL software development company. The DL Software Purchase Center will be charged at the time of the DL software use ticket 5260 issuance, and in the future stores will be charged for DL software downloads etc. To charge.

  Note that various amounts can be set as to which amount is charged at what timing. For example, (1) each time a DL software use ticket 5260 is issued, an amount corresponding to the electronic value of the DL software corresponding to the DL software use ticket 5260 is charged, or (2) the DL software use ticket 5260 is issued. After the ticket is issued, the amount corresponding to the electronic value of the DL software corresponding to the corresponding DL software use ticket 5260 is charged together at a predetermined timing, or (3) the DL software use ticket 5260 is purchased. Each time, a charge corresponding to the electronic value of the DL software corresponding to the DL software use ticket 5260 is charged, or (4) the DL software use ticket 5260 is purchased and collected at a predetermined timing. , Request an amount corresponding to the electronic value of the DL software corresponding to the corresponding DL software use ticket 5260, or (5) DL software Each time the DL software is downloaded or used by the voucher 5260, an amount corresponding to the electronic value of the DL software is charged, or (6) the DL software is downloaded or used by the DL software use ticket 5260. After that, each time when the amount corresponding to the electronic value of the corresponding DL software is charged, or a prize exchange instruction is given by the electronic value given to the player (7) , Claim an amount corresponding to the electronic value required for the prize exchange, or (8) after giving a prize exchange instruction based on the electronic value given to the player It can be configured to charge an amount corresponding to the electronic value required for the prize exchange.

  FIG. 90B is a functional block diagram of the DL software purchase server 5210. The DL software purchase server 5210 includes a member management unit 5211, a purchase request management unit 5212, an action history management unit 5213, and a network I / F unit 5214. When the player logs in from the player's smartphone 5235, the member management unit 5211 checks whether or not the player is a mall member who has registered as a mall member. In this example, only the mall member is set so that the DL software use ticket 5260 can be purchased, but such setting can be arbitrarily set according to the system. The member management unit 5211 cooperates with the mall member management unit 5181 of the member management server 5170, and based on the unique ID read from the player's smartphone 5235, the player is a registered mall member. If it is not a mall member, the purchase request from the player is rejected, and an error message is displayed.

  The purchase request management unit 5212 receives purchase request information when a purchase request is received from the player's smartphone 5235, and updates electronic value data relating to the player in accordance with the purchase request information. That is, from the S / N of the purchased DL software use ticket 5260, the electronic value of the DL software is obtained, and the electronic value of the player in the electronic value management table 5193 holding the electronic value is obtained. Add to. Moreover, the purchase information including the update result of the electronic value data can be transmitted to the smartphone 5235 as necessary.

  When the player makes a purchase request for the DL software use ticket 5260, the behavior history management unit 5213 stores information regarding the operation in the mall member behavior history management table 5196. The mall member behavior history management table 5196 has the same items as the mall member behavior history management table 656 of the gift exchange system 1, and if necessary, these two tables are merged at a predetermined timing, or You may make it manage by grouping into a smaller set.

  FIG. 91 is a functional block diagram of the DL software usage management server 5215. The DL software use management server 5215 includes a member management unit 5216, a download management unit 5217, a DL software execution management unit 5218, and a network I / F unit 5219. The member management unit 5216 determines whether or not the player is a mall member who has registered as a mall member when there is a log-in request for DL software download request by the DL software use ticket 5260 from the player's smartphone 5235. Check about. In this example, only the mall member can download the DL software by using the DL software use ticket 5260, but such setting can be arbitrarily set according to the system.

  When the player instructs to download DL software using the smartphone 5235, the download management unit 5217 checks whether or not the player is a mall member by the member management unit 5216. For example, on the condition that the input S / N is correct, the DL software corresponding to the S / N is acquired from the DL software storage area 5199 of the DB server 5185 and downloaded to the smartphone 5235. Whether or not the download has been performed is managed by an S / N management table 5192.

  The DL software execution management unit 5218 displays the input unit on the display of the smartphone 5235 when the player touches the DL software icon or the like in order to use the DL software using the smartphone 5235. Allow the use of the DL software after inputting S / N. Also, if the purchase has already been made, the use of DL software is not permitted. Whether the DL software is used is managed by the S / N management table 5192. Also, as shown in FIG. 91, an operation history management unit is provided in the DL software usage management server 5215, and an operation in which the player downloads the DL software using the DL software usage ticket 5260, or an operation that uses the DL software after downloading. Etc. can also be stored in the mall member behavior history management table 5196.

  FIG. 92 shows an example of a ticketing request management table 5191, an S / N management table 5192, a DL software management table 5197, and an electronic value management table 5193. FIG. 93 shows a mall member information table 5194, usage An example of a ticket type management table 5195, a DL software use management table, and a mall member behavior history management table 5196 is shown. Details of these tables will be described later as necessary.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 94 and FIG. 95, the ticket issuing process for the DL software use ticket 5260 will be described in detail. FIG. 94 is a flowchart in which the ticket issuing process for the DL software use ticket 5260 is shown for each subject of the DL software use ticket issuing device 5150, the DL software use ticket issuing server 5200, and the DB server 5185, and FIG. It is a figure which shows the DL software use ticket issuing instruction screen and DL software use ticket issuing screen which are displayed on the shop side display 5155 of the use ticket issuing apparatus 5150.

  Referring to FIG. 94, first, DL software use ticket issuing processing is started in DL software use ticket issuing device 5150, and a receipt reading screen (not shown) is displayed on store side display 5155 of DL software use ticket issuing device 5150. (Step S541). The DL software use ticket issuing process in the DL software use ticket issuing apparatus 5150 is started, for example, by touching an item on a menu screen (not shown) displayed on the display of the DL software use ticket issuing apparatus 5150, and then a receipt. A receipt reading screen is automatically displayed to prompt reading. In this example, all operations related to the DL software use ticket issuing device 5150 are performed by the staff of the hall store where the DL software use ticket issuing device 5150 is arranged.

  Here, the DL software use ticket issuing device 5150 determines whether the staff of the hall store has read the receipt brought by the player with the barcode reader 5154 in response to the player's request (step S542). Keep the screen on display until reading. In the receipt, the type of game medium acquired by the player (for example, a 4-yen pachinko ball or a 20-yen loan medal) and the number of retained games (the number of stored medals, the number of stored balls), for example, a two-dimensional barcode or a three-dimensional It is written in the form of a barcode.

  When the receipt is read, a DL software use ticket issuing instruction screen 5880 as shown in FIG. 95A is displayed on the store side display 5155 of the DL software use ticket issuing apparatus 5150 (step S543). Referring to FIG. 95 (A), on the DL software use ticket issuance instruction screen 5880, the game medium type read from the receipt is displayed on the game medium type display unit 5881, and the quantity (retention) of the game medium read from the receipt is retained. Number) is displayed on the holding number display unit 5882 in units of the number of balls or the number of medals, and an “OK” button 5883 for instructing the issuance of the DL software use ticket 5260 is displayed.

  Next, in step S544 of FIG. 94, the DL software use ticket issuing device 5150 determines whether or not the staff of the hall store touches the “OK” button according to the player's instruction, and the “OK” button is displayed. The display of the DL software use ticket issuing instruction screen 5880 is maintained until touched. When the “OK” button is touched, ticket issue request information is transmitted to the DL software use ticket issue server 5200 (step S545). The ticket issue request information includes the store code of the hall store where the DL software use ticket issuing device 5150 is arranged, and game medium value information indicating the value of the game medium (for example, the type and quantity of the game medium read from the receipt, The exchange rate (ball unit price) of the hall store where the DL software use ticket issuing device 5150 is arranged is included. In addition, the staff of the hall store does not instruct to issue the DL software use ticket 5260 as it is based on the type and quantity of the game medium read from the receipt according to the player's instruction, and some of them (for example, some of the It is also possible to specify that a DL software use ticket 5260 is issued for a game medium type or a part of the quantity).

  Here, the exchange rate of the hall store is stored in advance in the DL software use ticket issuing device 5150 or is stored in the hall computer 5400 or the like, and is read out from there and transmitted to the DL software use ticket issuing server 5200. If the exchange rate of each hall store can be grasped by the DL software use ticket issuing server 5200, it is not necessary to transmit from the DL software use ticket issuing device 5150. The DL software use ticket issuing server 5200 has, for example, a table synchronized with the exchange rate management table 5654 (table similar to the exchange rate management table 654 shown in FIG. 19B) stored in the backbone DB 5650 of the backbone server 5600. The exchange rate of the corresponding hall store can be acquired by referring to the exchange rate management table 5654 directly.

  Further, the store code of the hall store where the DL software use ticket issuing device 5150 is arranged is also stored in advance in the DL software use ticket issuing device 5150 or stored in the hall computer 5400 or the like and read from there to download the DL software. It is transmitted to the use ticket issuing server 5200. In addition, the DL software use ticket issuing server 5200 can identify the hall store of the DL software use ticket issuing device 5150 from the device identification ID, network address, etc. of the DL software use ticket issuing device 5150 that has transmitted the ticket request information. For example, it is not necessary to transmit the store code from the DL software use ticket issuing device 5150. Note that the store code may be managed by a different store code for each game medium type (for example, a 4-yen pachinko ball or a 20-yen loan medal) even in the same hall store.

  Also, in this example, the ticketing request information transmitted from the DL software use ticket issuing device 5150 includes the type and quantity of the game medium, and the DL software use ticket issuing server 5200 includes the type and quantity of the game medium. Accordingly, the number of DL software and DL software use tickets 5260 to be associated with the DL software use ticket 5260 to be issued is determined. The DL software use ticket issuing device 5150 determines the number of DL software and DL software use tickets 5260. Alternatively, the player may determine and include it in the ticket request information and transmit it to the DL software use ticket issuing server 5200.

  Next, the DL software use ticket issuing server 5200 receives the ticket request information transmitted from the DL software use ticket issuing apparatus 5150 (step S546), numbers the request ID of this ticket request, and shows the contents thereof. It instructs to store in the ticket issue request management table 5191 shown in 92 (A). For example, as shown in FIG. 92A, the ticketing request management table 5191 stores items of request ID, store code, game medium type, game medium quantity, and exchange rate. It manages the contents of the ticket issue request information transmitted from the use ticket issuing device 5150. The DB server 5185 updates the ticketing request management table 5191 so as to create a record for storing the contents of the ticketing request information in response to an instruction from the DL software use ticketing server 5200 (step S547).

  Next, the DL software use ticket issuance server 5200 includes a DL software use ticket 5260 that can be issued at a store represented by the store code included in the ticket request information (a store where the DL software use ticket issuing device 5150 is arranged). In order to grasp the ticket type, the used ticket type management table 5195 shown in FIG. 93B is accessed (step S548). As shown in FIG. 93 (B), the use ticket type management table 5195 stores items of store code, first ticket type value, second ticket type value, and third ticket type value for each hall store. The electronic value of the DL software associated with the DL software use ticket issuing server 5200 is managed. In the example shown in FIG. 95 (B), it is possible to manage a maximum of three types of tickets, but it can be expanded so that more ticket types can be managed as necessary. It is also possible to manage a plurality of hall stores that can use a combination of common ticket types as a group. In the use ticket type management table 5195 shown in FIG. 93 (B), for example, in hall stores with a store code = “034”, DL software of three types of electronic value (that is, 5000, 1000, and 200) is used as DL software. It is defined that it can be associated with a ticket 5260. The DB server 5185 refers to the use ticket type management table 5195 in response to an instruction from the DL software use ticket issuing server 5200, and transmits a corresponding store code record to the DL software use ticket issuing server 5200 (step S549).

  Next, the DL software use ticket issuing server 5200 determines the DL software based on the value of the game media obtained from the DL software of the ticket type that can be associated with the DL software use ticket 5260, the type and quantity of the game media, and the exchange rate. It is determined which DL software is associated with the use ticket 5260, how many DL software use tickets 5260 are issued, and how many extra game media (remaining medals, extra balls) are to be used (step S550). . When the value of the game medium exceeds the maximum value of the electronic value of the DL software associated with the DL software use ticket 5260, a plurality of DL software use tickets 5260 can be issued. The software use tickets 5260 are assigned in the order of the largest value DL software to the smallest value DL software so that the remainder is minimized. However, various allocation methods can be adopted depending on the situation.

  In the normal allocation method, for example, the ticket issue request management table 5191 shown in FIG. (20 (game media type is 20 yen rental medal) × 602 (quantity) × 1 (exchange rate)). And the DL software use ticket 5260 issued regarding this ticket issue request refers to the ticket type of the corresponding hall store (store code = “034”) stored in the use ticket type management table 5195 of FIG. Then, two items associated with the DL software having the value of the first ticket type (electronic value = 5000) are associated with the DL software having the value of the second ticket type (electronic value = 1000). There are two things and a remainder of 40 (that is, two extra medals). The electronic value of DL software can be grasped by referring to the DL software management table 5197 in 92 (C).

  In this example, two DL software use tickets 5260 associated with DL software having an electronic value of 5000 are issued, and different software (product ID = “S001” and “S002”) is selected there. , Are associated with each. Such selection of software can be determined randomly (within the software having the same electronic value), or can be selected by a player, a hall store, or the like. When there are three or more DL software having the same electronic value, two are selected randomly or according to a predetermined rule. The same software (software having the same product ID) may be selected. Here, the product ID corresponds to each software product, and the same product ID is assigned to the software of the same product. Software having the same product ID can be downloaded to the smartphones 5235 of a plurality of players.

  Next, the DL software use ticket issuing server 5200 gives an S / N to each of the determined product IDs and instructs the S / N management table 5192 to store these S / Ns (step S551). The DB server 5185 updates the S / N management table 5192 in response to an instruction from the DL software use ticket issuing server 5200 (step S552). Here, as shown in FIG. 92B, the S / N management table 5192 stores items of S / N, product ID, request ID, purchase flag, and purchase deadline. It manages which DL software is associated and whether or not it is purchased. For example, when the S / N management table 5192 is updated for the DL software use ticket 5260 issued for the ticket issue request information represented by the request ID = “R011” described above, as shown in FIG. N = “0001” is associated with product ID = “S001”, and S / N = “0002” is associated with product ID = “S002”, where product ID = “S001” and “S002”. Both DL softwares have the value of the first ticket type (electronic value = 5000) (see DL software management table 5197 in FIG. 92C). Also, S / N = “0003” is associated with product ID = “S003”, and S / N = “0004” is associated with product ID = “S004”, where product ID = “S003”. The DL software “S004” has the value of the second ticket type (electronic value = 1000) (see the DL software management table 5197 in FIG. 92C). In this way, four S / Ns are associated with the DL software use ticket 5260, and four DL software use tickets 5260 are issued. Here, for all four S / Ns, at first, request ID = “R011” and purchase flag = “0” are set (in this example, S / N = “0001”). The purchase flag is set to “1” because the purchase has been made thereafter). Since the purchase flag is managed in this way, the same S / N DL software is not redundantly purchased.

  The purchase deadline of the S / N management table 5192 is, for example, the date and time after the elapse of a predetermined period from the time when ticket issue request information is received, the transmission of ticket issue information (step S554 described later), and the elapse of a predetermined period from other timing It can be set to a later date and time, and even if a purchase request is made past this time limit, it will be rejected. Such a purchase deadline can be omitted, or can be provided only for DL software having a predetermined electronic value. Also, the time limit can be changed according to the electronic value of the DL software and the situation of the player. Further, in the present embodiment, even after the DL software is downloaded or used once, a purchase request can be made for the DL software. Thus, when the DL software is downloaded or used, The set purchase deadline can be extended. In addition, the extent of extension of the purchase deadline may be changed according to the use mode of the DL software (for example, use time / time, use frequency, use frequency, etc.). In addition, since the purchase deadline is set based on the date and time managed by the clock unit of the DL software use ticketing server 5200, problems such as fraud can be avoided as compared with the case of receiving time data from a hall store. Become.

  Next, the DL software use ticket issuing server 5200 transmits the ticket information including the S / N assigned to the DL software use ticket 5260 to be issued to the DL software use ticket issuing apparatus 5150 (step S553). For example, regarding the ticket issue request information represented by the above-described request ID = “R011”, four S / Ns “0001”, “0002”, “0003”, and “0004” are transmitted. In this example, the ticketing information includes the URL of a WEB page that is accessed when DL software is purchased or downloaded. Such URLs can be set differently in various units such as S / N, request ID, and hall store. Alternatively, the URL transmission by the DL software use ticket issuing server 5200 may be omitted, and the URL may be notified by another method without printing on the DL software use ticket 5260. Also, the DL software use ticket issuing device 5150 can be configured to print a predetermined URL.

  Further, in this example, in addition to S / N, DL software value information (DL software electronic value, DL software electronic value, Data including the number of DL software for each electronic value) and the number of surplus medals (surplus) are transmitted to the DL software use ticket issuing device 5150.

  Next, the DL software use ticket issuing device 5150 receives the above-described ticket issuing information, DL software value information, and the like from the DL software use ticket issuing server 5200 (step S554). Then, based on the received DL software value information and the like, the DL software use ticket issuing device 5150 displays the DL software use ticket issuing device as shown in FIG. 95 (B) on the store side display 5155 of the DL software use ticket issuing device 5150. A screen 5885 is displayed (step S555). FIG. 95B shows a DL software use ticket issuing screen 5885 when the DL software use ticket 5260 is issued in the DL software use ticket issuing apparatus 5150. On the DL software use ticket issuance screen 5885, the ticket type of the DL software use ticket 5260 being issued (DL software electronic value (for example, 5000 or 1000) associated with the DL software use ticket 5260) and the DL software Is displayed on the ticket issue content display portion 5886, the number of surplus medals (number of surplus balls) is displayed on the surplus medal display portion 5887, and when all the issuance of the DL software use ticket 5260 is completed, this is indicated. A message is displayed.

  The DL software use ticket issuing device 5150 controls the printer 5157 based on the received ticket issue information together with the display of the DL software use ticket issuing screen 5885 described above, and the DL software use ticket printed with the S / N and URL, respectively. 5260 is output (step S556). One DL software use ticket 5260 is usually composed of one paper ticket, on which one S / N and URL are printed. Regarding the ticket issue request information represented by the above request ID = “R011”, each of the four S / Ns, “0001”, “0002”, “0003”, and “0004”, together with the URL, corresponds to the corresponding DL. It is printed on the software use ticket 5260 individually. In addition, on each DL software use ticket 5260, the title and product ID of the DL software corresponding to the DL software use ticket 5260, the electronic value of the DL software (for example, 5000, 1000, etc.) are printed, the date and time of ticketing, and purchase You can also print the deadline. Also, a plurality of S / Ns can be collectively printed on one DL software use ticket 5260. Further, the S / N and URL may be represented by a two-dimensional barcode or a three-dimensional barcode so that a smartphone 5235 can easily input a purchase request or download.

  Next, the DL software use ticket issuing device 5150 obtains the DL software value information (DL software electronic value and the number of DL software for each electronic value) of the printed DL software use ticket 5260, for example, the hall computer 5400. (Step S557). The hall computer 5400 only needs to be able to grasp the electronic value (or the electronic value of available DL software) that the player can finally purchase, and the DL software electronic value includes the number of DL software for each electronic value. You may make it receive the numerical value of the various formats which represent the final electronic values mentioned above substantially, such as a numerical value multiplied by. The hall computer 5400 receives such a numerical value because the hall store side is charged with an amount corresponding to the issuance of the DL software use ticket 5260 from the mail-order gift purchase center. This is because it is necessary to grasp the data that is the basis of the claim.

  The DL software use ticket issuing device 5150 transmits the electronic value of the DL software included in the DL software value information and the number of DL software for each electronic value to the hall computer 5400 at various timings other than the above. Can do. For example, these pieces of information can be transmitted together once a day or at a predetermined timing of the day. Although omitted in the flowchart of FIG. 94, if there is a surplus medal or surplus, a receipt corresponding to the surplus medal can be issued so that it can be exchanged with a free gift POS 5500 or the like. In addition, when the counting result is registered in the information card or the non-contact IC card, or when the hall computer 5400 manages the counting result, the value corresponding to the issuance of the DL software use ticket 5260 is calculated from the counting result. It is possible to update the storage area of the counting result directly from the DL software use ticket issuing device 5150 or via the premium POS 5500 so as to subtract.

  Furthermore, when the player is a mall member and is registered in the prize exchange system 5001 by the unique ID of the smartphone 5235, the hall computer 5400 or the DL software use ticket issuing server 5200 and the member management server 5170 are used. From the mall member game medium holding number management table 5562 (the same table as the mall member game medium holding number management table 652 in FIG. 18C) managed by the prize exchange system 5001 by accessing the core server 5600 of the computer center. Then, control is performed so as to subtract the holding number of the corresponding member ID.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 96, a selection process for selecting whether to proceed to a DL software purchase process (that is, a process for causing the DL software purchase center to purchase DL software) or to proceed to a DL software download process will be described. . FIG. 96A is a flowchart showing the selection process, and the subject of the process is the smartphone 5235. Here, a WEB browser is executed on the smartphone 5235, and this and a mobile I / F server 5220 functioning as a WEB server or an ASP server, access to a WEB page (WEB site), display of a WEB page, data transmission / reception, etc. Here, for convenience, these processes are described as processes of the smartphone 5235. FIG. 96B is a diagram showing a process selection screen displayed on the display of the smartphone 5235.

  As shown in FIG. 96A, when the player first operates the smartphone 5235 to access the WEB page represented by the URL printed on the DL software use ticket 5260, the process is performed on the display of the smartphone 5235. A selection screen is displayed (step S561). FIG. 96B shows a process selection screen 5890 displayed at this time. On the process selection screen 5890, as shown in FIG. 96 (B), a guide display part 5892 for prompting a process selection operation is displayed, and a “buy” button 5893 and a “download” button 5894 are displayed below it. Yes.

  In step S562 in FIG. 96A, it is determined whether or not a button touch by the player is performed on the smartphone 5235, and the display of the process selection screen 5890 is maintained until the button touch is performed. When the button touch is performed, it is determined whether the touched button is the “buy” button 5893 or the “download” button 5894 (step S563). When the “Buy” button 5893 is touched, DL software purchase processing is started. On the other hand, when the “download” button 5894 is touched, the download process is started. In this example, since it is a condition that both processes are mall members, it is also possible to perform a member check on the process selection screen 5890, but here, whether or not a mall member is at the start of each process. It was decided to check.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 97, FIG. 98, and FIG. 99, DL software purchase processing (that is, processing for causing the DL software purchase center to purchase DL software) will be described in detail. As described above, this process is started when the “Buy” button 5893 is touched on the process selection screen 5890 in FIG. FIG. 97 is a flowchart showing DL software purchase processing for each subject of the smartphone 5235, the DL software purchase server 5210, and the DB server 5185, and FIGS. 98 and 99 show the DL software displayed on the display of the smartphone 5235. It is a figure which shows a purchase login screen and DL software purchase instruction | indication screen.

  As shown in FIG. 97, first, the smartphone 5235 displays a DL software purchase login screen on the display of the smartphone 5235 for the DL software purchase process (step S571). FIG. 98 (A) shows a DL software purchase login screen 5900. On the DL software purchase login screen 5900, as shown in FIG. 98 (A), a password display and a guide display portion 5902 that prompts the user to touch the “login” button are displayed. Section 5903 is displayed, and a “Login” button 5904 is displayed at the bottom.

  Next, the smartphone 5235 determines whether or not the player inputs the password to the password input unit 5903 and touches the “login” button 5904 (step S572), and inputs the password and touches the “login” button 5904. The display of the DL software purchase log-in screen 5900 is maintained until it is done. When the password is input and the “login” button 5904 is touched, the unique ID such as IDm acquired from the smartphone 5235 and the input password are transmitted to the DL software purchase server 5210 (step S573).

  When the DL software purchase server 5210 receives the unique ID and password from the smartphone 5235, the DL software purchase server 5210 determines whether or not the logged-in player is a mall member (step S574). Here, the DL software purchase server 5210 sends a unique ID and password to the member management server 5170 to inquire whether the logged-in player is a valid mall member. The member management server 5170 The mall member information table 5194 stored in 5185 and managed synchronously is checked to see if the logged-in player is a valid mall member, and the result is transmitted to the DL software purchase server 5210. In this example, at the time of login, a password is requested to determine whether or not the user is a valid mall member. However, such password input can be omitted. Also, in this example, DL software purchase processing is possible only when the player has registered as a mall member, but DL software purchase processing can be enabled even if the player is not a mall member.

  When the DL software purchase server 5210 determines that the player is not a valid mall member, the DL software purchase server 5210 gives an instruction to display an error (step S575), and in response to this instruction, the smartphone 5235 displays an error page on the display. (Step S576). On the other hand, when the DL software purchase server 5210 determines that the player is a valid mall member, the DL software purchase server 5210 gives an instruction to display the DL software purchase instruction screen (step S577), and the smartphone 5235 responds to this instruction. The DL software purchase instruction screen is displayed on the display (step S578).

  FIG. 98 (B) shows a DL software purchase instruction screen 5910. On the DL software purchase instruction screen 5910, a mall member ID display unit 5912 for displaying the mall member ID is displayed, and a guide display unit 5913 for prompting the user to input an S / N and touch the “Purchase” button is displayed therebelow. Further below that, an S / N input portion 5914 for inputting S / N is displayed, and a “buy” button 5915 is displayed at the bottom.

  Here, the smartphone 5235 determines whether or not the player has touched the “Purchase” button 5915 (Step S579), and the DL software purchase instruction screen 5910 is displayed until the “Purchase” button 5915 is touched. maintain. If it is determined that the player has touched the “Purchase” button 5915, the smartphone 5235 transmits purchase request information including the S / N input to the S / N input unit 5914 to the DL software purchase server 5210 (Step S1). S580). In this example, the S / N for allowing the DL software purchase center to purchase DL software is entered one by one, but a plurality of S / N inputs are entered on the DL software purchase instruction screen 5910. A portion 5914 may be provided so that a plurality of S / Ns can be specified together. In this example, the player sees the S / N printed on the DL software use ticket 5260 and inputs this to the S / N input unit 5914 of the DL software purchase instruction screen 5910. A figure such as a two-dimensional barcode or a three-dimensional barcode printed on the ticket 5260 is read by the smartphone 5235, converted into S / N by a predetermined logic, and input to the S / N input unit 5914. Also good. In addition, information on S / N printed on the DL software use ticket 5260 can be input to the S / N input unit 5914 via other graphics and identification information.

  Next, the DL software purchase server 5210 receives purchase request information including S / N (step S581). Thereafter, the DB server 5185 refers to the S / N management table 5192 in response to a request from the DL software purchase server 5210, and acquires a corresponding S / N record (step S582). Then, the DL software purchase server 5210 determines whether or not the DL software corresponding to the S / N received from the smartphone 5235 satisfies the purchase condition (step S583). For example, when the received S / N is not present in the S / N management table 5192, even when it is present in the S / N management table 5192, the purchase request information is received, etc. However, if the purchase deadline for the corresponding S / N in the S / N management table 5192 is exceeded, the purchase condition is not satisfied. When the DL software use ticket issuing server 5200 assigns a different URL according to the S / N, the DL software use ticket issuing server 5200 stores the URL in the S / N management table 5192, and the DL software If the URL specified by the player in the purchase process does not match this, the purchase condition may not be satisfied.

  If it is determined that the purchase condition is not satisfied, an instruction is given to display an error (step S584), and in response to this instruction, the smartphone 5235 displays an error page indicating that the input S / N is incorrect. The information is displayed on the display (step S585). Note that the purchase time used to determine the purchase deadline described above is set based on the date and time managed by the clock unit of the DL software purchase server 5210, so compared to the case of receiving time data from another device. To avoid problems such as fraud.

  On the other hand, when the S / N received from the smartphone 5235 satisfies the purchase condition (ie, the DL software purchase server 5210 exists in the S / N management table 5192 and has not been purchased (purchase flag = “0”). (When it is determined that it is S / N and the purchase deadline has not been exceeded), an instruction is given to update various tables (step S586), and in response to this instruction, the DB server 5185 Update processing is performed.

  First, the DB server 5185 sets the purchase flag of the record corresponding to the S / N received from the smartphone 5235 among the records stored in the S / N management table 5192 in accordance with the instruction of the DL software purchase server 5210. Then, “0” indicating that the item has not been purchased is updated to “1” indicating that the item has been purchased (step S587). Next, the DB server 5185 records corresponding to the mall member ID corresponding to the unique ID received from the smartphone 5235 among the records stored in the electronic value management table 5193 according to the instruction of the DL software purchase server 5210. Is added to the electronic value data (that is, the electronic value of the DL software corresponding to the S / N received from the smartphone 5235) (step S588). Here, the electronic value of the DL software corresponding to the S / N can be grasped by referring to the DL software management table 5197. In addition, DL software can be purchased even after it has been downloaded or used, and in that case, the electronic value of DL software can be determined according to whether it is downloaded or used, the frequency of use, etc. Can be re-evaluated and changed. For example, the electronic value of the DL software that has been used once or more can be made half the electronic value ascertained by referring to the DL software management table 5197, or can be made the value obtained by subtracting 1500. Further, for example, when only DL software is downloaded and not used, the value obtained by subtracting 500 from the electronic value obtained by referring to the DL software management table 5197 can be obtained. Note that the presence / absence of download and the number of times the DL software has been used can be ascertained from the DL software usage management table 5198.

  Next, the DB server 5185, in response to an instruction from the DL software purchase server 5210, the electronic value of the DL software corresponding to S / N and the electronic value data of the player (mall member) who performed the DL software purchase process. (The numerical value of the electronic value added in step S588) is transmitted to the DL software purchase server 5210 as purchase information (step S589).

  Next, the DL software purchase server 5210 receives purchase information including the electronic value of the DL software corresponding to the S / N from the DB server 5185 and the electronic value data of the player (mall member) who has performed the DL software purchase processing. Upon receipt, the purchase information is transmitted to the smartphone 5235, and an instruction is given to the smartphone 5235 to display a DL software purchase instruction screen including a message notifying that the purchase has been completed (step S590). Then, the smartphone 5235 displays the DL software purchase instruction screen on the display (step S591).

  FIG. 99 shows the DL software purchase instruction screen 5920 displayed in this way. In the DL software purchase instruction screen 5920 shown in FIG. 99, a mall member ID display portion 5922 where the mall member ID is displayed is displayed, and a guide display indicating that the purchase by the DL software purchase center of DL software has been completed. Section 5923 is displayed, and further below that, an S / N display section 5924 that displays the S / N of the DL software to be purchased this time is displayed. Below that, the value type (for example, here, An electronic value display section 5925 that displays “purchased value” and “total value”) and an electronic value corresponding to the value type is displayed, and a “complete” button 5926 and “purchase (next)” are displayed at the bottom. A button 5927 is displayed.

  In this example, a player with a mall member = “U004” requests the DL software purchase center to purchase DL software with S / N = “0005”, and the purchase is completed. It is shown that the electronic value has increased from 0 to 1000 (the DL software with S / N = “0005” has product ID = “S004”, and the electronic value of the DL software with product ID = “S004” has 1000 Is). The player touches a “done” button 5926 when ending in the display state of the DL software purchase instruction screen 5920, and “buy (next)” button 5927 when proceeding to the DL software purchase process of the next DL software. Touch. When a “purchase (next)” button 5927 is touched, a screen for DL software purchase processing of the next DL software use ticket 5260 (screen similar to the DL software purchase instruction screen 5910 shown in FIG. 98B) is displayed. Transition.

  In this example, the WEB browser executed on the smartphone 5235 accesses the mobile I / F server 5220 functioning as a WEB server, an ASP server, or the like, thereby displaying data for displaying a DL software purchase instruction screen or the like. 97, the processing of the smartphone 5235 in the DL software purchase processing shown in FIG. 97 is realized. Here, for convenience, the mobile I / F server 5220 is used as a WEB server or an APS server for HTML. The content that operates based on the standard or the like is also described as the processing content of the smartphone 5235.

  An application downloaded to the smartphone 5235 via the network 5230 or another network is executed by the smartphone 5235, and the application is connected to the DL software purchase server 5210 via the network 5230 and the mobile I / F server 5220. You may make it implement | achieve DL software purchase processing by transmitting / receiving data.

  In this example, as shown in FIG. 94, at the timing when the DL software use ticket 5260 is issued, etc., data (for example, DL software value information) that is the basis of the billing amount related to the issuance of the DL software use ticket 5260 Are transmitted to the hall computer 5400 (see step S557 in FIG. 94). However, the transmission of such data to the hall computer 5400 is performed as follows: For example, it may be performed after step S591 (that is, when the DL software is purchased). In this case, the data transmitted to the hall computer 5400 may be related to the purchased DL software.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 100 and FIG. 101, the download process (that is, the process of downloading the DL software to the smartphone 5235) will be described in detail. As described above, this process is started when the “download” button 5894 is touched on the process selection screen 5890 in FIG. FIG. 100 is a flowchart in which download processing is described for each subject of the smartphone 5235, the DL software use management server 5215, and the DB server 5185, and FIG. 101 shows a download login screen and a download instruction displayed on the display of the smartphone 5235. FIG.

  As shown in FIG. 100, first, the smartphone 5235 displays a download login screen on the display of the smartphone 5235 for the download process (step S601). FIG. 101A shows a download login screen 5930. On the download login screen 5930, as shown in FIG. 101A, a guide display unit 5932 that prompts the user to input a password and touch the “login” button is displayed. Is displayed, and a “login” button 5934 is displayed at the bottom.

  Next, the smartphone 5235 determines whether or not the player inputs the password to the password input unit 5933 and touches the “login” button 5934 (step S602), and inputs the password and touches the “login” button 5934. The display of the download log-in screen 5930 is maintained until it is done. When the password is input and the “login” button 5934 is touched, the unique ID such as IDm acquired from the smartphone 5235 and the input password are transmitted to the DL software usage management server 5215 (step S603).

  When the DL software usage management server 5215 receives the unique ID and password from the smartphone 5235, the DL software usage management server 5215 determines whether or not the logged-in player is a mall member (step S604). Here, the DL software usage management server 5215 sends a unique ID and password to the member management server 5170 to inquire whether the logged-in player is a valid mall member. The member management server 5170 The mall member information table 5194 stored in the server 5185 and synchronously managed is referred to check whether or not the logged-in player is a valid mall member, and the result is transmitted to the DL software usage management server 5215. . In this example, at the time of login, a password is requested to determine whether or not the user is a valid mall member. However, such password input can be omitted. In this example, the download process can be performed only when the player has registered as a mall member, but the download process can be performed even if the player is not a mall member.

  If the DL software usage management server 5215 determines that the player is not a valid mall member, the DL software usage management server 5215 gives an instruction to display an error (step S605), and in response to this instruction, the smartphone 5235 displays an error page on the display. (Step S606). On the other hand, if the DL software usage management server 5215 determines that the player is a valid mall member, the DL software usage management server 5215 gives an instruction to display the download instruction screen (step S607). A download instruction screen is displayed on the display (step S608).

  FIG. 101 (B) shows a download instruction screen 5940. On the download instruction screen 5940, a mall member ID display unit 5942 that displays the mall member ID is displayed, and below that, a guide display unit 5943 that prompts the user to input an S / N and touch the “download” button is displayed. Furthermore, an S / N input unit 5944 for inputting S / N is displayed below, and a “download” button 5945 is displayed at the bottom.

  Here, the smartphone 5235 determines whether or not the player has touched the “download” button 5945 (step S609), and maintains the display on the download instruction screen 5940 until the “download” button 5945 is touched. . When it is determined that the player has touched the “download” button 5945, the smartphone 5235 transmits download request information including the S / N input to the S / N input unit 5944 to the DL software usage management server 5215 ( Step S610). In this example, the S / N for downloading DL software from the DL software purchasing center is input one by one, but a plurality of S / N input units 5944 are displayed on the download instruction screen 5940. May be provided so that a plurality of S / Ns can be specified together. In this example, the player sees the S / N printed on the DL software use ticket 5260 and inputs it to the S / N input unit 5944 of the download instruction screen 5940. A figure such as a two-dimensional barcode or a three-dimensional barcode printed on the smartphone may be read by the smartphone 5235, converted into S / N by a predetermined logic, and input to the S / N input unit 5944. . In addition, information regarding S / N printed on the DL software use ticket 5260 can be input to the S / N input unit 5944 via other figures and identification information.

  Next, the DL software usage management server 5215 receives download request information including S / N (step S611). Thereafter, the DB server 5185 refers to the S / N management table 5192 in response to a request from the DL software usage management server 5215, and acquires a corresponding S / N record (step S612). Then, the DL software usage management server 5215 determines whether or not the S / N received from the smartphone 5235 satisfies the download condition (step S613). For example, if the received S / N does not exist in the S / N management table 5192, or if it has already been purchased even if it exists in the S / N management table 5192, the download condition is not satisfied. If the download condition is not satisfied, an instruction is given to display an error (step S614), and in response to this instruction, the smartphone 5235 displays an error page indicating that the input S / N is incorrect on the display ( Step S615). In this example, the download process can be performed at any time, but a time limit may be set. Note that such a download deadline can be set in association with the purchase deadline for the corresponding S / N in the S / N management table 5192. If the time limit has been exceeded, control is performed so that an error page indicating that fact is displayed on the display.

  On the other hand, when the S / N received from the smartphone 5235 satisfies the download condition (that is, the DL software usage management server 5215 exists in the S / N management table 5192 and has not been purchased (purchase flag = “ If it is determined that the S / N is “0”), an instruction is given to update various tables (step S616), and in response to this instruction, the DB server 5185 performs the following update processing.

  First, in response to an instruction from the DL software usage management server 5215, the DB server 5185 downloads a record corresponding to the S / N received from the smartphone 5235 among the records stored in the DL software usage management table 5198. Is updated from “0” indicating that the download has not been performed to “1” indicating that the download has been performed (step S617). At this time, the mall member ID is stored in the mall member ID field of the DL software usage management table 5198. This is to prevent other players from easily using the DL software. Next, the DB server 5185 acquires DL software having a product ID corresponding to the designated S / N from the DL software storage area 5199 (step S618). Here, the DL software corresponding to the S / N can be grasped by referring to the S / N management table 5192.

  Next, the DL software usage management server 5215 transmits the DL software acquired from the DB server 5185 to the smartphone 5235 (step S619), and in response, the smartphone 5235 receives the DL software, and the (RAM) of the smartphone 5235 Etc.) (step S620). When the download is completed, a message indicating that the download is complete is displayed on the display.

  In this example, data or input data for displaying a download instruction screen or the like when the WEB browser executed on the smartphone 5235 accesses the mobile I / F server 5220 functioning as a WEB server or an ASP server or the like. 100 for realizing the processing of the smartphone 5235 in the download processing shown in FIG. 100. Here, for convenience, the mobile I / F server 5220 is based on the HTML standard or the like as a WEB server or an APS server. The operation content is also described as the processing content of the smartphone 5235.

  An application downloaded to the smartphone 5235 via the network 5230 or another network is executed by the smartphone 5235, and the application is downloaded to the DL software use management server 5215 via the network 5230 and the mobile I / F server 5220. Download processing may be realized by transmitting and receiving data.

  In this example, DL software is downloaded to the storage area of the smartphone 5235, and then the smartphone 5235 can execute the DL software by touching and selecting an icon corresponding to the DL software. it can. However, in the present embodiment, the form in which the DL software can be used by the DL software use ticket 5260 is not limited to the case where the execution program of the DL software is downloaded to the smartphone 5235 in this way. For example, a form in which the smartphone 5235 can use predetermined software (application) in a state where the DL software execution program is not downloaded to the smartphone 5235 by a mechanism using an ASP server or a cloud computing mechanism is also available. It is included in the use of DL software by 5260. In this case, the ASP server or the like enables the smartphone 5235 to use the application after confirming that the S / N transmitted from the smartphone 5235 satisfies the use condition for the application managed by the ASP server. .

  Next, with reference to FIG. 102, the DL software use process (that is, the process of executing the DL software after downloading the DL software to the smartphone 5235) will be described in detail. This process is started by downloading the DL software to the smartphone 5235 and then starting the DL software by touching an icon corresponding to the DL software. FIG. 102 is a flowchart in which the usage process is described for each subject of the smartphone 5235, the DL software usage management server 5215, and the DB server 5185.

  As shown in FIG. 102, first, the smartphone 5235 displays an S / N input screen (not shown) on the display of the smartphone 5235 for input of S / N (step S631). An S / N input screen and an authentication button are displayed on the S / N input screen, and it is determined whether or not the player inputs the S / N of the DL software to the S / N input portion and touches the authentication button. (Step S632), and the display of the S / N input screen is maintained until the S / N input and the authentication button are touched. When the S / N is input and the authentication button is touched, the unique ID such as IDm acquired from the smartphone 5235 and the input S / N are transmitted to the DL software usage management server 5215 (step S633).

  Next, the DL software usage management server 5215 receives the unique ID and the input S / N (step S634). Thereafter, the DB server 5185 refers to the S / N management table 5192 in response to a request from the DL software usage management server 5215, and acquires a corresponding S / N record (step S635). Then, the DL software usage management server 5215 determines whether or not the S / N received from the smartphone 5235 satisfies the usage conditions (step S636). For example, if the received S / N does not exist in the S / N management table 5192 or if it has already been purchased even if it exists in the S / N management table 5192, the usage conditions are satisfied. Absent. If the usage conditions are not satisfied, an instruction is given to display an error (step S637), and in response to this instruction, the smartphone 5235 displays an error page indicating that the input S / N is incorrect on the display ( Step S638). Furthermore, referring to the mall member information table 5194 and the DL software usage management table 5198, it is determined whether or not the player is a mall member who downloaded the DL software corresponding to the S / N. In some cases, an error message can be displayed as described above. In this example, the player can use the DL software at any time as long as it is a legitimate use, but a time limit may be set. Note that such a use time limit can be set in association with the purchase time limit for the corresponding S / N in the S / N management table 5192. If the time limit has been exceeded, control is performed so that an error page indicating that fact is displayed on the display.

  On the other hand, when the S / N received from the smartphone 5235 satisfies the usage condition (that is, the DL software usage management server 5215 exists in the S / N management table 5192 and has not been purchased (purchase flag = “ If it is determined that the S / N is 0) and the player is a mall member who has downloaded the DL software corresponding to the S / N, an instruction is given to update the table ( In step S639), in response to this instruction, the DB server 5185 performs the following update process.

  That is, the DB server 5185 sets a usage counter of a record corresponding to the S / N received from the smartphone 5235 among the records stored in the DL software usage management table 5198 in response to an instruction from the DL software usage management server 5215. 1 is added and the last use date and time is set (step S640).

  Next, the DL software usage management server 5215 transmits a permission signal for permitting the use of DL software to the smartphone 5235 (step S641), and in response, the smartphone 5235 starts executing the DL software ( Step S642).

  In this example, each time the DL software downloaded to the smartphone 5235 is activated, the player inputs the S / N, but the S / N input is requested only after being activated a plurality of times. You may make it do. Further, the S / N is stored in the storage area of the smartphone 5235, and when the DL software is activated, the S / N is automatically transmitted to the DL software utilization management server 5215 so that the player can May not be input.

  Next, a description will be given of a case where prizes are exchanged in the prize exchange system 5001 according to the sixth embodiment of the present invention. In the prize exchange system 5001, the player can perform mall member registration and prize selection instructions by the same method as the prize exchange system 1. On the other hand, with respect to the prize exchange instruction, the prize exchange system 1 manages the number of holdings for each type of game medium based on the storage / medal of game media for the purpose of exchanging for a general prize. With reference to (a table similar to the mall member game medium holding number management table 652 shown in FIG. 18C), the payment of expenses necessary for the exchange of prizes is managed. Refer to the electronic value management table 5193 shown in FIG. 92 (D) for the purpose of exchanging prizes while maintaining the framework of the prize exchange system for exchanging with general prizes and also for exchanging with special prizes. Manage payments for required expenses.

  Therefore, in the prize exchange system 5001, a prize exchange instruction based on the data stored in the mall member game medium holding number management table 5562 and a prize exchange system 5001 newly provided by the same method as the prize exchange system 1 are provided. A prize exchange instruction based on data stored in the electronic value management table 5193 is provided as a separate mechanism.

  In this regard, the prize exchange system 5001 according to the sixth embodiment of the present invention is realized in the same manner as the prize exchange system 4001 according to the fifth embodiment described above with respect to a prize exchange instruction. That is, the prize exchange process can be performed via the prize exchange login screen 4920 shown in FIG. 81 (A) and the prize exchange instruction screen 4930 shown in FIG. 81 (B).

  So far, the prize exchange system 5001 according to the sixth embodiment of the present invention has been described by taking the system configuration shown in FIG. 82 as an example, but the characteristic processing of the present invention can be realized by various other configurations. It is. For example, each server of the DL software purchase center may be provided with a related table, and various variations can be considered for the server arrangement in the DL software purchase center and the configuration of each table in the purchase management DB 5190. .

  In the present embodiment, when the smartphone 5235 accesses the DL software purchase server 5210 and transmits a purchase request, it is determined whether or not it is a mall member by recognizing the IDm of the smartphone 5235 as a unique ID. However, it is also possible to perform the authentication process by inputting a code and password by a player or reading a contactless IC card as a membership card.

[Description of the prize exchange system according to the seventh embodiment of the present invention]
Next, with reference to FIG. 103, the system outline | summary of the prize exchange system which concerns on the 7th Embodiment of this invention is demonstrated. A premium exchange system 6001 shown in FIG. 103 partially extends the function of the premium exchange system 5001 described above, and can be said to be a modification of the premium exchange system 5001. Accordingly, components that are basically the same as those of the prize exchange system 5001 are denoted by the same reference numerals, and detailed description thereof is omitted. The prize exchange system 6001 in FIG. 103 is preferably an online mail order linked prize exchange system.

  In the free gift exchange system 6001 shown in FIG. 103, compared to the free gift exchange system 5001, a coupon exchange server 6170 is newly installed in the DL software purchase center, and instead of the mobile I / F server 5220, a mobile I / F server 5220 is provided. A mobile I / F server 5220 ′, which is an extension of the above functions, is arranged. Also, the purchase management DB 5190 has a table added as will be described later, and is a purchase management DB 5190 '.

  Further, in the gift exchange system 6001 shown in FIG. 103, a coupon management server 6200 arranged in the area limited shopping coupon management center is connected to a coupon exchange server 6170 arranged in the DL software purchase center via a network. This network may be a network including the Internet or a network such as a VPN. Further, either a wired network or a wireless network may be used. In the regional limited shopping coupon management center, the coupon management server 6200 manages the issuance and delivery of coupons (regional limited shopping coupons). An area-limited shopping coupon is a coupon equivalent to a so-called “regional promotion ticket” that can be used in a specified area that can be used within a limited area such as a city, ward, town, village, or prefecture. Each hall store is associated with an area-limited shopping coupon management center related to the area corresponding to the address of the hall store. As described above, a typical example of a regional limited shopping coupon is a “regional promotion ticket”, but other than this, for example, a coupon that can be used in a specific region or a specific store is included. . In addition, the region-limited shopping coupon includes all region-limited coupons that can be used to purchase products and services. Note that the connection forms and server configurations of the coupon exchange server 6170 and the coupon management server 6200 are merely examples, and the same functions can be realized in various other forms. Further, the regional limited shopping coupon management center is merely an example, and various companies and institutions can be incorporated into the gift exchange system 6001. For example, in a restaurant chain store that is deployed nationwide, when a coupon is issued only for a predetermined store, the server of the restaurant chain store can function as the coupon management server 6200.

  In the example of the free gift exchange system 6001 shown in FIG. 103, the DL software use ticket issuing server 5200 and the DL software purchase server 5210 are arranged in the DL software purchase center, but these two servers are not necessarily the same. It is not necessary to arrange in the DL software purchase center, and they may be arranged in physically different places. Furthermore, the DL software use ticket issuing server 5200 and the DL software purchase server 5210 can be operated by different operating corporations.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 104, an overall processing outline among the player, the DL software purchase center, and the regional limited shopping coupon management center will be described. The relationship with other hall stores, players, DL software purchase centers, and computer centers is as shown in FIG. As shown in FIG. 83, the smartphone 5235 owned by the player accesses the WEB page according to the URL printed on the DL software use ticket 5260 issued by the DL software use ticket issuing device 5150 in the hall store, and the player there However, DL software is purchased (exchanged for electronic value), DL software is purchased at the DL software purchasing center, and electronic value is given and managed for each player.

  In FIG. 104, the player operates the smartphone 5235 to exchange the electronic value given to each player as described above with a regional limited shopping coupon ticket (hereinafter referred to as a coupon ticket 6260). That is, in exchange for the coupon ticket 6260, the player operates the smartphone 5235, accesses the DL software purchase center, designates the electronic value as the consideration for the exchange, and specifies the coupon ticket 6260 to be exchanged, and then issues an exchange request. Is done by doing. Thereafter, the DL software purchase center issues a coupon issue instruction and a coupon delivery instruction to the area-limited shopping coupon management center. In response to these instructions, the coupon management server 6200 of the regional limited shopping coupon management center issues a coupon ticket 6260 and delivers the issued coupon ticket 6260 to the designated player's address.

  The coupon management server 6200 of the limited shopping coupon management center can charge the DL software purchase center for expenses related to the issuance of the coupon ticket 6260 in consideration of various fees as necessary. The DL software purchase center has already been acquired at the hall store for the electronic value given to the player as a result of the game media acquired at the hall store being converted into the DL software use ticket 5260 and the DL software use ticket 5260 being purchased. When the DL software use ticket 5260 is issued or when the DL software use ticket 5260 is purchased at the DL software purchase center, the hall store has been charged for the cost corresponding to the electronic value. The DL software purchase center will respond to the request from the regional limited shopping coupon management center.

  In addition, the claim to the DL software purchase center by the area-limited shopping coupon management center can be collectively performed for a plurality of coupon ticket issuing processes or can be performed collectively for each predetermined period. In addition, in the example of FIG. 104, it is shown that the amount billing by the regional limited shopping coupon management center is performed from the coupon management server 6200 of the regional limited shopping coupon management center to the DL software purchasing center. It is merely a notation for convenience. Actually, for example, a charge is sent to the bank account of the DL software purchasing center by sending a settlement instruction from the regional limited shopping coupon management center to a predetermined bank settlement system. It becomes processing. Similarly, it is a notation for convenience that the amount payment is shown as being performed from the DL software purchase center to the regional limited shopping coupon management center. In addition, settlement between the DL software purchase center and the regional limited shopping coupon management center can be realized by a number of routes including the respective operating entities. Here, the processing in the DL software purchase center has been described without specifying a server, but the functions of various servers will be described in detail later.

  Next, with regard to the configuration of each server, the configurations of the coupon exchange server 6170 and the coupon management server 6200 are the same as those of the member management server 5170 (see FIG. 85) of the premium exchange system 5001 described above, and are therefore omitted. . However, in coupon exchange server 6170, the interface controls data communication with coupon management server 6200, member management server 5170, and mobile I / F server 5220 ′, respectively. Data communication with the exchange server 6170 is controlled. The mobile I / F server 5220 'controls data communication between the coupon exchange server 6170 and the DL software purchase server 5210, respectively.

  Next, functions of the coupon exchange server 6170 and the coupon management server 6200 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 105A is a functional block diagram of coupon exchange server 6170. The coupon exchange server 6170 includes an access management unit 6171, a member management unit 6172, an exchange request management unit 6173, and a network I / F unit 6174. The access management unit 6171 controls the coupon exchange server 6170 to access the coupon management server 6200 via the network I / F unit 6174. When there is a login from the player's smartphone 5235, the member management unit 6172 checks whether or not the player is a mall member who has registered as a mall member. In this example, it is set so that coupon tickets can be exchanged only for mall members, but such settings can be arbitrarily set according to the system. The member management unit 6172 cooperates with the mall member management unit 5181 of the member management server 5170, and based on the unique ID read from the player's smartphone 5235, the player is a registered mall member. If it is not a mall member, the exchange request from the player is rejected, and an error message is displayed.

  The exchange request management unit 6173 receives the exchange request information when there is an exchange request from the player's smartphone 5235, and responds to the coupon management server 6200 of the regional limited shopping coupon management center according to the exchange request information. , A coupon voucher issuance instruction, and a coupon voucher delivery instruction are transmitted. In the coupon ticket issuing instruction, the type and number of coupon tickets to be issued are transmitted, and in the coupon ticket distributing instruction, the player's delivery address is transmitted. The ticket type and number of coupons are obtained based on the electronic value possessed by the player specified by the player. Moreover, the exchange information containing the exchange result of the coupon ticket 6260 can also be transmitted to the smart phone 5235 as needed.

  In addition, as shown in FIG. 105 (A), an action history management unit is provided in the coupon exchange server 6170, and information regarding operations, etc., in which a player has issued a coupon ticket issuance instruction based on the electronic value owned by the player is provided to the mall member. It can also be stored in the action history management table 5196. Further, the network I / F unit 6174 is connected to a network such as the Internet and controls to perform data transmission / reception with a partner computer (in this case, the coupon management server 6200 and the member management server 5170). (The same applies to a network I / F unit 6205 of a coupon management server 6200 described later).

  FIG. 105B is a functional block diagram of the coupon management server 6200. The coupon management server 6200 includes an access management unit 6201, a coupon issue management unit 6202, a coupon delivery management unit 6203, an amount billing unit 6204, and a network I / F unit 6205. The access management unit 6201 controls the coupon management server 6200 to access the coupon exchange server 6170 via the network I / F unit 6205. The coupon issue management unit 6202 issues a specified number of coupon tickets 6260 of the specified ticket type in response to a coupon ticket issue instruction from the coupon exchange server 6170. Coupon delivery management unit 6203 performs processing related to delivery of coupon ticket 6260 in response to a coupon ticket delivery instruction from coupon exchange server 6170. The procedure of delivery of the issued coupon ticket 6260 is actually performed by the staff of the regional limited shopping coupon management center or the like, but in the coupon delivery management unit 6203, for example, delivery with the designated delivery address of the player as the address Automatically prints votes. When a coupon voucher 6260 is issued, the amount billing unit 6204 charges the amount of currency value corresponding to the electronic value corresponding to the coupon voucher 6260 to the DL software purchase center that has instructed the issuance of the voucher 6260. .

  FIG. 106 shows an example of a coupon management table 6191 newly added in the present embodiment, and is stored in the purchase management DB 5190 '. Information on the coupon ticket 6260 is managed, and each coupon includes items of coupon ID, name, issuer, address, first ticket type, and second ticket type.

  Next, referring to FIG. 107, the process proceeds to a DL software purchase process (that is, a process for causing the DL software purchase center to purchase DL software), a DL software download process, or a coupon ticket 6260 exchange process. A selection process for selecting whether to proceed will be described. FIG. 107A is a flowchart showing the selection process, and the subject of the process is the smartphone 5235. Here, a WEB browser is executed on the smartphone 5235, and this and a mobile I / F server 5220 functioning as a WEB server or an ASP server, access to a WEB page (WEB site), display of a WEB page, data transmission / reception, etc. Here, for convenience, these processes are described as processes of the smartphone 5235. FIG. 107 (B) is a diagram showing a process selection screen displayed on the display of smartphone 5235.

  As shown in FIG. 107 (A), when the player first operates the smartphone 5235 to access the WEB page represented by the URL printed on the DL software use ticket 5260, the process is performed on the display of the smartphone 5235. A selection screen is displayed (step S701). FIG. 107B shows a process selection screen 6890 displayed at this time. In the process selection screen 6890, as shown in FIG. 107 (B), a guide display part 6892 that prompts a process selection operation is displayed, and below that, a “buy” button 6893, a “download” button 6894, and a “coupon” are displayed. A “exchange ticket” button 6895 is displayed.

  In step S702 in FIG. 107A, it is determined whether or not a button touch by the player is performed on the smartphone 5235, and the display of the process selection screen 6890 is maintained until the button touch is performed. When the button touch is performed, it is determined whether the touched button is the “buy” button 5893, the “download” button 5894, or the “coupon exchange” button 6895 (step S703). When the “Buy” button 5893 is touched, the DL software purchase process is started, and when the “Download” button 5894 is touched, the download process is started. When the “coupon ticket exchange” button 6895 is touched, the coupon ticket exchange process is started. In this example, since it is a condition that each process is a mall member, it is possible to perform a member check on the process selection screen 6890. Here, it is determined whether or not the user is a mall member at the start of each process. It was decided to check. In the case of DL software purchase processing and DL software download processing, the above processing selection screen 6890 is displayed on the WEB page represented by the URL printed on the DL software use ticket 5260, and the coupon ticket is displayed. In the case of 6260 exchange processing, a WEB page represented by a URL different from this may be accessed separately.

  Next, with reference to FIGS. 108, 109, and 110, the coupon exchange process will be described in detail. As described above, this process is started when the “coupon exchange” button 6895 is touched on the process selection screen 6890 of FIG. 107 (B). FIG. 108 is a flowchart in which coupon ticket exchange processing is described for each subject of the smartphone 5235, the coupon exchange server 6170, and the DB server 5185, and FIG. 109 is a coupon ticket exchange instruction screen displayed on the display of the smartphone 5235. FIG. 110 is a diagram illustrating a coupon ticket selection screen, and FIG. 110 is a diagram illustrating a coupon ticket exchange result display screen displayed on the display of the smartphone 5235.

  As shown in FIG. 108, first, the smartphone 5235 displays a coupon exchange login screen on the display of the smartphone 5235 for the coupon exchange process (step S711). Although not shown here, the coupon exchange login screen is the same as the DL software purchase login screen 5900 shown in FIG. 98 (A), in which a guide display portion password input portion and a “login” button are displayed. .

  Next, the smartphone 5235 determines whether or not the player has input the password to the password input unit and touched the “login” button (step S712), and the password is input and the “login” button is touched. Keep displaying the coupon exchange login screen until. When the password is input and the “login” button is touched, the unique ID such as IDm acquired from the smartphone 5235 and the input password are transmitted to the coupon exchange server 6170 (step S713).

  When the coupon exchange server 6170 receives the unique ID and password from the smartphone 5235, the coupon exchange server 6170 determines whether or not the logged-in player is a mall member (step S714). Here, the coupon exchange server 6170 inquires whether or not the logged-in player is a valid mall member by transmitting the unique ID and password to the member management server 5170. The member management server 5170 receives the DB server 5185. The mall member information table 5194 stored and synchronized and checked is checked whether the logged-in player is a valid mall member, and the result is transmitted to the coupon exchange server 6170. In this example, at the time of login, a password is requested to determine whether or not the user is a valid mall member. However, such password input can be omitted. Further, in this example, the coupon ticket exchange process is possible only when the player has registered as a mall member, but the coupon ticket exchange process can be performed even if the player is not a mall member.

  When it is determined that the player is not a valid mall member, the coupon exchange server 6170 gives an instruction to display an error (step S715), and in response to this instruction, the smartphone 5235 displays an error page on the display ( Step S716). On the other hand, when it is determined that the player is a valid mall member, the coupon exchange server 6170 gives an instruction to display a coupon ticket exchange instruction screen (step S717), and in response to this instruction, the smartphone 5235 A coupon exchange instruction screen is displayed on the display (step S719).

  FIG. 109 (A) shows a coupon exchange instruction screen 6900. On the coupon ticket exchange instruction screen 6900, a mall member ID display portion 6902 for displaying the mall member ID is displayed, and below this, a guide for prompting the user to input the electronic value to be exchanged for the coupon ticket 6260 and touch the “exchange” button. A display unit 6903 is displayed, and further below it, an electronic value display unit 6904 for displaying the electronic value currently held by the player is displayed, and below that an electronic value to be exchanged for the coupon ticket 6260 is input. An electronic value input section 6905 is displayed, and an “exchange” button 6906 is displayed at the bottom. Note that the coupon exchange server 6170 refers to the electronic value management table 5193 via the DB server 5185 in order to acquire the electronic value currently held by the player displayed on the electronic value display unit 6904 (step S718).

  Here, the smartphone 5235 determines whether or not the player inputs the electronic value to the electronic value input unit 6905 and touches the “exchange” button 6906 (step S720), and inputs the electronic value and “exchanges”. The display of the coupon exchange instruction screen 6900 is maintained until the button 6906 is touched. When it is determined that the player has input the electronic value and touched the “exchange” button 6906, the smartphone 5235 stores the electronic value input to the electronic value input unit 6905 in a predetermined storage area of the smartphone 5235. , (As exchange request information) is transmitted to the coupon exchange server 6170 (step S721), and the coupon exchange server 6170 instructs the DB server 5185 to acquire coupon information (step S722). The DB server 5185 refers to the coupon management table 6191 in response to a request from the coupon exchange server 6170, and transmits the contents of each item to the coupon exchange server 6170 as coupon information (step S723). As shown in FIG. 106, the coupon ticket management table 6191 has items of coupon ID, name, issuer, address, first ticket type, and second ticket type. In the coupon exchange instruction screen 6900, the electronic value to be exchanged is input in the electronic value input unit 6905. However, such electronic value can be input later, and the currency value corresponding to the electronic value is When the amount is smaller than the minimum ticket type of the coupon ticket 6260, the issue instruction of the coupon ticket 6260 is not issued. Also, if a value exceeding the electronic value held by the player is entered, an error occurs. Further, without providing the electronic value input unit 6905, a predetermined coupon ticket 6260 corresponding to a predetermined electronic value may be issued in a fixed manner by touching the “exchange” button 6906.

  Here, the coupon exchange server 6170 first obtains a store code associated with the player (for example, a store code associated with the mall member ID of the player with reference to the mall member information table 5194). Address) and the address of the issuer of coupon voucher 6260 included in the voucher information are determined to be selected within a certain distance range, and then the electronic value received from smartphone 5235 If there is a coupon ticket that cannot be exchanged (for example, when the amount of the minimum ticket type of the coupon ticket is larger than the currency value determined based on the electronic value), the coupon ticket is excluded from the selection target. The coupon exchange server 6170 instructs the smartphone 5235 to display the coupon ticket selection screen so as to display the coupon ticket to be selected thus determined (step S724).

  In response to this instruction, the smartphone 5235 displays a coupon selection screen on the display (step S725). FIG. 109 (B) shows a coupon ticket selection screen 6910. On the coupon ticket selection screen 6910, a mall member ID display unit 6912 for displaying the mall member ID is displayed, and a guide display unit 6913 for prompting selection of a coupon ticket 6260 to be exchanged is displayed thereunder, and further below. A coupon voucher selection candidate display section 6914 in which candidates for the coupon voucher 6260 to be exchanged are displayed in a list by a pull-down menu is displayed, and a “decision” button 6915 is displayed at the bottom. In this example, the name of the coupon voucher 6260 to be exchanged is displayed as a candidate list so that it can be selected by the player. However, the coupon voucher selection screen is displayed so as to correspond to only one coupon voucher 6260. The display of 6910 may be omitted. Further, a plurality of coupon tickets may be fixedly displayed and the coupon ticket selection screen 6910 may be displayed. In this example, the address of the issuer of the coupon voucher 6260 and the address of the hall store are automatically listed as selection candidates, but the coupon voucher 6260 can be selected according to other selection criteria. Selection candidates may be determined. For example, various criteria can be used, including criteria such as the same municipality as the hall store, or belonging to the same organization (such as a shopping street or a business association).

  Here, the smartphone 5235 determines whether or not the player selects the coupon ticket 6260 and touches the “decision” button 6915 (step S726), and selects the coupon ticket 6260 and the “decision” button 6915. The coupon ticket selection screen 6910 is maintained until touched. If it is determined that the player has selected the coupon ticket 6260 and touched the “OK” button 6915, the smartphone 5235 stores the electronic value stored in the predetermined storage area of the smartphone 5235, and a coupon ticket selection candidate display unit. Exchange request information including a coupon ticket (coupon ID, name, etc.) selected from 6914 is transmitted to the coupon exchange server 6170 (step S727), and the coupon exchange server 6170 receives this exchange request information (step S728). . The electronic value is already transmitted to the coupon exchange server 6170 as the exchange request information in step S721. Therefore, the electronic value is not necessarily transmitted here.

  Next, the coupon exchange server 6170 receives the electronic value received from the smartphone 5235 (value obtained by converting the electronic value into a currency unit) and the ticket type of the coupon ticket 2620 to be exchanged from the ticket type corresponding to the selected coupon ID. The number of sheets is determined, and with this content, the coupon management server 6200 is instructed to issue coupons and deliver coupons (step S729). Further, in the coupon ticket delivery instruction, the player's delivery address is transmitted, and this may be the delivery address stored in the mall member information table 5194, or may be input or selected by the player. May be. Further, the coupon exchange server 6170 accesses the coupon management server 6200 corresponding to each of the coupon tickets 6260 according to the coupon ticket 6260 selected by the player, and issues a coupon ticket issue instruction and a coupon ticket delivery instruction. (When managing the coupon management server 6200 in common, there is one coupon management server 6200).

  Further, the coupon exchange server 6170, when assigning the electronic value to the ticket type of the coupon ticket 6260, generates a remainder (for example, the currency value corresponding to the electronic value is 5000 yen, the minimum amount of the coupon ticket 6260) When the ticket type is 2000 yen), the remaining electronic value is held as it is as the electronic value of the player. Further, the coupon exchange server 6170 transmits the received electronic value (or a value obtained by converting the electronic value into a currency unit) to the coupon management server 6200, and the coupon type and number of coupon tickets 6260 assigned by the coupon management server 6200 are displayed. , And the remainder can be received.

  Next, the coupon exchange server 6170 gives an instruction to update the table or the like (step S729), and the DB server 5185 performs the following update process in response to this instruction.

  First, the DB server 5185 subtracts the electronic value input by the player in the smartphone 5235 and exchanged for the coupon ticket 6260 from the electronic value of the player stored in the electronic value management table 5193 ( Step S731). Note that, as described above, of the electronic value input by the player, there is no remainder when the coupon 6260 is exchanged and is not used for exchange.

  Next, in accordance with an instruction from the coupon exchange server 6170, the DB server 5185 obtains electronic value data (numerical value of the electronic value subtracted in step S731) possessed by the player (mall member) who performed the coupon exchange process. The exchange information is transmitted to the coupon exchange server 6170 (step S732).

  Next, when the coupon exchange server 6170 receives the exchange information including the electronic value data of the player (mall member) who has performed the coupon exchange processing from the DB server 5185, the coupon ticket that issued the coupon management server 6200 is instructed to be issued. The smart phone 5235 displays the coupon exchange result display screen including a message notifying that the exchange of the coupon type 6260 is included in the exchange information and transmitted to the smartphone 5235 and the exchange to the coupon ticket 6260 is completed. In response to this instruction, the smartphone 5235 displays a coupon exchange result display screen on the display (step S734).

  FIG. 110 shows a coupon exchange result display screen 6920 displayed in this way. On the coupon exchange result display screen 6920 shown in FIG. 110, a mall member ID display unit 6922 where the mall member ID is displayed is displayed, and below that, a guide display unit 6923 indicating that the exchange to the coupon ticket 6260 has been completed. Below that, a coupon name display section 6924 that displays the name of the coupon issued by the current exchange is displayed, and below that, an electronic value that displays the electronic value currently held by the player is displayed. A value display portion 6925 is displayed, and a message display portion 6926 that displays a message indicating which coupons are issued and delivered to the player's address is displayed at the bottom.

  In this example, a player with a mall member = “U004” chooses to exchange for a city promotion ticket, and the exchange is completed, and the electronic value possessed by the player has decreased from 1000 to 0 It is shown.

  In this example, the WEB browser executed on the smartphone 5235 accesses the mobile I / F server 5220 functioning as a WEB server, an ASP server, or the like, thereby displaying data for displaying a coupon exchange instruction screen or the like. 108, the smartphone 5235 in the coupon exchange process shown in FIG. 108 is realized. Here, for convenience, the mobile I / F server 5220 is used as a WEB server or an APS server. The content that operates based on the standard or the like is also described as the processing content of the smartphone 5235.

  In addition, an application downloaded to the smartphone 5235 via the network 5230 or another network is executed by the smartphone 5235, and the application exchanges data with the coupon exchange server 6170 via the network 5230 and the mobile I / F server 5220. You may make it implement | achieve a coupon exchange process by transmitting / receiving.

  Further, the coupon exchange server 6170 includes data (or data obtained from these) that is included in the exchange information received from the coupon management server 6200 and indicates the type and number of coupon tickets 2620 that have been issued to the coupon management server 6200. Is stored in a predetermined storage means, and when the expenses related to the issuance of the coupon voucher 6260 are requested from the coupon management server 6200 of the area-limited shopping coupon management center to the DL software purchase center, these data are It can be used to verify the validity of the billing amount.

  Similar to the prize exchange instruction in the prize exchange system 5001 according to the sixth embodiment of the present invention, in this embodiment, the coupon ticket exchange process is performed outside the hall store using the player's smartphone 5235, PC, or the like. be able to.

  As described above, the prize exchange system 6001 according to the seventh embodiment of the present invention has been described as partially extending the function of the prize exchange system 5001 according to the sixth embodiment of the present invention. The present invention can also be applied to the free gift exchange system 4001 according to the fifth embodiment of the present invention. With this configuration, the electronic value given to the player by purchasing the mail-order free gift exchange ticket 4260 can be obtained. By this, it becomes possible to acquire a coupon ticket 6260 which is an area limited shopping coupon. Furthermore, the prize exchange system 6001 is applied to the prize exchange system 1 according to the first embodiment of the present invention to the prize exchange system 3001 according to the fourth embodiment, and the player has gained by saving money (stored medals). The coupon management server 6200 of the regional limited shopping coupon management center can be made to issue and deliver the coupon ticket 6260 using the value or the electronic value acquired by the small amount savings as a price. For example, in the prize exchange system 1, the prize exchange control unit 605 of the backbone server 600 specifies the quantity and electronic value of the game media held by the player and the player in accordance with the player's instruction from the prize exchange device. The coupon type and number of exchangeable coupons are determined from the coupon coupon 6260, and the coupon management server 6200 is accessed to access the coupon management server 6200 so that the coupon management server 6200 acquires the determined coupon ticket 6260. Ticket delivery instructions can be given.

  Up to this point, the gift exchange system 6001 according to the seventh embodiment of the present invention has been described by taking the system configuration shown in FIG. 103 as an example, but the characteristic processing of the present invention can be realized by various other configurations. It is. For example, the coupon exchange server 6170 can be distributed and integrated with other servers, and each server of the DL software purchase center may have a related table. Various variations can be considered for the server arrangement in the DL software purchase center and the configuration of each table in the purchase management DB 5190 ′.

[Description of the prize exchange system according to the eighth embodiment of the present invention]
With reference to FIG. 111, the system outline | summary of the prize exchange system which concerns on the 8th Embodiment of this invention is demonstrated. A prize exchange system 7001 shown in FIG. 111 is configured to include a device arranged in a hall store and a computer center device, as in the above-described gift exchange system 1 shown in FIG. Is connected to the terminal of the online shopping site via a network such as the Internet. The prize exchange system 7001 in FIG. 111 is preferably an online mail order-linked prize exchange system.

  A prize exchange system 7001 shown in FIG. 111 cooperates with a hall system 7002 when a hall system 7002 (separate from the prize exchange system 7001) for managing stored balls, stored medals, prizes, etc. is operated in the hall store. Work to allow players to select prizes, exchange prizes, and order prizes. In this case, the prize exchange system 7001 and the hall system 7002 do not need to be systematically connected, but these systems can be connected by a network to transmit and receive predetermined data. . The hall system 7002 basically refers to a system of a provider different from the provider (provider / manufacturer) of the prize exchange system 7001, but includes various other systems.

  The hall system 7002 shown in FIG. 111 includes a hall computer 7400, a hall DB 7430, a gaming machine 7010, a sand device 7020, and a prize POS 7500 in the hall store, and these are the hall computers 400 of the hall store in the prize exchange system 1, respectively. , Hall DB 430, gaming machine 10, sand device 20, premium POS500.

  The hall computer 7400 has a function of managing information on the state of the devices (including the player's game situation, etc.), members, and prizes arranged in the hall store, and a hall DB 7430 that records various data. Is provided. The gaming machine 7010 is, for example, a pachislot machine or a pachinko machine, and a player acquires a game medium (medal or pachinko ball) by playing with them. In addition, the gaming machine 7010 is connected to the hall computer 7400 and the sand device 7020, and exchanges information regarding the gaming status and the number of game media held (number of medals, number of balls).

  The prize POS 7500 is installed at a prize exchange counter in the hall store, and the staff of the hall shop is used to deal with the prize exchange of the player. For example, the receipt issued by the counting device is read, or the count value and the holding number transmitted from the sand device 7020 are read, and a prize corresponding to this is provided to the player. In this embodiment, the number of game media held by the player ascertained by the staff using the prize POS 7500 is input to the prize exchange terminal 7530 to be provided to the prize exchange system 7001, and the prize exchange system 7001 can exchange prizes. To do. Also, the prize POS 7500 and the prize exchange system 7001 can be connected to the network, and the number of game media held can be electronically provided to the prize exchange system 7001. The counting device is a device that counts the number of balls (medals) acquired by the player, and is used as an island edge counting device, a sand device with a counting function for each vehicle, and other counting devices. It is a device that can be placed in place. Hereinafter, when it is not necessary to distinguish these devices, they are simply referred to as “counters”.

  A free gift exchange system 7001 shown in FIG. 111 can be regarded as a modification of the free gift exchange system 1 shown in FIG. 1, and the same functions as the free gift exchange system 1, such as free gift selection control, free gift exchange control, free gift ordering control, and the like. Prepare. The prize exchange system 7001 includes a backbone server 7600, a backbone DB 7650, a mobile I / F server 7680, a shop management server 7700, and a prize DB 7750 in the computer center, which are the backbone server 600 and the backbone in the prize exchange system 1, respectively. This corresponds to the DB 650, the mobile I / F server 680, the shop management server 700, and the prize DB 750. The wireless network 7690 corresponds to the network 690 in the prize exchange system 1.

  The core server 7600 manages the user of the free gift exchange system 7001 according to the present embodiment as a mall member, and performs free gift selection control processing and free gift exchange control processing according to the player's free gift selection and free gift exchange operations, When the prize exchange is determined, a prize ordering process is automatically performed for the corresponding online mail order site. Information about mall members and information regarding prize selection and prize exchange is stored in the backbone DB 7650.

  The mobile I / F server 7680 provides a WEB server function for providing a predetermined WEB page to these devices in response to an access from a WEB browser executed by the smartphone 7570 or the feature phone. The smartphone 7570 and the like function as a prize selection device, and the player can perform mall member registration and prize selection processing using the smartphone 7570 and the like. In addition, it can also function as an application server that transmits and receives data in response to access from other applications executed on the smartphone 7570 or the like. The mobile I / F server 7680 refers to and updates data in the backbone DB 7650 in accordance with the operation of the smartphone 7570 and the like. Note that the smartphone 7570 or the like is a computer carried by the player, and can function as a prize selection device in a hall store or any other place.

  The shop management server 7700 collects and manages information related to shops on a plurality of online shopping sites, collects information related to products handled on the online shopping site, and selects information about the products when a predetermined condition is satisfied. Store as something that can be displayed on the device. Information regarding these shops and information regarding merchandise are stored in the prize DB 7750. Further, in response to a command from the backbone server 7600, a premium delivery instruction is transmitted to the corresponding online shopping site.

  Also, in the prize exchange system 7001, different I / F servers are prepared according to the connection route with the shop terminal of the online shopping site connected to the prize exchange system 7001, the system in which the shop terminal is managed, and the like. . For example, data related to registration of a product that is a candidate for a prize is transmitted from a shop terminal to an I / F server terminal based on an instruction from the shop terminal, and a player is sent from the I / F server to the shop terminal. Based on a gift exchange instruction from a terminal operated by the user, data relating to ordering of products is transmitted.

  Here, the shop terminal of the online mail order site is a terminal device such as a PC (personal computer) used by the online mail order shop. For example, the shop terminal 7804 uses a cross-type EC mall linkage system I of the gift exchange system 7001 via a cross-type EC mall linkage system 7802 that realizes a mechanism that allows a shop to register products and the like across a plurality of EC malls. The shop terminal 7824 is connected to the EC mall management system I / F server 7820 of the gift exchange system 7001 via the EC mall management system 7822 that manages registration of the shop with the EC mall. The shop terminal 7844 is connected to the shop system I / F server 7840 of the gift exchange system 7001 via the shop system 7842 when the shop has its own shop system 7842. Further, the shop terminal 7864 is directly connected to the individual shop I / F server 7860.

  In this example, the I / F server corresponding to the four typical connection forms related to the shop terminal is arranged, but the shop terminal is connected by another connection form. Can newly arrange a corresponding I / F server. Also, fewer I / F servers can be used, and conversely, more I / F servers corresponding to subdivided functions can be used. Further, the I / F server can be integrated with the shop management server 7700 and other devices.

  Also, the gift exchange system 7001 includes an AP (application) server 7585 in the computer center. The AP server 7585 provides a WEB server function for providing a predetermined WEB page to these devices in response to an access from a WEB browser executed on a PC (personal computer) 7580. The PC 7580 functions as a prize selection device, and a player can perform processing for registering a mall member and selecting a prize using the PC 7580. In addition, it can function as an application server that transmits and receives data in response to access from other applications executed on the PC 7580. The AP server 7585 refers to and updates data in the backbone DB 7650 in accordance with the operation of the PC 7580. Note that the PC 7580 is a computer that is arranged at a place such as a player's home and can function as a prize selection device at that place.

  Furthermore, the prize exchange system 7001 includes a connection management device 7090, a prize exchange terminal 7530, and a viewer 7550 in the hall store.

  The connection management device 7090 controls the connection between the free gift exchange terminal 7530 and the viewer 7550 of the hall store and the backbone server 7600 of the computer center. The connection management device 7090 includes, for example, a gateway function, and includes a VPN router function when connecting the premium exchange terminal 7530 and viewer 7550 of the hall store and the backbone server 7600 with a VPN (Virtual Private Network). In addition, a connection control function for controlling connection with the backbone server 7600 is included. Further, the connection management device 7090 may be a device composed of a plurality of devices including the gateway device having the gateway function described above, the VPN router device having the VPN router function, and the connection control device having the connection control function. Good.

  The prize exchange terminal 7530 functions as a prize exchange apparatus. The free gift exchange device is a device that displays information related to a free gift selected in advance by the free gift selection device (a free gift registered in the free gift exchange basket), and finally selects a free gift to be exchanged and instructs an order. Such selection and order instruction may be performed by the staff of the hall store, or may be performed by the player himself. In this embodiment, the free gift exchange terminal 7530 is exemplified as a dedicated terminal that functions only as a free gift exchange device, but may be set as a device having a function as a free gift selection device or other functions. Further, it can be configured to be integrated with a prize POS and a sand device of the hall system 7002 arranged in the hall store so as to provide a function as a prize exchange device. Logging in to the gift exchange device can be performed using a mall member card, a login ID, a password, and the like acquired by the mall member registration. Here, the mall member card is, for example, a non-contact IC card, and as the non-contact IC card, there is a card including a non-contact IC chip based on a near field communication standard (NFC).

  The viewer 7550 is provided in the hall store and functions as a prize selection device. The gift selection device is a device that displays information about products registered from a plurality of online shopping sites and allows a player to select a part of these products as gifts that can be exchanged in the future. . It is also possible to register a mall member using the gift selection device. The product selected by the player is registered in a favorite or prize exchange basket. The above-described PC 7580 and smartphone 7570 also function as a prize selection device. The viewer 7550 can also be configured to include a large touch panel display device. In addition to the viewer 7550, the PC 7580, and the smartphone 7570, the prize selection device includes a mobile phone or tablet terminal owned by an individual player, or any other terminal capable of network communication.

  The gift exchange system 7001 further includes a management terminal 7870. The management terminal 7870 is a terminal used by a staff member who manages the free gift exchange system 7001. The mall member information, hall store information, hall company information, shop information, shop product information, premium information, premium category information, shipping information, consumption A screen for managing tax information, authority information, and the like is displayed, and the DB related to the predetermined authority is updated. In addition, the management terminal 7870 can display a screen showing the exchange history, order history, hall transaction results, shop transaction results, and further edits of ranked prizes, recommended prizes, shop products. Can be examined.

  The management terminal 7870 is arranged in various places including a management company, a hall store, and a computer center according to the usage pattern, and is connected to the backbone server 7600 and the shop management server 7700 of the prize exchange system 7001.

  Furthermore, the prize exchange system 7001 can be provided with a hall cooperation system like the prize exchange system 1 of FIG. For example, when data linkage is required between hall stores, the gift exchange system 7001 can be designed to include this hall linkage system. In the hall cooperation system, as shown in FIG. 1, devices such as a hall cooperation computer, a hall cooperation DB, and a center store I / F server can be arranged.

  Next, the configuration of the hall computer 7400 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 112 is a block diagram showing a configuration of the hall computer 7400. The hall computer 7400 includes a main CPU 7401, a ROM 7402, a RAM 7403, an external storage device 7404, a display 7405, an interface 7406, and a speaker 7407.

  The main CPU 7401 reads and executes control programs stored in the ROM 7402 and the RAM 7403. For example, the main CPU 7401 manages member information regarding the hall members of the hall stores (here, the members of the hall system 7002 are referred to as “hall members” and the members of the gift exchange system 7001 are referred to as “mall members”). The number of holding game media such as medals and stored medals is managed for each hall member, processing for managing the game situation and prize exchange situation of each hall member is executed, and the display 7405 and the speaker 7407 are controlled.

  The display 7405 displays game data managed by the hall computer 400, or notifies the occurrence of fraud or abnormality. The display 7405 is realized by a liquid crystal display device, for example.

  The speaker 7407 performs notification together with the display 7405 when an irregularity or abnormality such as illegally bringing in a medal occurs. This speaker 7407 outputs various audio data in addition to notifying of irregularities and abnormalities.

  The hall computer 7400 is communicably connected to the gaming machine 7010, the sand device 7020, and the prize POS 7500 through an interface 7406. A control program for implementing this embodiment is stored in, for example, the external storage device 7404 and loaded into the RAM 7403. In addition, the control program can be provided from another device through the interface 7406 or from another device outside through a network including the Internet.

  The external storage device 7404 stores a hall DB 7430, and stores member information related to the hall members, hall member storage (medal) information, and the like. In addition, an action history (game status, accumulated ball (medal), history of prize exchange in the hall system 7002, etc.) related to the hall members may be stored.

  In addition, the core server 7600, shop management server 7700, AP server 7685, mobile I / F server 7680, management terminal 7870, cross-sectional EC mall linkage system I / F server 7800, EC mall management system I / F server 7820, shop system The configurations of the I / F server 7840 and the individual shop I / F server 7860 are also similar to the configuration of the hall computer 7400 described above (however, the devices connected by the interface are different), and thus the description thereof is omitted.

  Next, the configuration of the prize POS 7500 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 113 is a block diagram showing the configuration of the prize POS 7500. A prize POS 7500 shown in the figure is configured to realize a prize exchange of a conventional method by a hall system 7002 different from the prize exchange system 7001 of the present embodiment. The prize POS 7500 includes a main CPU 7501, a ROM 7502, a RAM 7503, an information card reader / writer 7504, a non-contact IC card reader / writer 7505, a barcode reader 7506, a player side display 7507, a keyboard 7508, a store side display 7509, an interface 7510, and A speaker 7511 is provided.

  The main CPU 7501 reads and executes control programs stored in the ROM 7502 and the RAM 7503. For example, the main CPU 7501 performs inventory management of prizes exchangeable by the hall system 7002 and prize exchange management.

  For example, when the counting result is registered in the information card or the non-contact IC card by each counter of the sand device 7020, the main CPU 7501 reads the hole member ID read from the information card via the information card reader / writer 7504, or the non-member ID The hall member ID read from the non-contact IC card is acquired via the contact IC card reader / writer 7505, the hall computer 7400 is accessed, and the number of game media held in correspondence with the acquired hall member ID (the stored ball ( Get the medal) number). In addition, the main CPU 7501 can read the receipt on which the counting result is printed with the barcode reader 7506, and thereby obtain the number of game media held (the number of stored balls (medals)).

  The player side display 7507 is configured as a touch panel display that can be touched by the player.

  In the conventional method of use, the main CPU 7501 receives the number of prizes (general prizes and special prizes in stock at hall stores) designated by the player via the player side display 7507. Next, the main CPU 7501 obtains the number of medals corresponding to the prize designated by the player, and if this is smaller than the number of game media held, the main CPU 7501 displays that fact on the store side display 7509 and the staff of the hall store. Exchange prizes by operation. The store side display 7509 is configured as a touch panel display like the player side display 7507, and the staff performs the operation using the store side display 7509 or the keyboard 7508. When the exchange of the prize is completed, the main CPU 7501 accesses the hall computer 7400 and subtracts the number of game media held for the corresponding hall member ID.

  On the other hand, in the method using the prize exchange system 7001 of the present embodiment, the main CPU 7501 indicates that the staff of the hall store displays the number of game media associated with the hall member ID on the shop side display 7509 or the bar number from the receipt. The holding number of game media read by the code reader 7506 is displayed, and then the holding number is input to the prize exchange terminal 7530 of the prize exchange system 7001. Therefore, a product (a product selected and registered in advance by a player who is a mall member) registered in the prize exchange basket as a prize exchange target displayed on the prize exchange terminal 7530 is displayed, and balls necessary for the exchange are displayed. If the number of (medals) is smaller than the number of game media that has been input, a prize is ordered at the prize exchange terminal 7530 by the operation of the staff at the hall store. When the exchange of the prize is completed, the staff of the hall store operates the prize POS 7500 and subtracts the number of held game media related to the corresponding hall member ID (or issues a receipt with the number of held subtracted).

  The prize POS 7500 is communicably connected to the hall computer 7400 via an interface 7510. Further, depending on the case, the premium exchange terminal 7530 is communicably connected.

  Next, the configuration of the gift exchange terminal 7530 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 114 is a block diagram showing a configuration of a gift exchange terminal 7530 that functions as a gift exchange device. The gift exchange terminal 7530 includes a main CPU 7531, a ROM 7532, a RAM 7533, a non-contact IC card reader / writer 7534, a display 7535, an interface 7536, and a speaker 7537. A plurality of premium exchange terminals 7530 can be installed in one hall store, and the number is adjusted according to the installation space of the hall store and the usage frequency of the player. It is also possible to install the POS 7500 and the prize exchange terminal 7530 as one set with the same scale as the number of the prize POS 7500.

  The main CPU 7531 reads and executes control programs stored in the ROM 7532 and the RAM 7533. For example, the main CPU 7531 executes a prize exchange process by the prize exchange system 7001 of the present embodiment. The control program can be provided from another device through the interface 7536 or from another device outside through a network including the Internet. The gift exchange terminal 7530 is connected to the connection management device 7090 via the interface 7536.

  The display 7535 is basically configured as a touch panel display that can be touched by staff of a hall store, but may be touchable by a player who is a mall member (separately, a touch panel for the player). Display). Further, the gift exchange terminal 7530 may be connected via the interface 7536 so as to cooperate with the gift POS 7500.

  The main CPU 7531 displays on the display 7535 a screen for exchanging premiums of the premium exchange system 7001 of this embodiment (including a premium exchange basket confirmation screen for displaying a premium exchange basket and a premium order screen for ordering premiums). To do. Information on prizes that are instructed to be exchanged by a mall member player and ordered on the prize ordering screen is associated with the mall member ID read from the non-contact IC card via the non-contact IC card reader / writer 524. And sent to the core server 7600 via the connection management device 7090 (stored in the order management table of the shop management server 7700 and then ordered to the corresponding shop).

  Next, the configuration of the viewer 7550 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 115 is a block diagram illustrating a configuration of a viewer 7550 that functions as a prize selection device. The viewer 7550 includes a main CPU 7551, a ROM 7552, a RAM 7553, a non-contact IC card reader / writer 7554, a display 7555, a keyboard 7556, an interface 7557, and a speaker 7558. A plurality of viewers 7550 can be installed in one hall store, and the number of viewers 7550 is adjusted according to the installation space of the hall store and the usage frequency of the player.

  The main CPU 7551 reads out and executes a control program stored in the ROM 7552 or the RAM 7553. For example, the main CPU 7551 executes mall member registration processing and premium selection processing by the premium exchange system 7001 of this embodiment. The control program can also be provided from another device via the interface 7557 or from another device outside via a network including the Internet. The viewer 7550 is connected to the connection management device 7090 via the interface 7557.

  The display 7555 is basically configured as a touch panel display that can be touched by a player who has come to the hall store, but may be touchable by staff of the hall store. This touch panel display can be a large screen display so that the player can confirm the information in detail and the touch operation is easy. In addition, the player may input information or select an item during the membership registration process or the prize selection process using the touch panel display. Furthermore, the viewer 7550 may be configured to include a keyboard 7556 and a mouse (not shown), and the player may operate them.

  The main CPU 7551 displays on the display 7555 a screen for registering a mall member and selecting a free gift for the free gift exchange system 7001 of this embodiment (a free gift search result display screen for registering a free gift in the free gift exchange basket, and registering in the favorite. A favorite reference screen for referring to the information of the given prize, a prize exchange basket reference screen for referring to the information of the prize registered in the prize exchange basket, etc.). When the player registers to the mall member and then instructs the favorite or prize exchange basket to register a prize, the information on the registered prize is associated with the mall member ID and passes through the connection management device 7090. And sent to the core server 7600 (stored in the favorite management table or the gift exchange basket management table).

  Next, the configuration of the smartphone 7570 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 116 is a block diagram illustrating a configuration of a smartphone 7570 that functions as a prize selection device. The smartphone 7570 includes a main CPU 7571, a ROM 7572, a RAM 7573, a non-contact IC chip 7574, a GPS antenna 7575, a wireless communication antenna 7576, a display 7577, a microphone 7578, and a speaker 7579.

  The main CPU 7571 reads out and executes a control program stored in the ROM 7572 or the RAM 7573. For example, the main CPU 7571 executes an application downloaded via a WEB browser or an external network, performs data transmission / reception with the mobile I / F server 7680, and performs mall member registration processing and prize selection by the prize exchange system 7001 of the present embodiment. Execute the process.

  The non-contact IC chip 7574 is a device in which internal data is read by a reader such as the non-contact IC card reader / writer 7534 of the prize exchange terminal 7530 described above. For example, IDm that can identify the non-contact IC chip 7574 and data written in the storage area of the non-contact IC chip 7574 can be read without contact. Further, data can be written in a non-contact manner in a storage area of the non-contact IC chip 7574 as necessary. Here, data such as IDm that can identify the non-contact IC chip 7574 is internally read, and is sent to the core server 7600 via the mobile I / F server 7680 during the mall member registration process or the prize selection process. Sent. Therefore, in this case, the contactless IC chip 7574 of the smartphone 7570 is read instead of the mall member card, and a login check is performed.

  The main CPU 7571 receives signals from a plurality of GPS (Global Positioning System) via the GPS antenna 7575 and checks the position of the smartphone 7570. The position information thus obtained is stored in the RAM 7573 or the like and used in a program as necessary.

  The main CPU 7571 communicates with the mobile phone base station via the wireless communication antenna 7576 via the wireless network 7690, and transmits / receives call data to make a call with other devices, or via the Internet. Control is performed so that a WEB page provided from another terminal is browsed and mail data is transmitted to and received from the mail server. The main CPU 7571 implements wireless LAN communication with a wireless LAN access point using the wireless communication antenna 7576, and performs data transmission / reception via the Internet including the wireless network 7690 (the antenna used for wireless LAN communication is Although the antenna is different from the antenna that communicates with the mobile phone base station, it is collectively shown as one antenna here for convenience, and the wireless network 7690 is also indicated collectively).

  The main CPU 7571 is a screen for registering a mall member and selecting a free gift in the free gift exchange system 7001 of this embodiment (a free gift search result display screen for registering a free gift in a favorite or free gift exchange basket, a free gift registered in the favorite). A favorite reference screen for referring to information, a free gift exchange car reference screen for referring to information on free gifts registered in the free gift exchange basket, etc.) are displayed. For example, WEB page data, which is a screen related to mall member registration and prize selection, is received from the mobile I / F server 7680, and the data is interpreted and displayed on the display 7577. The display 7577 is configured as a touch panel display that can be touch-operated by the player. The player touches a predetermined position on the screen displayed on the display 7577 to give a predetermined instruction to the mobile I / F. Reply to server 7680.

  The smartphone 7570 performs voice input / output using a microphone 7578 and a speaker 7579, and performs voice signal processing using a main CPU 7571, thereby enabling voice communication using a mobile phone. The smartphone 7570 can also incorporate a camera (not shown), which is a small imaging device configured with a CCD (Charge Coupled Device) or the like.

  Although description of the configuration of the feature phone and other portable devices is omitted, the configuration is the same as that of the smartphone 7570 described above. In the case of not using a non-contact IC card (here, a non-contact IC chip built in a smartphone 7570) in the identification of a mall member or mobile device (communication device), it is not necessary to include the component. .

  The PC 7580 has the same configuration, and communicates with the AP server 7585 via the network 7695. At the time of login, it is necessary to input a mall member ID and a password in order to identify the mall member. In addition, it is possible to log in by connecting a non-contact IC card reader / writer to the PC 7580 and holding the mall member card there.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 117, the outline | summary of the operation | movement flow regarding the player and the staff of a hall store in the prize exchange system 7001 which concerns on the 8th Embodiment of this invention is demonstrated. In the case shown in the figure, the player first becomes a hall member in the hall store, and then becomes a mall member of the prize exchange system 7001 according to the present embodiment, and selects prizes and exchanges prizes.

  First, the player operates the premium POS 7500 in the hall store and performs hall member registration (step S801). This registration is a registration for using the hall system 7002, and is different from the member registration of the premium exchange system 7001 according to the present embodiment. By this registration, the hall member ID is numbered, and the hall member card (non-contact IC card) associated with the hall member ID is given to the player.

  After registering as a hall member, the player plays a game with the gaming machine 7010 in the hall store (step S802), and if a medal or pachinko ball can be obtained, the sand device 7020 instructs the medal to be counted. Then, holding on the system, that is, an instruction to store medals (stored balls) is performed (step S803). The number of game media held is related to the hall member ID by holding the hall member card over the non-contact IC card reader / writer (see FIG. 5) of the sand device 7020.

  Such a game by the gaming machine 7010 can be performed a plurality of times in a period across days. When a player wants to exchange his / her desired prize based on the number of held game media, the prize exchange system 7001 with a prize selection apparatus such as a viewer 7550 is used in order to use the prize exchange system 7001 of the present embodiment. Are registered, and the mall member ID is numbered there (step S804). Mall member registration can be performed by inputting only a part of information. Here, for example, an e-mail address or a telephone number as contact information is input (simple registration). At this time, if the hall member card already possessed by the player can be used, the hall member card can be used as it is in the prize exchange system 7001 without issuing a new mall member card. The mall member ID number assigned in the member registration is linked to this hall member card.

  Next, the player causes the prize selection device to display the prize by searching or the like, and registers the commodity for which exchange is desired / considered as a favorite (step S805). Further, the merchandise to be exchanged is registered in the prize exchange basket from among the favorites (step S806). In addition to products registered as favorites, products displayed as search results can be directly registered in the gift exchange basket. In addition, the products registered in the gift exchange basket are provisional and can be sorted again before final prize ordering.

  Such prize selection can be repeatedly performed on the player's smartphone 7570 or PC 7580 after leaving the hall store. A prize can be selected on the smartphone 7570 by logging into the prize exchange system 7001 using a login ID and a password. In addition, in the prize selection device, the smartphone 7570 can be associated with its own mall member ID. The prize can be selected on the PC 7580 by logging into the prize exchange system 7001 using the login ID and the password. It is also possible to connect a non-contact IC card reader / writer to the PC 7580 and read the hall member card with the non-contact IC card reader / writer.

  Next, when a player wants to exchange prizes, the hall exchange card 775 is used for the prize exchange terminal 7530 in the hall store (the hall member card is held over a non-contact IC card reader / writer). Log in to the system 7001 (step S807). After that, additional registration of member information is performed. Specifically, the address and delivery destination information essential for delivering the exchanged prize are registered (step S808). As a delivery destination, some prizes can be specified to be received at a hall store.

  The staff of the hall store reads the number of held game media associated with the player's hall member card by the giveaway POS 7500 (step S809), and logs it in with the player's hall member card. (Step S810). Note that the operation in step S809 may be performed at any time after the player has acquired the game medium by game and before step S810.

  Next, on the prize exchange terminal 7530, the merchandise registered in the prize exchange basket of the player is displayed (step S811). Here, the number of balls (medals) required for the prize exchange is compared with the number of game media held, and if the number of game media held is small, the prize is deleted from the prize exchange basket. Or change to reduce the quantity of prizes. Thereafter, the exchange prize is confirmed and an order is instructed (step S812).

  When the exchange of the prize is completed, the staff of the hall store performs an operation of subtracting the number of balls (medals) consumed by the present prize exchange from the number of the game media held by the player at the prize POS 7500 (step S813). . As a result, the number of game media held by the hall system 7002 for the player is reduced by the amount consumed in the exchange of prizes.

  Here, basically, the staff of the hall store performs operations on the gift exchange terminal 7530, but some operations may be performed by the player himself depending on the situation. For this purpose, a player display (touch panel display) can be prepared in the prize exchange terminal 7530.

  In addition, although it is conceivable to use the number of game media held in other hall stores for the exchange of prizes as described above, in this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 117, a prize exchange system 7001 is used with a hall membership card. In the case of using the gift exchange system 7001 only when the hall store that issued the hall member card is used, and the premium exchange system 7001 is used with the mall membership card as shown in FIGS. The mall membership card that is not associated with the hall system 7002 of the hall store can be used as a favorite of the prize exchange system 7001 of the hall store. Only some functions can be used, such as adding to a free gift exchange basket Can be limited). In addition, it is conceivable to use the gift exchange system 7001 of another hall store with the hall member card, but in reality, whether the hall member card can be read or the number of game media held between the hall computers of each hall store. It is decided according to the system situation such as whether data can be sent and received, the operational situation, the hall management policy, etc. Furthermore, when using the premium exchange system 7001 with a mall membership card, the premium exchange system 7001 can be used for a hall store belonging to one or a plurality of group companies or in a set of specific hall stores. Is also possible.

  Next, referring to FIG. 118, what functions can be used depending on whether or not the user is a hall member of hall system 7002, whether or not it is a mall member of premium exchange system 7001, and the status of member registration. Will be described in summary. As shown in FIG. 118, it can be broadly divided into four patterns, ie, whether or not it is a hall member of the hall system 7002 and whether or not it is a mall member of the prize exchange system 7001. Furthermore, when the user is a mall member of the gift exchange system 7001, the membership registration is classified according to whether the member registration is simple registration or detailed registration.

  The first case is a hall member of the hall system 7002, a mall member of the gift exchange system 7001, and a simple registration in which only contact information such as an email address is registered in the member exchange of the gift exchange system 7001. It is. Member registration using a mall member card or the like includes a case where a member registration is performed by linking an existing hall member card without issuing a mall member card (the same applies to the second case).

  In this case, in the viewer 7550 or the player's smartphone 7570, the prize can be displayed by the prize search, and the prize can be registered in the favorite or prize exchange basket. Furthermore, outside the hall store, using the smartphone 7570 and the PC 7580, the WEB page can be called to perform the prize display and the prize registration. In the case of the smartphone 7570, it is possible to operate if the member registration is performed by reading the non-contact IC chip built in the smartphone 7570. Otherwise, the login is performed using the login ID and the password. be able to. In the case of the PC 7580, a card reader is required when using a mall member card. Similarly to the smartphone 7570, the user can log in and operate using a login ID and a password. Since membership registration is simple registration, processing related to gift exchange cannot be performed.

  The second case is a hall member of the hall system 7002, a mall member of the prize exchange system 7001, and, in addition, not only contact information such as an email address but also home address information or the like in membership registration of the prize exchange system 7001. This is a case of detailed registration in which delivery destination information is registered.

  In this case, as in the first case, in the viewer 7550, the player's smartphone 7570, the PC 7580, etc., it is possible to display a free gift by searching for a free gift and register the free gift to a favorite or free gift exchange basket. Furthermore, outside the hall store, using the smartphone 7570 and the PC 7580, the WEB page can be called to perform the prize display and the prize registration.

  Further, in this case, since the member registration is detailed registration, processing relating to prize exchange is possible. At the hall store free gift exchange terminal 7530, it is possible to confirm the free gift exchange basket and place an order. The number of balls (medals) managed by the hall system of the hall store and displayed on the prize POS 7500 is input to the prize exchange terminal 7530 by the staff of the hall shop.

  In the third case, the hall system 7002 is a member, and the prize exchange system 7001 is a non-member. In this case, the prize exchange system 7001 can search for and display prizes, but cannot register prizes in favorites or prize exchange baskets.

  In the fourth case, the hall system 7002 is a non-member, a mall member of the free gift exchange system 7001, and a simple registration in which only contact information such as an email address is registered in the free gift exchange system 7001 member registration. It is.

  In this case, in the viewer 7550 or the player's smartphone 7570, the prize can be displayed by the prize search, and the prize can be registered in the favorite or prize exchange basket. Furthermore, outside the hall store, using the smartphone 7570 and the PC 7580, the WEB page can be called to perform the prize display and the prize registration. In the case of the smartphone 7570, it is possible to operate if the member registration is performed by reading the non-contact IC chip built in the smartphone 7570. Otherwise, the login is performed using the login ID and the password. be able to. In the case of the PC 7580, a card reader is required when using a mall member card. Similarly to the smartphone 7570, the user can log in and operate using a login ID and a password. Since membership registration is simple registration, processing related to gift exchange cannot be performed.

  In the fifth case, the hall system 7002 is a non-member and is a mall member of the free gift exchange system 7001. Further, in the membership registration of the free gift exchange system 7001, not only basic information such as name and e-mail address, but also address and delivery This is the case of detailed registration with the destination registered.

  In this case, as in the first case, in the viewer 7550, the player's smartphone 7570, the PC 7580, etc., it is possible to display a free gift by searching for a free gift and register the free gift to a favorite or free gift exchange basket. Furthermore, outside the hall store, using the smartphone 7570 and the PC 7580, the WEB page can be called to perform the prize display and the prize registration.

  Further, in this case, since the member registration is detailed registration, processing relating to prize exchange is possible. At the hall store free gift exchange terminal 7530, it is possible to confirm the free gift exchange basket and place an order. Since the number of balls (medals) is not a member, it is not managed by the hall system of the hall store, and the staff of the hall store, for example, causes the prize POS 7500 to read the number of balls (medals) described in a receipt or the like, and the prize POS 7500. The display of the reading result displayed on the store-side display 7509 is viewed and input to the gift exchange terminal 7530.

  The sixth case is a case where the hall system 7002 is a non-member and the prize exchange system 7001 is also a non-member. In this case, as in the third case, the prize exchange system 7001 can search for and display prizes, but cannot register prizes in favorites or prize exchange baskets.

  In this example, there is a difference in the functions that can be used in the gift exchange system 7001 in each of the non-mall member state, the simple registration state, and the detailed registration state. Other patterns can be used. It is also possible to manage other states and differentiate the functions that can be used by adding those states. Furthermore, the contents of simple registration and the details of detailed registration may be changed, and can be managed by another member registration level.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 119, the relationship between premium display and registration will be described. In the present embodiment, for each mall member ID, two registration destinations (favorites and prize exchange baskets) of premiums are set. When a player selects a prize, he / she is interested first from the search result displayed on the prize search result display screen, the recommendation displayed on the mall member top page, and the ranking displayed on the mall member top page. Register (add) a prize to a choice, favorite, or prize exchange basket. Such an additional operation can be repeated any number of times.

  The prizes registered in the favorites are displayed as a list on the favorites reference screen, and can be deleted or changed there. Similarly, prizes registered in the prize exchange basket are displayed in a list on the prize exchange basket reference screen, and can be deleted or changed there. Also, the prizes registered as favorites can be registered in the prize exchange basket on the favorites reference screen.

  The prize exchange basket is finally checked in relation to the inventory and the quantity of necessary game media, and after confirmation, the player instructs the order and becomes a formal order. In this way, the player may select a prize and put it directly into the prize exchange basket, or, for example, once register it as a favorite with a sensation like a memo or bookmark, and further consider it from there and give it a prize exchange basket. (In other words, it is a two-stage selection of prizes).

  When a favorite is registered in the prize exchange basket, there is no change in the prize registered in the favorite, but when it is registered in the prize exchange car, it can be deleted or given some mark. In addition, when a prize registered in the prize exchange basket is ordered, the prize is deleted from the prize exchange basket, but it may be left registered according to a predetermined condition or given some mark. You can also

  Next, returning to the description of the operation flow again, with reference to FIG. 120, an outline of the operation flow regarding the player and staff of the hall store in the prize exchange system 7001 according to the eighth embodiment of the present invention will be described. In the case shown in the figure, a player who is not a member of the hall store system 7002 selects a prize as a mall member of the prize exchange system 7001 according to this embodiment, and then exchanges a prize. is there.

  When a player wants to exchange prizes, in order to use the prize exchange system 7001 of this embodiment, the mall member registration of the prize exchange system 7001 is performed with the viewer 7550, and the mall member ID is assigned there. (Step S821). In this example, the mall member registration is performed in detail registration, and is registered including information on an address and a delivery destination which are indispensable for delivering the exchanged prize. At this time, the player obtains a mall member card distributed at the store of the hall store or by some method, and uses it to perform the mall member registration. In this example, it is assumed that the player is not registered as a member in the hall system 7002 of the hall store and is not a member.

  Next, the player causes the viewer 7550 to display a premium by searching or the like, and registers a product for which exchange is desired / considered as a favorite (step S822). Further, the merchandise to be exchanged is registered in the prize exchange basket from the favorites (step S823). In addition to products registered as favorites, products displayed as search results can be directly registered in the gift exchange basket. In addition, the products registered in the gift exchange basket are provisional and can be sorted again before final prize ordering.

  As described above, such prize selection can be repeatedly performed on the player's smartphone 7570 or PC 7580 after leaving the hall store.

  At the timing when the player wants to exchange the prize, the player uses the mall membership card to the prize exchange terminal 7530 of the hall store (holds the mall membership card over the non-contact IC card reader / writer) to give the prize exchange system. Log in to 7001 (step S824).

  After this, or before that, the player plays a game with the gaming machine 7010 (step S825), the number of balls (medals) acquired is counted by the counting device of the hall store, and a count receipt is output ( Step S826). This counting operation may be performed any time after the player acquires the game medium through the game and before the next step S827.

  The staff of the hall store inputs the number of balls (medals) to the free gift exchange terminal 7530 based on the contents described in the count receipt (step S827).

  Next, on the prize exchange terminal 7530, the merchandise registered in the player's prize exchange basket is displayed (step S828). Here, the number of balls (medals) required for the prize exchange is compared with the number of game media held, and if the number of game media held is small, the prize is deleted from the prize exchange basket. Or change to reduce the quantity of prizes. Thereafter, the exchange prize is confirmed and an order is instructed (step S829).

  When the exchange of the prize is completed, the staff of the hall store uses the prize POS 7500 to write the count receipt and the number of balls (medals) consumed by this prize exchange from the number of the game media held by the player. The number of balls is changed to a reduced number (step S830). If the number of game media held remains, the player may redeem the prize again by the prize exchange system 7001 using this count receipt, or may exchange the prize at the hall store using the prize POS 7500. .

  Here, basically, the staff of the hall store performs operations on the gift exchange terminal 7530, but some operations may be performed by the player himself depending on the situation. For this purpose, a player display (touch panel display) can be prepared in the prize exchange terminal 7530.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 121, the outline | summary of the operation | movement flow regarding the player and the staff of a hall store in the prize exchange system 7001 which concerns on the 8th Embodiment of this invention is demonstrated. In the case shown in the figure, the player first becomes a hall member in the hall store, and then becomes a mall member of the prize exchange system 7001 according to the present embodiment, separately issues a mall member card, and selects prizes and exchanges prizes. Is to do.

  First, the player operates the premium POS 7500 in the hall store and performs hall member registration (step S841). This registration is a registration for using the hall system 7002, and is different from the member registration of the premium exchange system 7001 according to the present embodiment. By this registration, the hall member ID is numbered, and the hall member card (non-contact IC card) associated with the hall member ID is given to the player.

  After registering as a hall member, the player plays a game with the gaming machine 7010 in the hall store (step S842), and if a medal or pachinko ball can be obtained, the sand device 7020 instructs the counting of the medal and the like. Then, holding on the system, that is, an instruction to store medals (stored balls) is performed (step S843). The number of game media held is related to the hall member ID by holding the hall member card over the non-contact IC card reader / writer (see FIG. 5) of the sand device 7020.

  Such a game by the gaming machine 7010 can be performed a plurality of times in a period across days. When a player wants to exchange his / her desired prize from the number of held game media, in order to use the prize exchange system 7001 of this embodiment, the viewer 7550 registers a mall member of the prize exchange system 7001. Then, the mall member ID is numbered (step S844). In this example, the mall member registration is performed in detail registration, and is registered including information on an address and a delivery destination which are indispensable for delivering the exchanged prize. At this time, the player obtains a mall member card distributed at the store of the hall store or by some method, and uses it to perform the mall member registration. As a result, the player has both a hall membership card and a mall membership card.

  Next, the player causes the viewer 7550 to display a prize by searching or the like, and registers a product for which exchange is desired / considered as a favorite (step S845). Further, the merchandise to be exchanged is registered in the prize exchange basket from the favorites (step S846). In addition to products registered as favorites, products displayed as search results can be directly registered in the gift exchange basket. In addition, the products registered in the gift exchange basket are provisional and can be sorted again before final prize ordering.

  Such prize selection can be repeatedly performed on the player's smartphone 7570 or PC 7580 after leaving the hall store.

  Next, when a player wants to exchange prizes, the prize exchange terminal 7530 of the hall store is used with a mall member card (the mall member card is held over a non-contact IC card reader / writer) to exchange prizes. Login to the system 7001 (step S847).

  The staff of the hall store reads the holding number of the game media associated with the player's hall member card by the giveaway POS 7500 (step S848), and logs it in with the player's mall member card. (Step S849). Note that the operation in step S848 may be performed any time after the player acquires the game medium by game and before step S849.

  Next, on the prize exchange terminal 7530, the merchandise registered in the prize exchange basket of the player is displayed (step S850). Here, the number of balls (medals) required for the prize exchange is compared with the number of input game media held, and if the number of input game media is small, a part of the prize will be removed from the prize exchange basket. Delete or change to reduce the number of prizes. Thereafter, the prize is confirmed and an order is instructed (step S851).

  When the exchange of the prize is completed, the staff of the hall store performs an operation of subtracting the number of balls (medals) consumed by the present prize exchange from the number of retained game media of the player at the prize POS 7500 (step S852). . As a result, the number of game media held by the hall system 7002 for the player is reduced by the amount consumed by the prize exchange of the prize exchange system 7001.

  Here, basically, the staff of the hall store performs operations on the gift exchange terminal 7530, but some operations may be performed by the player himself depending on the situation. For this purpose, a player display (touch panel display) can be prepared in the prize exchange terminal 7530.

  In the example shown in FIG. 117, detailed registration for registering not only the basic information such as name and e-mail address but also the address and delivery address is performed at the time of prize exchange in the member registration of the prize exchange system 7001. In the example shown in FIG. 4, the detailed registration timing is merely an example, although it is performed before the prize selection. It is possible to set so that detailed registration may be performed at any timing. It is also possible to set so that detailed registration can be performed only at a predetermined timing or a plurality of timings.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 122, an outline of a processing flow after giving a prize order in the prize exchange system 7001 according to the eighth embodiment of the present invention will be described. After a premium is ordered (for example, step S851 in FIG. 121), the backbone server of the premium exchange system 7001 automatically performs an ordering process.

  First, when the prize exchange device receives an instruction to order a premium by operating the touch panel display or the like (step S861), the instruction is transmitted to the basic server 7600, and the basic server 7600 receives the instruction to order a premium. (Step S862). Next, the instruction is transmitted to the shop management server 7700, and the shop management server 7700 receives an instruction to order premiums (step S863).

  Next, the shop management server 7700 acquires the product ID of the premium from the instruction to order the premium, specifies the shop corresponding to the product ID (delivery the product with the product ID), and further connects the shop. The corresponding I / F server is determined according to the form (step S864). For example, as shown in FIG. 111, when a shop has a connection form such as a shop terminal 7804, the shop is a shop belonging to a crossing EC mall and realizes an interface with the crossing EC mall cooperation system 7802. The transverse EC mall cooperation system I / F server 7800 is determined as the I / F server.

  Next, the shop management server 7700 instructs the determined I / F server to place an order with the shop (step S865). Upon receiving the instruction, the I / F server instructs the corresponding cooperation / management system (for example, to the crossing EC mall cooperation system 7802) to place an order with the shop (step S866). When the I / F server is an individual shop I / F server 7860 as shown in FIG. 111, an ordering instruction is transmitted directly to the shop terminal 764 of the corresponding shop. The shop charges the billing party for the price of the product for which the order is instructed at each timing. At this time, the billing destination (payee for the value of the ordered product) is, for example, the operating company of the gift exchange system 7001 or an organization related thereto, and basically, for any shop. A certain billing destination. Therefore, the payment information of the player is not transmitted or used outside.

  When the cooperation / management system (in the case where the I / F server is the individual shop I / F server 7860) receives the order instruction, when the order instruction is received, the order reception notification is sent to the I / F server. Send. Upon receiving the order receipt notification (step S867), the I / F server transmits a notification to the shop management server 7700. In response, the shop management server 7700 creates an exchange history and manages the exchange history. The table 7755 is updated (step S868), then an order history is created and the order history management table 7756 is updated (step S869).

  Next, the shop management server 7700 transmits an email indicating that the ordering process has been completed to the player (mall member) who ordered the prize (step S870). Thereafter, the shop management server 7700 updates the product management table 7752 so as to reduce the stock of the ordered product by the order amount (step S871).

  When the shop that received the order accepts the order and the normal delivery process can be performed without any problem in inventory, the order history is updated, and the order history is updated from the linkage / management system (I / F server is individually In the case of the shop I / F server 7860, it is transmitted from the shop terminal 7864) to the I / F server. Upon receiving the order history (step S872), the I / F server transmits it to the shop management server 7700. Here, the shop management server 7700 changes the order history created in step S869. 7756 is updated (step S873). At this time, the order status in the order history management table 7756 is changed from the “ordered” status to the “delivered” status.

  Next, with reference to the functional block diagrams of FIGS. 123 to 128, functions of the respective devices related to the prize exchange system 7001 of this embodiment will be described. FIG. 123A is a functional block diagram of the hall computer 7400. The hall computer 7400 has a conventional configuration, and includes a hall member management unit 7411, a game medium holding number management unit 7412, and a network I / F unit 7413. The hall computer 7400 has a function of managing hall member information, hall member storage information, and the like. The hall computer 7400 stores the hall DB 7430 in the external storage device 7404, and the hall DB 7430 stores a member information table 7431 for storing information related to the hall member of the hall store, and the hall member instructs a medal or a stored ball. A game medium holding number management table 7432 for managing the holding number of game media held thereby is stored.

  The hall member management unit 7411 executes hall member membership registration processing performed by operating the prize POS 7500 and the like, and stores information on the hall members in the member information table 7431. The game medium holding number management unit 7412 determines the number of balls (medals) held by the hall member according to the input of the number of stored balls, stored medals, payouts, consumed balls (medals), etc. performed by the sand device 7020, the prize POS 7500, etc. The updated number of balls (medals) is stored in the game medium holding number management table 7432 for each hall member and for each game medium type (exchange rate). The network I / F unit 414 is connected to a network such as the Internet and controls data transmission / reception with a partner computer (hereinafter, the same applies to the network I / F units of other devices).

  FIG. 123B is a functional block diagram of the gift exchange terminal 7530. The prize exchange terminal 7530 includes an access management unit 7541, a prize exchange control unit 7542, a display control unit 7544, and a network I / F unit 7545. The access management unit 7541 determines whether or not the player who has logged into the gift exchange terminal 7530 is a valid mall member. If the player is a valid mall member, the access management unit 7541 accesses the core server 7600 to correspond to the mall member. Get information about the prizes registered in the prize exchange basket. The giveaway exchange control unit 7542 controls the transition to the giveaway order screen when there is an instruction for confirmation on the giveaway exchange confirmation screen, and when an order instruction is given on the giveaway order screen, In addition, the product ID or the like of the prize that has been ordered is transmitted to the core server 7600. The display control unit 7544 displays a premium exchange car confirmation screen and a premium order screen on the display 7535, and the like. Note that the functions of the access management unit 7541, the gift exchange control unit 7542, and the display control unit 7544 can be realized by the WEB browser receiving and displaying the WEB page from the core server 7600.

  FIG. 124 is a functional block diagram of the viewer 7550. The viewer 7550 includes an access management unit 7561, a mall member registration management unit 7562, a gift selection control unit 7563, a display control unit 7564, and a network I / F unit 7565. The access management unit 7561 determines whether or not the player who has logged into the viewer 7550 is a valid mall member. If the player is a valid mall member, the access management unit 7561 accesses the core server 7600 and accesses the top of the corresponding mall member. Get page, free gift search results, favorites, free gift exchange information, etc. The mall member registration management unit 7562 transmits and receives data to and from the mall member management unit 7601 of the backbone server 7600 according to the player's operation, and executes the mall member registration process. The prize selection control unit 7563 controls the prize selected on the prize search result display screen to be registered in the prize exchange basket or favorite according to the player's instruction. Further, in accordance with an instruction from the player, control is performed so that the prize selected on the favorite reference screen is registered in the prize exchange basket. The display control unit 7564 performs display on a display 7555 such as a premium search result display screen, a favorite reference screen, and a premium exchange car reference screen.

  The WEB browser operating on the viewer 7550 receives the WEB page from the core server 7600 and displays the functions of the access management unit 7561, the mall member registration management unit 7562, the gift selection control unit 7563, and the display control unit 7564. Can also be realized. Note that the PC 7580 and the smartphone 7570 functioning as a prize selection device also have the same functional units as the viewer 7550. Similarly to the viewer 7550, each function of the functional unit can be realized by a WEB browser operating on the PC 7580 or the smartphone 7570.

  FIG. 125 is a functional block diagram of the backbone server 7600. The core server 7600 includes a mall member management unit 7601, a gift selection control unit 7604, a gift exchange control unit 7605, a gift order control unit 7606, a delivery progress information display control unit 7607, a network I / F unit 608, and device management outside the hall store. Part 7609. The backbone server 7600 stores a backbone DB 7650 in an external storage device, and the backbone DB 7650 is registered in the mall member information table 7651 that stores information on the mall members of the prize exchange system 7001 according to the present embodiment, and is registered as a favorite. A favorite management table 7651 for managing information on prizes, a prize exchange car management table 7653 for managing information on prizes registered in the prize exchange basket, an exchange rate management table 7654 for storing exchange rates relating to prizes for each hall store, And the hall store management table 7655 which manages the information of each hall store is included.

  The mall member management unit 7601 executes mall member membership registration processing performed by operating the viewer 7550, the PC 7580, the smartphone 7570, and the like, and stores information related to the mall members in the mall member information table 7651. The premium selection control unit 7604 cooperates with a premium selection control unit 7563 such as a viewer 7550 to execute a premium selection process. In accordance with the player's instruction in the viewer 7550 or the like, the favorite management table is updated so that the prize selected on the prize search result display screen is registered in the prize exchange basket or favorite. Also, in accordance with a player instruction in the viewer 7550 or the like, the prize exchange car management table is updated so that the prize selected on the favorite reference screen is registered in the prize exchange car.

  The prize exchange control unit 7605 cooperates with the prize exchange control unit 7542 of the prize exchange terminal 7530 to execute a prize exchange process. In the prize exchange terminal 7530, when a confirmation instruction is given on the prize exchange car confirmation screen, control is performed so as to transition to a prize order screen, and when an order instruction is given on a prize order screen, The product ID or the like of the prize that has been ordered is received from the prize exchange terminal 7530. When receiving the product ID to be ordered from the gift exchange terminal 7530, the gift order control unit 7606 transmits this to the shop management server 7700. The delivery progress information display control unit 7607 collects the delivery progress information of the prize in response to a request from the player who exchanged the prize and displays it on the viewer 7550 and the like.

  The hall outside store device management unit 7609 manages connection with a PC 7580 and a smartphone 7570 functioning as a prize selection device. For example, when the PC 7580 is connected to the AP server 785 via the network 7695, data transmission / reception to / from the AP server 7785 is realized, and necessary data is transferred to the core server 7600 in response to a request from the AP server 7785 or the like. Generate and send with. In addition, when the smartphone 7570 is connected to the mobile I / F server 7680 via the wireless network 7690, data transmission / reception with the mobile I / F server 7680 is realized and a request from the mobile I / F server 7680 or the like is provided. Accordingly, necessary data is generated and transmitted by the backbone server 7600.

  Further, an action history management unit may be provided in the core server 7600 to store an operation history related to membership registration, prize selection, and the like of a mall member. By analyzing these data later, the behavior of the mall member can be grasped and the problems and usage trends of the gift exchange system 7001 can be clarified.

  FIG. 126 is a functional block diagram of the shop management server 7700. The shop management server 7700 includes a shop information management unit 7701, a product determination unit 7702, a prize order management unit 7703, an exchange history management unit 7704, an order history management unit 7705, and a network I / F unit 7706. The shop management server 7700 stores a free gift DB 7750 in an external storage device. The free gift DB 7750 stores a shop management table 7751 for storing shop information, and a product management table 7752 for storing product information collected from an online mail order site. , An order management table 7754 for managing contents ordered from the online shopping site, an exchange history management table 7755 for managing an exchange history, and an order history management table 7756 for managing an order history are included.

  The shop information management unit 7701 displays a shop registration screen on the management terminal 7870 and registers the input shop information in the shop management table 7751. In addition to the method in which the administrator registers the shop information on the shop registration screen as described above, there is a method in which the shop information is automatically acquired from the cooperation / management system or another system. The shop information management unit 7701 further searches the contents of the shop management table 7751 in response to a search request from the administrator, and displays a shop information search screen on the management terminal 7870 and the like.

  The merchandise determination unit 7702 examines the merchandise that has been exhibited from the shop under a predetermined condition (that is, determines whether or not it is an exchangeable prize). Such examination includes various examination forms including a form for inputting a result of examination by a human and a form for the system to automatically determine from information on products. Information on the exhibited product is temporarily stored in the exhibition management table 7757, and when it is determined as an exchangeable prize as a result of examination, the necessary information is copied from the exhibition management table 7757). And is displayed as a prize such as a prize search result or a recommendation. By the determination, the number of exchangeable balls (medals) displayed together with the prize is also determined. For example, if multiple shops sell the same product as a free gift, which shop is based on the price of the product (that is, the number of exchangeable balls (medals)), the evaluation of the shop, the number of stocks, the purchase price, etc. Manage whether to select products from. It is also possible to add all or a part of the shipping cost from the shop to the delivery destination in the price of the product. On the other hand, if it is determined as a result of the examination that the gift is not exchangeable, the product information is not copied from the exhibition management table 7757 and is not stored in the product management table 7752. For example, when a product that is not suitable as a prize such as a medicine or a gift certificate is registered in the exhibition management table 7757, the examination result is NG, and the product is not registered in the product management table 7752.

  When a prize order is instructed from the prize exchange terminal 7530, the prize order management unit 7703 receives the instruction via the backbone server 7600, and receives an I / F server (for example, a cross-type EC mall linkage system I). / F server 7800) is instructed to order premiums. As described above, the I / F server corresponds to the connection form of the shop.

  When the exchange history management unit 7704 receives the order receipt notification received from the I / F server, the exchange history management unit 7704 creates an exchange history related to the order and stores the exchange history in the exchange history management table 7755. In addition, when an administrator instructs the exchange history to be searched at the management terminal 7870 or the like, the exchange history management table 7755 is searched, and the search result is displayed on the display of the management terminal 7870 or the like.

  When the order history management unit 7705 receives an order receipt notification from the I / F server, the order history management unit 7705 creates an order history regarding the order and stores the order history in the order history management table 7756. When the order history is received from the I / F server, the order history related to the order is updated and stored in the order history management table 7756. Further, when an order history search is instructed by the administrator at the management terminal 7870 or the like, the order history management table 7756 is searched, and the search result is displayed on the display of the management terminal 7870 or the like.

  FIG. 127 (A) is a block diagram of a transversal EC mall linkage system I / F server 7800. The transverse EC mall linkage system I / F server 7800 includes a server communication control unit 7800a, a linkage system I / F unit 7800b, a prize ordering control unit 7800c, an exhibition management control unit 7800d, and a network I / F unit 7800e. The server communication control unit 7800a controls data transmission / reception with the shop management server 7700 via the network I / F unit 7800e. The linkage system I / F unit 7800b controls data transmission / reception with the transverse EC mall linkage system 7802 and performs, for example, data feed reception, linkage via API, file linkage, web scraping, etc., and crossing with the shop management server 7700. Controls exchanges with the type EC mall linkage system 7802. The premium order control unit 7800c transmits a prize order instruction for the designated shop to the cross-sectional EC mall linkage system 7802 via the linkage system I / F unit 7800b. The exhibition management control unit 7800d accepts an exhibition of products from the shop terminal 7804 from the cross-type EC mall cooperation system 7802 via the cooperation system I / F unit 7800b.

  FIG. 127 (B) is a block diagram of the EC mall management system I / F server 7820. The EC mall management system I / F server 7820 includes a server communication control unit 7820a, a management system I / F unit 7820b, a prize ordering control unit 7820c, an exhibition management control unit 7820d, and a network I / F unit 7820e. The server communication control unit 7820a controls data transmission / reception with the shop management server 7700 via the network I / F unit 7820e. The management system I / F unit 7820b controls data transmission / reception with the EC mall management system 7822 and performs, for example, data feed reception, API cooperation, file cooperation, web scraping, etc., and the shop management server 7700 and EC mall management. Controls interaction with system 7822. The premium order control unit 7820c transmits a premium order instruction for the designated shop to the EC mall management system 7822 via the management system I / F unit 7820b. The exhibition management control unit 7820d accepts the sale of products from the shop terminal 7824 from the EC mall management system 7822 via the management system I / F unit 7820b.

  FIG. 128A is a block diagram of the shop system I / F server 7840. The shop system I / F server 7840 includes a server communication control unit 7840a, a shop system I / F unit 7840b, a gift order control unit 7840c, an exhibition management control unit 7840d, and a network I / F unit 7840e. The server communication control unit 7840a controls data transmission / reception with the shop management server 7700 via the network I / F unit 7840e. The shop system I / F unit 7840b controls data transmission / reception with the shop system 7842, and performs, for example, data feed reception, API cooperation, file cooperation, web scraping, etc., and the shop management server 7700 and the shop system 7842 Control interactions between them. The premium order control unit 7840c transmits a premium order instruction for the designated shop to the shop system 7842 via the shop system I / F unit 7840b. The exhibition management control unit 7840d accepts the sale of products from the shop terminal 7844 from the shop system 7842 via the shop system I / F unit 7840b.

  FIG. 128B is a block diagram of the individual shop I / F server 7860. The individual shop I / F server 7860 includes a server communication control unit 7860a, a WEB server unit 7860b, a prize order control unit 7860c, an exhibition management control unit 7860d, and a network I / F unit 7860e. The server communication control unit 7860a controls data transmission / reception with the shop management server 7700 via the network I / F unit 7860e. The WEB server unit 7860b controls data transmission / reception with the shop terminal 7864 by using a protocol such as an HTML-based WEB page or HTTP, and controls the exchange between the shop management server 7700 and the shop terminal 7864. The premium order control unit 7860c notifies the shop terminal 7864 of a premium order instruction for the designated shop by using the WEB server unit 7860b and the mail function. The exhibition management control unit 7860d accepts the sale of products from the shop terminal 7844 via the WEB server unit 7860b.

  Next, with reference to FIGS. 129 to 132, configurations of various tables used in the prize exchange system 7001 according to the eighth embodiment of the present invention will be described.

  FIG. 129A illustrates the configuration of the mall member information table 7651. The mall member information table 7651 stores, for example, a mall member ID, password, name, telephone number, and the like. These items are created and stored by member registration. The mall member ID is used as a login ID upon login. Further, an e-mail address or a telephone number can be used as the mall member ID.

  The unique ID of the mall member card is stored as the unique ID of the card type “mall member”. For one mall member, multiple card types and corresponding unique IDs can be registered, so that you can link a membership card of another system, or link both a mall member card and a smartphone. Can be.

  FIG. 129 (B) illustrates the configuration of the favorite management table 7652. In this example, one mall member has one cart (shopping basket) called “favorite”, and 10 product IDs can be registered there.

  FIG. 129C illustrates an example of the configuration of the gift exchange car management table 7653. In this example, one mall member has one cart (shopping basket) called “free gift exchange basket”, and ten product IDs can be registered there. Each product is associated with a quantity and a delivery destination.

  FIG. 130A illustrates the configuration of the exchange rate management table 7654. In this example, an exchange rate is set for each of pachinko 4 yen lending and 1 yen lending, and slot 20 yen lending and 5 yen lending, and this exchange rate is set for each hall store. These pieces of information can also be managed by the hall store management table 7655.

  FIG. 130B illustrates the configuration of the hall store management table 7655. In this example, information such as which hall company each hall store belongs, an address, and the like are stored. Further, data for managing payment of deposits and transaction results referred to when depositing deposits are also stored.

  FIG. 131A illustrates the structure of the shop management table 7751. In this example, the shop name and address are stored for each shop. In addition, store evaluation points, shipping cost tables to be used, and cooperation / management systems to be used (for example, EC mall management system 7822) are stored. A new shop is registered based on the judgment and judgment of the manager.

  FIG. 131B illustrates the configuration of the product management table 7752. In this example, merchandise that can be selected as a prize exchanged by the player (that is, merchandise determined by the merchandise determination process) is stored. For each product, store ID, product name, category, display price, variation, inventory, date of publication (date and time that can be handled by the gift exchange system 7001), and the like are stored. The display price is converted to the corresponding number of exchangeable balls (medals) with reference to the exchange rate management table 7654, and then displayed to the player. Moreover, the variation indicates the presence of a size difference or a color difference, and a parent-child relationship may be set between products.

  FIG. 131C shows the structure of the order management table 7754. In this example, an order number, a mall member ID, a product ID, a quantity, a shop ID, a delivery address, and the like are stored. When a plurality of products are included in one order, a plurality of product IDs are associated with one order NO. I will.

  FIG. 132A shows the configuration of the exchange history management table 7755. In this example, the order number, the name corresponding to the mall member ID, the unique ID of the mall member card corresponding to the mall member ID, the hall store, and the like are stored. Each record is created when the shop management server 7700 receives an order receipt notification after placing an order with the shop.

  FIG. 132B shows the structure of the order history management table 7756. In this example, the order number, the product ID, the quantity, the shop ID, the order date and time, and the order status are stored. Each record is created when the shop management server 7700 receives an order receipt notification after placing an order with the shop, and the order status is updated when the order history is received.

  So far, the configuration of the tables used in the prize exchange system 7001 according to the eighth embodiment of the present invention has been described, but these tables are merely examples. The characteristic functions of the present invention can be realized by various other data configurations and table configurations.

  Next, with reference to FIGS. 133 to 139, a member registration process in the prize exchange system 7001 according to the eighth embodiment of the present invention will be described.

  FIG. 133 shows a login screen 7900 displayed on a PC 7580, a viewer 7550, or the like that functions as a prize selection device. The login screen 7900 shows three options. The first option is to log in with a mall member card or a smartphone (registered). In this case, touch the “card reading” button 7901 (click with the mouse etc. or press the enter key with the keyboard etc.) The card reading screen is displayed, and the mall membership card or a registered smartphone is held over the mark of the card reader. Here, it is possible to log in using a hall member card (a card of a hall system 7002 different from the gift exchange system 7001) linked to the mall member ID instead of the mall member card.

  The second option is when logging in with a login ID and password. In this case, the player can log in by entering the login ID and password in the login ID / password input area 7902 and selecting the “Login” button 7903.

  The third option is when the mall member is not registered. In this case, the member registration is performed by selecting the “member registration” button 7904, displaying the member registration screen, and inputting and registering the member information.

  Next, a procedure for registering member information from the PC 7580 will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG. In this example, the PC 7580 performs data transmission / reception with the backbone server 7600 via the AP server 785, and a WEB browser operating on the PC 7580 displays a WEB page, and member registration is performed by performing data transmission / reception.

  First, in the login screen 7900 shown in FIG. 133, when the third option, that is, the “member registration” button 7904 is selected, the PC 7580 accesses the WEB page (step S881), and the AP server 785 responds to this. Then, the member registration page is transmitted to the PC 7580 (step S882). Upon receiving the member registration page, the PC 7580 displays a member registration screen by the WEB browser (step S883).

  The member registration screen is, for example, a member registration screen 7910 as shown in FIG. When the member registration screen 7910 exceeds the display range of the display of the PC 7580, a part is displayed and the remaining part is displayed by operating a scroll bar or the like. Here, for the sake of convenience, the entire display range is shown. . The member registration screen 7910 includes a top bar 7911 including a mall member ID display area, a prize search instruction area, a “prize exchange basket display” button, a “favorite display” button, an “account service display” button, a delivery destination selection tab, and the like. Including. Member information to be entered includes password information (password information input area 7912), member attribute information (member attribute information input area 7913), contact information (contact information input area 7914), home address information (home address information input area 7915). ), Delivery destination information (delivery destination information input area 7916), member card information (member card information input area 7917), and an "edit" button arranged at the upper right of each input area is selected, and Enter and change. It can also be configured to input other member information.

  Here, when the player inputs member information into the PC 7580, the PC 7580 acquires the input information (step S884), and determines whether or not the “registration” button 7919 has been selected by the player (step S885). When the “Register” button 7919 is selected, the entered member information is transmitted to the core server 7600 via the AP server 7865 (steps S886 and S887).

  The mall member management unit 7601 of the backbone server 7600 generates user information based on the received member information (step S888), and generates a mall member ID (step S889). Here, contact information is an essential input, and at least one of an e-mail address and a telephone number must be input. Member registration by inputting such minimum information is simple registration.

  Next, the mall member management unit 7601 of the core server 7600 performs user authentication using the telephone number or email address included in the member information (step S890), and stores the registration information in the mall member information table 7651. . For example, if a phone number is entered, an SMS (short message service) is sent to the phone number, and if the player accesses the derived WEB page and responds appropriately, the correct phone number is used. Judge that there is. On the other hand, if a mail address is input, the mail is sent to the mail address, and when the player accesses the guided WEB page and makes an appropriate response, it is determined that the mail address is correct. Thereafter, the PC 7580 is instructed to display a mall membership card issuance selection page (step S891).

  Upon receiving the display instruction for the mall member card issuance selection page from the core server 7600, the AP server 785 creates a mall member card issuance selection page in response to this (or designates a predetermined address for specifying data on the page). ) To the PC 7580 (step S892).

  The PC 7580 displays a mall member card issuance selection page (not shown) in response to transmission from the AP server 7785 (step S893). The mall member card issuance selection page allows the player to select whether or not to issue a mall member card. Here, if “Issuing a mall member card” is selected, the mall member card will be delivered to a home or the like at a later date, and the gift exchange system 7001 can be logged in with the card. If “Do not issue a mall membership card” is selected, the mall membership card is not delivered, but after that, it is possible to log in to the prize exchange system 7001 by inputting a login ID and a password.

  It is determined whether or not a mall member card is issued (step S894), and when the player selects “do not issue a mall member card”, “member registration completion (no card issuance)” is displayed (step S895), the process ends. On the other hand, if the player selects “Issuing a mall membership card”, the AP server 7785 transmits the instruction to the backbone server 7600 (step S896), and the backbone server 7600 generates the response accordingly. User information (including a mall member ID) and a unique ID (for example, IDm) for identifying a mall member card are linked (step S897), and the registered information is stored and updated in the mall member information table 7651 (step S898). ).

  Next, the mall member management unit 7601 of the core server 7600 instructs the delivery of the mall member card (step S899), and instructs the PC 7580 to display the member registration completion (step S900). Upon receipt of the member registration completion display instruction from the core server 7600, the AP server 7585 creates a member registration completion page (or designates a predetermined address for specifying data on the page) and transmits it to the PC 7580. (Step S901). The PC 7580 displays a member registration completion page (not shown) in response to transmission from the AP server 7785 (step S902).

  In this example, contact information is a mandatory input, and if at least one of an email address and a telephone number is input and it is authenticated, the player who has made such simple registration, in the prize exchange system 7001, It is possible to display a free gift and register it in a favorite or free gift exchange basket. However, which information is required input in the simple registration is not limited to this example, and can be determined as appropriate.

  Next, the procedure for registering member information from the viewer 7550 of the hall store will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG. In this example, the viewer 7550 transmits / receives data to / from the backbone server 7600 via the connection management device 7090 (omitted here), and executes mall member registration. Here, it is assumed that a mall member card is distributed to the player at the hall store, and the player has the mall member card when registering for the mall member.

  First, in the situation where the login screen 7900 shown in FIG. 133 is displayed on the viewer 7550, when the first option, that is, the “card reading” button 7901 is selected and the card reading screen is displayed, the mall membership card is displayed. Is presented for reading (step S911). When the mall member card is presented and read, the viewer 7550 acquires a unique ID (for example, IDm) for identifying the mall member card and transmits it to the backbone server 7600 (step S912).

  The mall member management unit 7601 of the core server 7600 searches the mall member information table 7651 from the unique ID received from the viewer 7550 and authenticates whether or not the unique ID is registered as a mall member (ie, the mall member ID). It is determined whether or not they are linked (steps S913 and S914). If it is not new, it means that the member has already been registered, so the viewer 7550 is instructed to display the mall member top page (see FIG. 141) (step S915). The member top page is displayed on the display 7555 (step S916).

  If it is determined in step S914 that it is new, the viewer 7550 is instructed to display a recommended registration screen (not shown) (step S917), and the viewer 7550 that has received this instruction A recommendation screen is displayed on the display 7555 (step S918). In the determination in step S914, in addition to this, an error such as not being a legitimate mall member card may be detected, but the processing in that case is omitted.

  The viewer 7550 determines whether or not the “registration” button has been selected on the registration recommendation screen (step S919), and if the “registration” button is not selected, the processing ends. When the “Register” button is selected, the fact is transmitted to the core server 7600, and the mall member management unit 7601 of the core server 7600 instructs the viewer 7550 to display the member registration screen 7910 (see FIG. 135). (Step S920) Upon receiving this instruction, the viewer 7550 displays the member registration screen 7910 on the display 7555 (Step S921).

  Here, when the player inputs member information to the viewer 7550, the viewer 7550 acquires the input information (step S922), and determines whether or not the “Register” button 7919 has been selected by the player (step S923). ). When the “Register” button 7919 is selected, the entered member information is transmitted to the core server 7600 (step S924).

  The mall member management unit 7601 of the backbone server 7600 generates user information based on the received member information (step S925), and generates a mall member ID (step S926).

  Next, the mall member management unit 7601 of the core server 7600 performs user authentication using the telephone number or email address included in the member information (step S927), and stores the registration information in the mall member information table 7651. . Next, the core server 7600 associates the generated user information (including the mall member ID) with a unique ID (for example, IDm) for identifying the mall member card (step S928), and stores these in the mall member information table 7651. Registration information is stored / updated (step S929).

  Next, the mall member management unit 7601 of the backbone server 7600 instructs the viewer 7550 to display member registration completion (step S930). In response to the instruction, the viewer 7550 displays a member registration completion page (not shown) (step S931).

  Next, with reference to the flowchart of FIG. 137, a procedure for linking a mall member and a hall member from the viewer 7550 of the hall store will be described. In this example, in the situation where the mall member registration is performed, the hall member card at hand is to be integrated with the mall member card. For example, if a player wishes to register for a mall member during the hall member registration procedure, the staff of the hall store will register the mall member using the user information obtained from the player, and then the hall member card A process such as associating a mall membership card can be considered.

  First, in the situation where the login screen 7900 shown in FIG. 133 is displayed on the viewer 7550, when the first option, that is, the “card reading” button 7901 is selected and the card reading screen is displayed, the mall membership card is displayed. Is determined for reading (step S941). When the mall member card is presented and read, the viewer 7550 acquires a unique ID (for example, IDm) for identifying the mall member card and transmits it to the backbone server 7600 (step S942).

  The mall member management unit 7601 of the core server 7600 searches the mall member information table 7651 from the unique ID received from the viewer 7550 and authenticates whether or not the unique ID is registered as a mall member (ie, the mall member ID). It is determined whether or not they are linked (steps S943 and S944). If it is new, the viewer 7550 is instructed to display a recommended registration screen (not shown) (step S945), and the viewer 7550 that has received this instruction displays the recommended registration screen on the display 7555 (step S945). S946). Here, since it is an explanation of the process of completing the mall member registration, the process after the recommended registration screen is displayed is omitted. In addition, in the determination in step S944, an error such as not being a legitimate mall member card can also be detected, but the processing in that case is also omitted.

  If it is determined in step S944 that it is not new, it means that the member has already been registered, so the viewer 7550 is instructed to display the mall member top page (see FIG. 141) (step S947). Upon receiving this instruction, the viewer 7550 displays the mall member top page on the display 7555, selects the account service, displays the member registration screen 7910, and selects the “edit” button in the member card information input area 7917. The member card information editing screen is displayed (step S948). The screen transition after the mall member top page may be operated by the staff of the hall store or may be automatically controlled.

  FIG. 138 (A) shows a member card information editing screen 7920. The member card information editing screen 7920 is provided with a member card information display area 7924 below the top bar 7921 similar to the top bar 7911 of the member registration screen 7910, and there is a list of registered card information registered at the present time. Is displayed. The card information list displays the card type and card number (ID) of each registered card.

  In the viewer 7550, it is determined whether or not the “add card” button 7923 on the member card information edit screen 7920 has been selected (step S949). If the “add card” button 7923 is selected, this is indicated to the main server 7600. The mall member management unit 7601 of the backbone server 7600 instructs the viewer 7550 to display the card presentation guidance (step S950). Upon receiving this instruction, the viewer 7550 displays the card presentation guidance on the display 7555. (Step S951). The card presentation guide is a card presentation guide 7926 displayed on the member card information editing screen 7920 in FIG. 138 (B) so as to overlap the member card information display area 7924. A card to be newly added is displayed on the viewer 7550. The guidance is displayed so that it is held over a predetermined position, and when the reading is completed, a message to that effect is displayed.

  The viewer 7550 determines whether or not the hall member card of the hall system 7002 has been presented according to the display of the card presentation guide 7926 (step S952), and when the hall member card is presented, reads the card, A unique ID (for example, IDm) for identifying the hall member card is acquired and transmitted to the backbone server 7600 (step S953).

  When receiving the unique ID of the hall member card from the viewer 7550, the mall member management unit 7601 of the core server 7600 associates the read hall member card with the mall member card (step S954), and stores this string in the mall member information table 7651. The attached information is stored / updated (step S955). At this time, if a prize is registered in the favorite or prize exchange basket in each of the hall membership card and the mall membership card, it is registered in the favorite or prize exchange basket according to a predetermined rule or a player's designation. All or part of the prize can be integrated into either card.

  Next, the core server 7600 instructs the viewer 7550 to perform the link completion display (step S956). In response to the instruction, the viewer 7550 displays an association completion page (not shown) (step S957).

  FIG. 139 shows a member card information editing screen 7920 in a state where the linking process is completed. In the member card information display area 7924, the hall member card additionally read and linked this time is newly displayed (see reference numeral 7927).

  On the member card information editing screen 7920, when the radio button in the member card information display area 7924 is checked to specify a card and the “delete” button 7925 is selected, the association of the specified card can be released. In this case, if a favorite or free gift exchange basket is associated with the card, the information on the free gift registered in the favorite or free gift exchange basket at the time of deletion is displayed. Can be replaced (replaced with or added to the original prize) in the prize exchange basket. In addition, when a card is deleted, information on a favorite associated with the card or a prize registered in a prize exchange basket may be deleted.

  Next, with reference to FIGS. 140 to 146, description will be given of a prize selection process in the prize exchange system 7001 according to the eighth embodiment of the present invention.

  First, a procedure for adding a favorite from the PC 7580 will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG. In this example, the PC 7580 performs data transmission / reception with the backbone server 7600 via the AP server 785, and a WEB browser operating on the PC 7580 displays a WEB page. The player first searches for a prize, selects a prize from the displayed search results, and registers the prize as a favorite.

  First, the PC 7580 accesses the WEB page (step S961), and in response, the AP server 7585 transmits the mall member top page to the PC 7580 (step S962). When receiving the mall member top page, the PC 7580 displays the mall member top page by the WEB browser (step S963).

  The mall member top page is, for example, a mall member top page 7930 as shown in FIG. The mall member top page 7930 includes a top bar 7931 similar to the top bar 7911 of the member registration screen 7910, and below it, a recommended display area 7932 for displaying recommended prizes, a ranking display area 7933, a favorite display area 7934, and A prize exchange car display area 7935 is arranged. Here, in each display area, the number of exchangeable balls converted to a 1-yen rate is displayed together with the image of the prize. For example, the display price is displayed in the product management table 7752 and the exchange of the hall store is performed. It is converted by rate (see exchange rate management table 7654).

  On the left part of the top bar 7931, a premium search instruction area is displayed, and the player designates a premium search condition here. For example, a keyword, an exchange rate, a range of exchangeable balls (medals), and the like are designated as necessary. Registration of a prize to a favorite can be performed by selecting a prize from a result searched according to such a search condition, and is displayed in a recommendation display area 7932 and a ranking display area 7933 on the mall member top page 7930. A prize detail screen 7950 (see FIG. 143) is displayed by selecting a prize, and the prize can be registered as a favorite.

  The PC 7580 determines whether or not a premium search condition is set in the top bar 7931 of the mall member top page 7930 and a search instruction has been issued (step S964). The data is transmitted to the core server via the server 7865 (steps S965 and S966).

  When receiving the search condition from the PC 7580, the prize selection control unit 7604 of the core server 7600 searches the merchandise management table 7752 of the shop management server 7700 with the search condition (step S967), and displays a prize search result display screen on the PC 7580. Is instructed to do so (step S968). Upon receiving the premium search result display screen display instruction from the core server 7600, the AP server 785 creates a premium search result display screen in response to this (or designates a predetermined address for specifying the data of the page), and It transmits to PC7580 (step S969). In response to the transmission from the AP server 7585, the PC 7580 displays a premium search result display screen (step S970).

  Here, in FIG. 142, a premium search result display screen 7940 is displayed. The premium search result display screen 7940 includes a top bar 7941, and below that, a search result narrowing display area 7942 and search result display areas (7943 to 7946) are arranged. In the example of FIG. 142, for example, four prizes satisfying a designated search condition are displayed, and for each prize, a prize name, a prize image, and the number of exchangeable balls (medals) are displayed. Based on the number of exchangeable balls (medals), the number of balls (medals) necessary to exchange (acquire) the prize can be grasped. Here, the number of exchangeable balls (medals) is obtained, for example, by converting the display price in the merchandise management table 7752 by the exchange rate of the hall store (see the exchange rate management table 7654).

  In addition, for each prize, a "Premium exchange basket registration" button for putting the prize into the prize exchange basket and a "Favorite registration" button for putting the prize into favorites are displayed. When the “register car” button is selected, the prize is registered in the player's prize exchange basket, and when the “favorite registration” button is selected, the prize is registered in the player's favorite.

  The search result narrowing display area 7942 displays conditions for further narrowing down the search results displayed in a list. In this example, the category, exchange rate, number of exchangeable balls (medals), manufacturer, exchangeable hall stores, presence / absence of inventory, gift exchange baskets (those that have already been registered / not registered in the gift exchange basket), Conditions such as presence / absence of favorites (those already registered in favorites / those not registered in favorites) are set. All categories of premiums currently listed as search results are displayed in a state representing the hierarchical structure of the category. By selecting this category, the player can narrow down the prizes to only the prizes belonging to the category (and the subordinate categories), and the narrowed prizes are displayed as a list as a search result.

  Each search result display area has a delivery requester setting check box. When the player selects this check box, the set delivery requester is set, and the set delivery request is set in the delivery destination. The prize is delivered as delivered from the main. In the prize exchange system 7001, since the delivery requester is usually the operating company of the prize exchange system 7001 or its related organization, the player can arbitrarily set the delivery requester.

  For a product with a different size or different color, such as a prize displayed in the search result display area 7944, by selecting the “variation” button, a desired product can be selected from among products of several sizes and colors. A variation selection screen (not shown) for selecting an item to be displayed is displayed.

  Further, an out-of-stock item such as a prize displayed in the search result display area 7945 can be registered as a favorite, but cannot be registered in a prize exchange basket (that is, "The gift exchange basket registration" button can not be selected). This is because favorites are prepared for registering prizes as if they were notes or bookmarks, whereas prize exchange baskets are prepared as order baskets that can be ordered immediately. Based on differences in use significance.

  Further, when the delivery destination selection tab of the top bar 7941 is changed, the number of exchangeable balls (medals) displayed in the search result display area (7943 to 7946) can be changed due to the shipping cost. However, the number of exchangeable balls (medals) changes when there is a difference in the shipping fee depending on the delivery destination, and such shipping fee is reflected in the number of replaceable balls (medals).

  Returning to FIG. 140, when it is determined that a premium has been added on the premium search result display screen 7940 (step S971), that is, the “favorite registration” button is selected for the premium displayed in the search result display area. If it is determined, the product ID corresponding to the selected prize is transmitted to the backbone server 7600 via the AP server 7865 (step S972).

  Here, the prize selection control unit 7604 of the backbone server 7600 determines whether or not the user is logged in (step S973). If the user is not logged in, the login screen 7900 is displayed on the PC 7580 to log in the player. (Steps S974 to S980). This is because it is necessary to be a member of the prize exchange system 7001 in order to register a prize as a favorite. On the other hand, even non-members are possible as long as the search for prizes before that time is possible. If login fails, an error display screen is displayed on the PC 7580 and the process is terminated (steps S981 to S983).

  If it is determined in step S973 that the user has logged in, or if login as a mall member is permitted in step S980, the premium selection control unit 7604 of the backbone server 7600 acquires member information from the mall member information table (step S973). In step S984, the data in the favorite management table 7652 corresponding to the mall member ID is updated so that the prize designated by the player is registered as a favorite (step S985). Thereafter, the core server 7600 instructs the PC 7580 to display the completion of the addition of the premium (step S986).

  Upon receipt of the premium addition completion display instruction from the core server 7600, the AP server 7585 creates a premium addition completion display screen accordingly (or designates a predetermined address for specifying the data of the page), and It transmits to PC7580 (step S987). The PC 7580 displays a premium addition completion display screen (not shown) in response to the transmission from the AP server 7865 (step S988).

  In FIG. 143, a prize detail screen 7950 is displayed. By selecting a premium image or the like on various screens including the mall member top page 7930, the premium search result display screen 7940, etc., this screen including more detailed premium information is displayed. The prize details screen 7950 includes a top bar 7951, and below it a prize details display area 7952 is arranged. In the prize detail display area 7952, a prize image display area 7953 that can be displayed by selecting a plurality of prize images, a “return” button 7954 that is selected when returning to the previous screen, and a prize detail information display that displays the prize detail information. An area 7955, a gift exchange car registration button display area 7956, and a favorite registration button display area 7957 are arranged.

  In the prize detailed information display area 7955, information such as a prize name, a prize name (Kana), a manufacturer name, a product code, a detailed explanation of the prize, the number of exchangeable balls (medals), a prize attribute information, a posting period, and a last update date are displayed. Is done. In addition, in the premium exchange car registration button display area 7956 and the favorite registration button display area 7957, a “premium exchange car registration” button and a “favorite registration” button are displayed, respectively. Can be registered in a free gift basket or favorite.

  In FIG. 144, a favorite reference screen 7960 is displayed. The favorite reference screen 7960 is displayed by selecting a “favorite display” button on the top bar on various screens including the top bar 7931 of the mall member top page 7930.

  The favorite reference screen 7960 includes a top bar 7961, below which a search result narrowing display area 7962 and a prize display area (7963-7966) are arranged. In the example of FIG. 144, for example, four prizes are registered, and for each prize, a prize name, a prize image, and the number of exchangeable balls (medals) are displayed. Based on the number of exchangeable balls (medals), the number of balls (medals) necessary to exchange (acquire) the prize can be grasped. In addition, for each prize, a "Premium exchange basket registration" button for putting the prize into the prize exchange basket and a "Delete favorite" button for deleting the prize from the favorite are displayed. When the “exchange car registration” button is selected, the prize is registered in the player's prize exchange basket, and when the “delete favorite” button is selected, the prize is deleted from the player's favorite. Further, when the player selects the “Premium exchange car registration” button, the prize can be automatically deleted from the favorites.

  The search result narrowing display area 7962 displays conditions for further narrowing down the search results displayed in the list, which is the same as the search result narrowing display area 7942 on the premium search result display screen 7940. Each premium display area is also substantially the same as the search result display area (7943 to 7946) on the premium search result display screen 7940 described above.

  Further, a product that is out of stock, such as a prize displayed in the prize display area 7966, cannot be registered in the prize exchange basket (that is, the “prize exchange basket registration” button cannot be selected). It ’s like that) This is the same reason that the “Premium exchange basket registration” button cannot be selected in the search result display area 7946 of FIG.

  Next, with reference to the flowchart of FIG. 145, the procedure for adding from the PC 7580 to the gift exchange basket will be described. In this example, the PC 7580 performs data transmission / reception with the backbone server 7600 via the AP server 785, and a WEB browser operating on the PC 7580 displays a WEB page. The player first searches for prizes, selects a prize from the displayed search results, and registers the prize in the prize exchange basket.

  First, the PC 7580 accesses the WEB page (step S991), and in response, the AP server 7585 transmits the mall member top page to the PC 7580 (step S992). When receiving the mall member top page, the PC 7580 displays the mall member top page by the WEB browser (step S993).

  The mall member top page is, for example, a mall member top page 7930 as shown in FIG. The mall member top page 7930 includes a top bar 7931 similar to the top bar 7911 of the member registration screen 7910, and below it, a recommended display area 7932 for displaying recommended prizes, a ranking display area 7933, a favorite display area 7934, and A prize exchange car display area 7935 is arranged.

  On the left part of the top bar 7931, a premium search instruction area is displayed, and the player designates a premium search condition here. For example, a keyword, an exchange rate, a range of exchangeable balls (medals), and the like are designated as necessary. Registration of a prize in the prize exchange basket can be performed by selecting a prize from the search result according to such a search condition, but is displayed in a recommended display area 7932 and a ranking display area 7933 on the mall member top page 7930. A prize detail screen 7950 (see FIG. 143) is displayed by selecting the given prize, and the prize can be registered in the prize exchange basket.

  The PC 7580 determines whether or not a premium search condition is set in the top bar 7931 of the mall member top page 7930 and a search instruction is issued (step S994). The data is transmitted to the core server via the server 7865 (steps S995 and S996).

  When receiving the search condition from the PC 7580, the prize selection control unit 7604 of the core server 7600 searches the merchandise management table 7752 of the shop management server 7700 with the search condition (step S997), and displays a prize search result display screen on the PC 7580. Is instructed to do so (step S998). Upon receiving the premium search result display screen display instruction from the core server 7600, the AP server 785 creates a premium search result display screen in response to this (or designates a predetermined address for specifying the data of the page), and It transmits to PC7580 (step S999). The PC 7580 displays a premium search result display screen in response to transmission from the AP server 7785 (step S1000).

  The premium search result display screen is, for example, the premium search result display screen 7940 shown in FIG. 142 as described above. When it is determined on the premium search result display screen 7940 that a premium has been added (step S1001), it is determined that the “prize exchange car registration” button has been selected for the premium displayed in the search result display area. In this case, the product ID corresponding to the selected prize is transmitted to the backbone server 7600 via the AP server 785 (step S1002).

  Here, the prize selection control unit 7604 of the backbone server 7600 determines whether or not the user is logged in (step S1003). If the user is not logged in, the login screen 7900 is displayed on the PC 7580 to log in the player. (Steps S1004 to S1010). This is because it is necessary to be a member of the prize exchange system 7001 when registering a prize in the prize exchange basket. On the other hand, even non-members are possible as long as the search for prizes before that time is possible. If login fails, an error display screen is displayed on the PC 7580 and the process is terminated (steps S1011 to S1013).

  If it is determined in step S1003 that the user has logged in, or if login as a mall member is permitted in step S1010, the premium selection control unit 7604 of the backbone server 7600 acquires member information from the mall member information table (step S1003). In step S1014, the data in the prize exchange basket management table 7653 corresponding to the mall member ID is updated so that the prize designated by the player is registered in the prize exchange basket (step S1015). Thereafter, the core server 7600 instructs the PC 7580 to display the completion of the addition of the premium (step S1016).

  Upon receipt of the premium addition completion display instruction from the core server 7600, the AP server 7585 creates a premium addition completion display screen accordingly (or designates a predetermined address for specifying the data of the page), and The data is transmitted to the PC 7580 (step S1017). The PC 7580 displays a premium addition completion display screen (not shown) in response to the transmission from the AP server 7865 (step S1018).

  In FIG. 146, a premium exchange car reference screen 7970 is displayed. The premium exchange basket reference screen 7970 is displayed by selecting a “premium exchange basket display” button on the top bar on various screens including the top bar 7931 of the mall member top page 7930.

  The premium exchange car reference screen 7970 includes a top bar 7971, and a total ball (medal) number display area 7972 and exchangeable premium display areas (7973 to 7975) are arranged below the top bar 7971. In the total ball (medal) number display area 7972, the number of balls (medals) necessary for exchanging all of the prizes registered in the prize exchange basket is displayed for each game medium type (exchange rate). On the prize exchange car reference screen 7970, the number of prizes to be exchanged can be set for each prize, and the total number of medals displayed in the total number of medals display area 7972 takes the number of prizes into consideration. It is the total value.

  In the example of FIG. 146, for example, three prizes are registered in the exchangeable prize display area (7973 to 7975). For each prize, a prize name, a prize image, the number of prizes, exchangeable balls ( The number of medals is displayed. Based on the number of prizes and the number of exchangeable balls (medals), the number of balls (medals) required to exchange (acquire) the prize can be grasped. In addition, for each prize, a `` delete prize exchange basket '' button for deleting the prize from the prize exchange basket and a `` favorite registration '' button for registering the prize as a favorite are displayed. If the “Delete prize exchange basket” button is selected, the prize is deleted from the player's prize exchange basket, and if the “Favorite registration” button is selected, the prize is registered as the player's favorite. Further, when the player selects the “favorite registration” button, the prize can be automatically deleted from the prize exchange basket.

  In the example of FIG. 146, an out-of-stock prize display area 7976 is arranged below the exchangeable prize display area (7973 to 7975). This display area is displayed only when there is an out-of-stock prize. The This prize is not counted in the total number of balls (medals) displayed in the total number of balls (medals) display area 7972. As described with reference to the search result display area 7945 of the free gift search result display screen 7940 in FIG. 142 and the free gift display area 7966 of the favorite reference screen 7960 in FIG. 144, if the free gift is out of stock, the free gift is exchanged. You cannot register in the basket. Therefore, the prize displayed in the out-of-stock prize display area 7976 is out of stock after being registered in the prize exchange basket.

  Next, with reference to FIGS. 147 to 157, a free gift exchange process in the free gift exchange system 7001 according to the eighth embodiment of the present invention will be described.

  147 and 148, the hall member who is a member of the hall system 7002 exchanges prizes in a situation where the prize POS 7500 of the hall system 7002 and the prize exchange terminal 7530 of the prize exchange system 7001 are manually linked. The case will be described.

  First, the prize POS 7500 displays a prize exchange start screen (not shown) by the operation of the staff of the hall store or the like (step S1021). Next, it is determined whether or not the player's hall member card is presented on the premium exchange start screen (step S1022). When the hall member card is held over a predetermined mark position, the prize POS 7500 reads the hall member card unique ID (step S1023), searches the game medium holding number management table 7432 and the like of the hall computer 7400, and so on. The number of possessed balls (that is, the number of stored balls (medals)) and the game medium type (exchange rate) of the possessed balls are acquired and displayed on a display or the like (step S1024). In this example, the number of possessions corresponding to a single exchange rate is input. That is, even if the player has 1 yen loan and 4 yen loan, In the exchange of prizes, you must use either possession. However, it is also possible to input the number of holding balls of multiple exchange rates together with the corresponding exchange rates, integrate them according to the exchange rate, and design to exchange prizes with the balls after integration. is there.

  On the other hand, the prize exchange terminal 7530 displays a prize exchange start screen (not shown) by a predetermined operation (step S1025), and determines whether or not the player's hall member card is presented on the prize exchange start screen. (Step S1026). In this case, the hall member card is a card associated with a mall member. When the hall member card is held over a predetermined mark position, the gift exchange terminal 7530 reads the unique ID of the hall member card and transmits it to the backbone server 7600 (step S1027).

  When receiving the unique ID of the hall member card, the premium exchange control unit 7605 of the core server 7600 searches the mall member information table 7651, acquires the corresponding mall member ID (step S1028), and acquires user information. (Step S1029). If the corresponding mall member ID is not found, the premium exchange terminal 7530 is instructed to display an error. After step S1029, the premium exchange terminal 7530 is instructed to display the number-of-hands input screen (step S1030).

  The prize exchange terminal 7530 displays a number-of-balls input screen on the display 7535 in response to an instruction from the core server 7600 (step S1031).

  The number-of-balls input screen is, for example, a ball-number input screen 7980 as shown in FIG. In the possession number input screen 7980, an exchange rate input area 7981 for inputting (selecting) an exchange rate, a ball (medal) number input area 7982 for inputting the number of stored balls or the number of stored medals, and a “confirm” button 7983 are arranged. Has been. In this example, “1 yen loan” is input as the exchange rate, and “5000” balls are input as the number of balls (medals).

  The free gift exchange terminal 7530 determines whether or not the “Confirm” button 7983 is selected by inputting the exchange rate input area 7981 and the ball (medal) number input area 7982 (step S1032). Here, in step S1024, the number of possessions and the exchange rate displayed on the prize POS 7500 are input to the possession number input screen 7980 of the prize exchange terminal 7530. In this example, the prize POS 7500 and the prize exchange terminal 7530 are arranged close to each other but are not electronically connected, and the staff of the hall store sees the number of holding balls displayed on the prize POS 7500 and the exchange rate. Then, the content is input to the number of possessions input screen 7980 of the prize exchange terminal 7530.

  When input is made on the number-of-hands-input screen 7980 of the prize exchange terminal 7530, the number of possessions and the exchange rate are acquired and transmitted to the backbone server 7600 (step S1033). In response to this, the prize exchange control unit 7605 of the backbone server 7600 instructs the prize exchange terminal 7530 to display the number-of-balls confirmation screen (step S1034). The premium exchange terminal 7530 displays the number-of-balls confirmation screen on the display 7535 in response to an instruction from the core server 7600 (step S1035).

  The number-of-hands-check screen is, for example, a number-of-balls confirmation screen 7990 as shown in FIG. On the number-of-hands-check screen 7990, an input content display area 7991, a “cancel” button 7992, and a “next” button 7993 for displaying the inputted exchange rate and the number of balls are arranged. In this example, “1 yen loan” is displayed as the input exchange rate, and “5000” balls are displayed as the number of balls (medals) input.

  Here, the gift exchange terminal 7530 determines whether or not the “next” button 7993 is selected on the number-of-balls confirmation screen 7990 (step S1036). When the “next” button is selected on the number-of-hands-confirmation screen 7990 of the prize exchange terminal 7530, the prize exchange control unit 7605 of the backbone server 7600 performs a reserve capacity check and an inventory check (step S1037). In the possession reserve capacity check, it is determined whether or not all prizes registered in the prize exchange basket can be acquired with the value of the possession coin, the prize exchange basket management table 7653, the merchandise management table 7752 of the shop management server 7700, and the like. Is to search and check. The stock check is to check the product management table 7752 of the shop management server 7700 or the like to check whether or not all the premiums registered in the premium exchange basket at that time are in stock.

  Next, the prize exchange control unit 7605 of the backbone server 7600 generates a prize exchange car confirmation screen from the prize exchange car management table 7653, the merchandise management table 7752, and the input number of possessions, exchange rate, and the like (step S1038). ). If there is an error in the check in step S1037, the contents are displayed on the prize exchange basket confirmation screen, and suggestions such as deletion / change of prizes or change in quantity are made. Thereafter, the core server 7600 instructs the premium exchange terminal 7530 to display a premium exchange basket confirmation screen (step S1039). The prize exchange terminal 7530 displays a prize exchange car confirmation screen on the display 7535 in response to an instruction from the core server 7600 (step S1040).

  The prize exchange car confirmation screen is, for example, a prize exchange car confirmation screen 8000 as shown in FIG. On the prize exchange basket confirmation screen 8000, a cart showing the number of exchange balls (medals) of prizes registered in the prize exchange basket according to the inputted number of balls (medals) and the inputted exchange rate. A total display area 8001, prize display areas (8002 to 8004) for displaying prizes registered in the prize exchange basket, and a “confirm” button 8005 are arranged. In this example, as shown in the cart total display area 8001, the number of exchanged balls of the prize registered in the prize exchange basket is 4800 balls for 1 yen lending pachinko balls, and the number of balls entered is 5000 balls. It is. Therefore, the possession reserve capacity check is cleared, and no error is displayed for the inventory check. If the “confirm” button 8005 is selected as it is, an order can be placed.

  On the other hand, the prize exchange car confirmation screen 8010 shown in FIG. 151 shows that the prize displayed in the prize display area 8015 is an out-of-stock product, and there is an out-of-stock product, so an error indicating that the quantity needs to be changed. A message 8011 is shown at the top of the screen.

  Returning to FIG. 147, the free gift exchange terminal 7530 determines whether or not a change input has been made on the free gift exchange car confirmation screen (step S1041). When a change input is made, the prize exchange control unit 7605 of the core server 7600 updates the contents of the prize exchange car management table 7653 (step S1042), returns to step S1037 again, and has the changed contents. Check and inventory check. For example, if the player is out of stock, the player must change the quantity of the prize to zero, and if the total number of prizes registered in the prize exchange basket exceeds the entered coin, It is necessary to delete (decrease the quantity to zero) or reduce the quantity. In addition, when there is a margin in the input possession, for example, an operation for adding a prize to the prize exchange basket on the favorite reference screen 7960 shown in FIG. 144 is performed, or a prize exchange basket is added. An operation of increasing the number of registered prizes can be performed.

  In the free gift exchange car confirmation screen 8010 shown in FIG. 151, the quantity of the free gift shown in the free gift display area 8015 is changed to zero (by operating the “decrease” button) according to the error message 8011 (below (See triangular arrow 8017). Further, here, in order to increase the quantity for the prize shown in the prize display area, the “raise” button (the button with the upper triangle arrow) is operated.

  After changing the prize registered in the free gift exchange basket, the free gift exchange terminal 7530 again displays the free gift exchange car confirmation screen (with the contents after the change) (step S1040), and input the change on the free gift exchange car confirmation screen. Is determined (step S1041), and further, it is determined whether or not the “confirm” button is selected (step S1043). When the “confirm” button is selected, the prize exchange control unit 7605 of the core server 7600 performs a holding capacity check and an inventory check (step S1044), and determines whether the check is OK (step S1045). If the check is not OK, the process returns to step S1038, and a prize exchange basket confirmation screen including an error message is created.

  If the check is OK in step S1045, the premium exchange control unit 7605 of the backbone server 7600 instructs the premium exchange terminal 7530 to display a premium exchange order screen (step S1046). The prize exchange terminal 7530 displays a prize exchange order screen on the display 7535 in response to an instruction from the core server 7600 (step S1047).

  FIG. 152 shows a free gift exchange order screen 8020. The prize exchange order screen 8020 shows the total number of prize exchange balls (medals) registered in the prize exchange basket according to the inputted number of balls (medals) and the inputted exchange rate. A display area 8021, prize display areas (8022 to 8023) for displaying prizes registered in the prize exchange basket, and an “order” button 8024 are arranged. In this example, as a result of changing the quantity of out-of-stock items from “1” to “0” and selecting the “confirm” button 8016 on the giveaway replacement order screen 8020 of FIG. 151, the error is resolved, and FIG. The premium exchange order screen 8020 is displayed.

  The premium exchange terminal 7530 displays the premium exchange order screen and then determines whether or not the “order” button has been selected (step S1048). When the “order” button is selected, the premium order control unit 7606 of the core server 7600 performs a premium order process (step S1049). In the free gift ordering process, the core server 7600 instructs the shop management server to place a free gift order according to information including the product ID and quantity of the free gift registered in the free gift exchange basket. Next, the core server 7600 instructs the gift exchange terminal 7530 to display a gift exchange completion screen and output a gift exchange acceptance certificate (step S1050), and then update the gift exchange car management table 7653 (for example, The registered prize is deleted) (step S1051).

  Here, the core server 7600 and the prize exchange terminal 7530 receive information on the player's possession in the prize exchange process, and use this information to check the remaining capacity of the possession, but after the prize exchange is completed, This information is never retained.

  The prize exchange terminal 7530 displays a prize exchange completion screen on the display 7535 in accordance with an instruction from the core server 7600, and further, on the display 7535 of the prize exchange terminal 7530 or (if necessary) a prize exchange acceptance certificate. The document is output (step S1052). This free gift exchange acceptance certificate is a proof that the free gift has been exchanged, and is given to the player. If the prize is not delivered, it is possible to receive some compensation by this prize exchange acceptance certificate.

  FIG. 153 shows a gift exchange completion screen 8030. The gift exchange completion screen 8030 includes a consumption ball number display area 8031 for displaying the number of consumed balls (medals) and exchange rate consumed in the exchange of the present gift, a “continue” button 8032 for exchanging gifts, and “ A “complete” button 8033 is arranged. When the “Continue” button 8032 is selected, for example, the user returns to the number-of-hands-input screen 7980 and can exchange prizes using the remaining balls or using balls having a different exchange rate from the previous time. it can.

  Here, the staff of the hall store displays a consumption ball number input screen (not shown) on the prize POS 7500 by a predetermined operation (step S1053), and the consumption ball number and exchange rate grasped by looking at the prize exchange completion screen 8030. Is input to the prize POS7500. The prize exchange terminal 7530 determines whether or not the number of balls to be consumed and the exchange rate are input on the screen for inputting the number of balls to be consumed (step S1054). Obtain (step S1055).

  The prize POS 7500 subtracts the acquired number of consumed balls from the number of balls held by the player (corresponding to the hall membership card) before the prize exchange (step S1056). This subtraction is performed between balls (medals) having the same exchange rate. Next, the game medium holding number management table 7432 is updated, and the number of balls held by the hall member is changed to the number of balls after subtraction (step S1057). Finally, the gift exchange process is terminated, and a receipt is output to a printer or the like as necessary (step S1058).

  Next, referring to the flowcharts of FIGS. 154 and 155, in a situation where the prize POS 7500 of the hall system 7002 and the prize exchange terminal 7530 of the prize exchange system 7001 are automatically linked, the hall member who is a member of the hall system 7002 A case where prizes are exchanged will be described.

  First, the prize POS 7500 displays a prize exchange start screen (not shown) by the operation of the staff of the hall store or the like (step S1061). Next, it is determined whether or not the player's hall member card is presented on the premium exchange start screen (step S1062). When the hall member card is held over a predetermined mark position, the free gift POS 7500 reads the unique ID of the hall member card and searches the game medium holding number management table 7432 of the hall computer 7400 and the number of balls held by the hall member. (That is, the number of stored balls (medals)) and the game medium type (exchange rate) of the possessed ball are acquired and transmitted to the prize exchange terminal 7530 (step S1063). In this case, the hall member card is a card associated with a mall member.

  In addition, when the player has a possession of a plurality of game medium types (exchange rates), an instruction screen is prepared at the prize POS 7500 or the prize exchange terminal 7530, and one of them is selected. can do. Further, in the prize POS 7500 and the prize exchange terminal 7530, the game medium type (exchange rate) may be input (selected).

  When the prize exchange terminal 7530 receives the game medium type (exchange rate) of the possession from the prize POS 7500, it sends it to the core server 7600 (step S1064). When receiving the unique ID of the hall member card, the premium exchange control unit 7605 of the core server 7600 searches the mall member information table 7651, acquires the corresponding mall member ID (step S1065), and acquires user information. (Step S1066). If the corresponding mall member ID is not found, the premium exchange terminal 7530 is instructed to display an error.

  Next, the prize exchange control unit 7605 of the backbone server 7600 performs a holding capacity check and an inventory check (step S1067). In the possession reserve capacity check, it is determined whether or not all prizes registered in the prize exchange basket can be acquired with the value of the possession coin, the prize exchange basket management table 7653, the merchandise management table 7752 of the shop management server 7700, and the like. Is to search and check. The stock check is to check the product management table 7752 of the shop management server 7700 or the like to check whether or not all the premiums registered in the premium exchange basket at that time are in stock.

  Next, the prize exchange control unit 7605 of the backbone server 7600 generates a prize exchange car confirmation screen from the prize exchange car management table 7653, the merchandise management table 7752, and the input number of possessions, exchange rate, and the like (step S1068). ). If there is an error in the check in step S1067, the contents are displayed on the prize exchange basket confirmation screen, and suggestions such as deletion / change of prizes or change in quantity are made. Thereafter, the core server 7600 instructs the premium exchange terminal 7530 to display a premium exchange basket confirmation screen (step S1069). In response to an instruction from the core server 7600, the gift exchange terminal 7530 displays a gift exchange car confirmation screen on the display 7535 (step S1070).

  The prize exchange car confirmation screen is, for example, a prize exchange car confirmation screen 8000 as shown in FIG. 150, and the details are as described above.

  Next, the gift exchange terminal 7530 determines whether or not a change input has been made on the gift exchange car confirmation screen (step S1071). Here, when the change input is performed, the premium exchange control unit 7605 of the core server 7600 updates the content of the premium exchange car management table 7653 (step S1072), returns to step S1067 again, and has the changed contents. Check and inventory check. For example, if the player is out of stock, the player must change the quantity of the prize to zero, and if the total number of prizes registered in the prize exchange basket exceeds the entered coin, It is necessary to delete (decrease the quantity to zero) or reduce the quantity.

  After changing the prize registered in the prize exchange basket, the prize exchange terminal 7530 again displays the prize exchange basket confirmation screen (with the changed contents) (step S1070), and the change input is made on the prize exchange basket confirmation screen. Is determined (step S1071), and it is further determined whether or not the “confirm” button is selected (step S1073). Then, when the “confirm” button is selected, the prize exchange control unit 7605 of the core server 7600 performs a holding capacity check and an inventory check (step S1074). If the check is not OK, the process returns to step S1068, and an error occurs. Create a gift exchange confirmation screen that includes a message.

  In step S1074, if the check is OK, the prize exchange control unit 7605 of the core server 7600 instructs the prize exchange terminal 7530 to display a prize exchange order screen (step S1076). The prize exchange terminal 7530 displays a prize exchange order screen on the display 7535 in response to an instruction from the core server 7600 (step S1077).

  The premium exchange order screen is a premium exchange order screen 8020 as shown in FIG. 152, for example, and the details are as described above.

  The free gift exchange terminal 7530 displays the free gift exchange order screen, and then determines whether or not the “order” button has been selected (step S1078). When the “order” button is selected, the premium order control unit 7606 of the core server 7600 performs a premium order process (step S1079). In the free gift ordering process, the core server 7600 instructs the shop management server to place a free gift order according to information including the product ID and quantity of the free gift registered in the free gift exchange basket. Next, the core server 7600 instructs the prize exchange terminal 7530 to display a prize exchange completion screen and to output a prize exchange acceptance certificate (step S1080).

  The prize exchange terminal 7530 displays a prize exchange completion screen on the display 7535 in accordance with an instruction from the core server 7600, and further, on the display 7535 of the prize exchange terminal 7530 or (if necessary) a prize exchange acceptance certificate. The document is output (step S1081). This free gift exchange acceptance certificate is a proof that the free gift has been exchanged, and is given to the player. If the prize is not delivered, it is possible to receive some compensation by this prize exchange acceptance certificate. In this example, a free gift exchange acceptance certificate is output at the free gift exchange terminal 7530. If the free gift POS 7500 has a printer or the like, the free gift POS 7500 is configured to print the free gift exchange acceptance certificate. You can also.

  The prize exchange completion screen is, for example, a prize exchange completion screen 8030 shown in FIG. 153, and the details are as described above.

  Next, the prize exchange car management table 7653 is updated (for example, the registered prize is deleted) (step S1082). Here, the core server 7600 and the prize exchange terminal 7530 receive information on the player's possession in the prize exchange process, and use this information to check the remaining capacity of the possession, but after the prize exchange is completed, This information is never retained.

  Subsequently, the core server 7600 transmits the number of balls actually consumed and the exchange rate consumed in the prize exchange process to the prize exchange terminal 7530 (Step S1083), and the prize exchange terminal 7530 transfers this to the prize POS 7500 (Step S1083). S1084). The premium POS 7500 obtains the number of balls consumed and the exchange rate transmitted from the core server 7600 (step S1085).

  Next, the prize POS 7500 subtracts the acquired number of consumed balls from the number of balls of the player (corresponding to the hall member card) before exchanging the prize (step S1086). This subtraction is performed between balls (medals) having the same exchange rate. Next, the game medium holding number management table 7432 is updated, and the number of balls held by the hall member is changed to the number of balls after subtraction (step S1087). Finally, the gift exchange process is terminated, and a receipt is output to a printer or the like as necessary (step S1088).

  Next, referring to the flowchart of FIG. 156, in a situation where the prize POS 7500 of the hall system 7002 and the prize exchange terminal 7530 of the prize exchange system 7001 are manually linked, the hall system 7002 is a non-member and the prize exchange system 7001 A case where a mall member who is a member exchanges prizes will be described.

  First, the prize POS 7500 displays a prize exchange start screen (not shown) by the operation of the staff of the hall store or the like (step S1091). Next, on the prize exchange start screen, the staff at the hall store or the like causes the count receipt submitted by the player to be read by, for example, a barcode reader (step S1092). The prize POS 7500 acquires the number of possessed balls of the player and the game medium type (exchange rate) of the possessed balls from the contents of the read count receipt, and displays them on a display or the like (step S1093).

  On the other hand, the prize exchange terminal 7530 displays a prize exchange start screen (not shown) by a predetermined operation (step S1094), and determines whether or not the player's mall membership card is presented on the prize exchange start screen. (Step S1095). When the mall member card is held over a predetermined mark position, the gift exchange terminal 7530 reads the unique ID of the mall member card and transmits it to the backbone server 7600 (step S1096).

  When receiving the unique ID of the mall member card, the premium exchange control unit 7605 of the core server 7600 searches the mall member information table 7651, acquires the corresponding mall member ID (step S1097), and acquires user information. (Step S1098). If the corresponding mall member ID is not found, the premium exchange terminal 7530 is instructed to display an error. After step S1098, the prize exchange terminal 7530 is instructed to display the number-of-balls input screen (step S1099).

  The premium exchange terminal 7530 displays the number-of-balls input screen on the display 7535 in response to an instruction from the core server 7600 (step S1100).

  The number-of-balls input screen is, for example, a ball-number input screen 7980 as shown in FIG.

  The free gift exchange terminal 7530 determines whether or not a handball and an exchange rate are input on the handball number input screen (step S1101). Here, in step S1093, the number of possessed balls and the exchange rate displayed on the prize POS 7500 are input to the number of possessed balls input screen of the prize exchanging terminal 7530. In this example, the prize POS 7500 and the prize exchange terminal 7530 are arranged close to each other but are not electronically connected, and the staff of the hall store sees the number of holding balls displayed on the prize POS 7500 and the exchange rate. Then, the content is input to the number of possessions input screen 7980 of the prize exchange terminal 7530.

  When input is made on the number-of-balls input screen of the gift exchange terminal 7530, the number of balls held and the exchange rate are acquired and transmitted to the backbone server 7600 (step S1102). In response to this, the prize exchange control unit 7605 of the backbone server 7600 instructs the prize exchange terminal 7530 to display the number-of-balls confirmation screen (step S1103). In response to an instruction from the core server 7600, the gift exchange terminal 7530 displays the number-of-balls confirmation screen on the display 7535 (step S1104).

  The number-of-hands-check screen is, for example, a number-of-balls confirmation screen 7990 as shown in FIG.

  Here, the gift exchange terminal 7530 determines whether or not the “next” button is selected on the number-of-balls confirmation screen 7990 (step S1105). When the “next” button is selected on the number-of-hands-confirmation screen of the prize exchange terminal 7530, the prize exchange control unit 7605 of the core server 7600 performs a reserve capacity check and an inventory check (step S1106). In the possession reserve capacity check, it is determined whether or not all prizes registered in the prize exchange basket can be acquired with the value of the possession coin, the prize exchange basket management table 7653, the merchandise management table 7752 of the shop management server 7700, and the like. Is to search and check. The stock check is to check the product management table 7752 of the shop management server 7700 or the like to check whether or not all the premiums registered in the premium exchange basket at that time are in stock.

  Next, the prize exchange control unit 7605 of the backbone server 7600 generates a prize exchange car confirmation screen from the prize exchange car management table 7653, the product management table 7752, and the number of possessed balls, the exchange rate, and the like (step S1107). ). If there is an error in the check in step S1106, the contents are displayed on the premium exchange basket confirmation screen, and suggestions such as deletion / change of premiums, change of quantity, etc. are made. Thereafter, the core server 7600 instructs the prize exchange terminal 7530 to display a prize exchange basket confirmation screen (step S1108). In response to an instruction from the backbone server 7600, the gift exchange terminal 7530 displays a gift exchange car confirmation screen on the display 7535 (step S1109).

  The prize exchange car confirmation screen is, for example, a prize exchange car confirmation screen 8000 as shown in FIG.

  Next, the gift exchange terminal 7530 determines whether or not a change input has been made on the gift exchange car confirmation screen (step S1110). When a change input is made, the prize exchange control unit 7605 of the backbone server 7600 updates the contents of the prize exchange car management table 7653 (step S1111), returns to step S1106 again, and has the changed contents. Check and inventory check. For example, if the player is out of stock, the player must change the quantity of the prize to zero, and if the total number of prizes registered in the prize exchange basket exceeds the entered coin, It is necessary to delete (decrease the quantity to zero) or reduce the quantity. If the total number of prizes registered in the prize exchange basket exceeds the input bead, it is necessary to delete the prize (set the quantity to zero) or reduce the quantity.

  After changing the prize registered in the free gift exchange basket, the free gift exchange terminal 7530 again displays the free gift exchange car confirmation screen (with the changed contents) (step S1109), and the change input is made on the free gift exchange car confirmation screen. It is determined whether or not has been performed (step S1110). Thereafter, the processing is the same as the flow shown in FIG. 148. When the “Order” button is selected on the free gift exchange order screen, the free gift ordering process is performed and the free gift exchange terminal 7530 outputs a free gift exchange acceptance certificate. At the same time, a count receipt printed with the number of balls subtracted by the number of balls consumed in the prize POS 7500 is output. In this example, since the player is not a member of the hall system 7002, the game medium holding number management table 7432 is not updated.

  Next, referring to the flowchart of FIG. 157, in a situation where the prize POS 7500 of the hall system 7002 and the prize exchange terminal 7530 of the prize exchange system 7001 are automatically linked, the prize exchange system 7001 is a non-member of the hall system 7002. The case where a mall member who is a member exchanges prizes will be described.

  First, the prize POS 7500 displays a prize exchange start screen (not shown) by the operation of the staff of the hall store or the like (step S1121). Next, on the prize exchange start screen, the staff at the hall store or the like causes the count receipt submitted by the player to be read by, for example, a bar code reader (step S1122). The prize POS 7500 stores the number of possessed balls of the player and the game medium type (exchange rate) of the possessed balls from the contents of the read count receipt. In this example, the number of possessions and the exchange rate are read from the count receipt, but the exchange rate may be input separately. Further, the number of possessions and the exchange rate may be read from another recording medium.

  On the other hand, the prize exchange terminal 7530 displays a prize exchange start screen (not shown) by a predetermined operation (step S1123), and determines whether or not the player's mall membership card is presented on the prize exchange start screen. (Step S1124). When the mall member card is held over a predetermined mark position, the gift exchange terminal 7530 reads the unique ID of the mall member card and transmits it to the backbone server 7600 (step S1125). In this example, the premium membership terminal 7530 reads the mall member card, but it may be read by the premium POS 7500 and transmitted to the backbone server 7600.

  When receiving the unique ID of the mall member card, the premium exchange control unit 7605 of the core server 7600 searches the mall member information table 7651, acquires the corresponding mall member ID (step S1126), and acquires user information. (Step S1127). If the corresponding mall member ID is not found, the premium exchange terminal 7530 is instructed to display an error.

  Next, the prize exchange control unit 7605 of the backbone server 7600 instructs the prize exchange terminal 7530 to display a possession acquisition screen (step S1128). In response to an instruction from the core server 7600, the gift exchange terminal 7530 displays a possession acquisition screen on the display 7535 (step S1129). Here, the gift exchange terminal 7530 determines whether or not the “acquire” button on the possession ball acquisition screen has been selected (step S1130). When the “acquire” button on the possessed ball acquisition screen is selected, the gift exchange terminal 7530 requests the gift POS 7500 to acquire the possessed ball (step S1131).

  In response to the acquisition request from the prize exchange terminal 7530, the prize POS 7500 obtains the number of possessions and exchange rate read and stored from the player's count receipt and transmits it to the prize exchange terminal 7530 (step S1132). The premium exchange terminal 7530 transfers the received number of possessions and the exchange rate to the backbone server 7600 (step S1133).

  When the prize exchange control unit 7605 of the core server 7600 receives the number of possessions and the exchange rate from the prize exchange terminal 7530, it performs a possession reserve capacity check and an inventory check (step S1134). In the possession reserve capacity check, it is determined whether or not all prizes registered in the prize exchange basket can be acquired with the value of the possession coin, the prize exchange basket management table 7653, the merchandise management table 7752 of the shop management server 7700, and the like. Is to search and check. The stock check is to check the product management table 7752 of the shop management server 7700 or the like to check whether or not all the premiums registered in the premium exchange basket at that time are in stock.

  Next, the prize exchange control unit 7605 of the backbone server 7600 generates a prize exchange car confirmation screen from the prize exchange car management table 7653, the product management table 7752, and the number of held coins, the exchange rate, and the like (step S1135). ). If there is an error in the check in step S1134, the contents are displayed on the prize exchange basket confirmation screen, and suggestions such as deletion / change of prizes or change in quantity are made. Thereafter, the core server 7600 instructs the premium exchange terminal 7530 to display a premium exchange basket confirmation screen (step S1136). In response to an instruction from the core server 7600, the gift exchange terminal 7530 displays a gift exchange car confirmation screen on the display 7535 (step S1137).

  The prize exchange car confirmation screen is, for example, a prize exchange car confirmation screen 8000 as shown in FIG.

  Next, the free gift exchange terminal 7530 determines whether or not a change input has been made on the free gift exchange car confirmation screen (step S1138). Here, when the change input is performed, the premium exchange control unit 7605 of the core server 7600 updates the content of the premium exchange car management table 7653 (step S1139), and returns to step S1134 again. Check and inventory check. For example, if the player is out of stock, the player must change the quantity of the prize to zero, and if the total number of prizes registered in the prize exchange basket exceeds the entered coin, It is necessary to delete (decrease the quantity to zero) or reduce the quantity.

  After changing the prize registered in the prize exchange basket, the prize exchange terminal 7530 again displays the prize exchange basket confirmation screen (with the changed contents) (step S1137), and inputs the change on the prize exchange basket confirmation screen. It is determined whether or not has been performed (step S1138). Thereafter, the processing is the same as the flow shown in FIG. 155. When the “order” button is selected on the free gift exchange order screen, the free gift ordering process is performed, and the free gift exchange terminal 7530 outputs a free gift exchange acceptance certificate. At the same time, a count receipt printed with the number of balls subtracted by the number of balls consumed in the prize POS 7500 is output. In this example, since the player is not a member of the hall system 7002, the game medium holding number management table 7432 is not updated.

  Next, with reference to FIGS. 158 to 166, description will be given of product determination processing in the gift exchange system 7001 according to the eighth embodiment of the present invention. The free gift exchange system 7001 determines the display price of the product displayed in the search result, the recommendation, or the ranking, the display price displayed for the product registered in the favorite or the free gift exchange basket based on the characteristic logic, and the result. , Determine the shop that is the supplier of goods. This process is executed by the product determination unit 7702 of the shop management server 7700. The function of the product determination unit 7702 is applicable to the prize exchange system according to each of the above embodiments (for example, the prize exchange systems according to the first to third embodiments and the fifth to eighth embodiments). .

  FIG. 158 is a diagram conceptually showing a process of selling products by a shop and determining a product that can be exchanged as a prize. FIG. 158 (A) shows a situation where the same product (product ID = P001) is exhibited from two shops “AAA” and “BBB”, and the selling price and the stock are different from each other. FIG. 158 (B) further shows that the shop “CCC” exhibits the same product (product ID = P001), and the shops “AAA” and “BBB” have different selling prices and stocks.

  In such a situation, for example, when the player places an order to exchange the product as a free gift, the free gift exchange system 7001 performs a free gift ordering process for the product in the shop “BBB”. In the gift exchange system 7001, the price of each product is determined by a predetermined logic. Also, in the prize exchange system 7001, a shop is not selected at the time of prize ordering, but the price (number of exchangeable balls (medals)) of products to be displayed as a search result, recommendation, or ranking is determined daily. At that time, the shop is determined based on the determination of the price. However, when the price of a product is determined in real time, the price of the product changes sequentially, and the shop can be changed accordingly. For example, the price of a product when a player registers a product as a favorite may differ from the price when the product is registered in a free gift exchange basket when the order is finally placed. It is possible that an error will occur in the ball surplus power check, or conversely, a surplus ball more than originally assumed may occur.

  For example, in the case of the configuration shown in FIG. 111, each shop can receive a gift exchange system from a shop terminal via a cross-type EC mall linkage system 7802, EC mall management system 7822, shop system 7842, or directly from the shop terminal. Although a product can be exhibited with respect to 7001, the exhibition is only registered as a candidate for a product that can be exchanged as a prize (that is, a candidate for a supplier). Eventually, the shop that has exhibited the product of the price determined by the gift exchange system 7001 is determined as the supplier.

  On the other hand, the player knows the price (number of exchangeable balls (medals)) for the products displayed as search results, recommendations, or rankings, then registers them in the favorite or prize exchange basket and places an order. It is not possible to know which store the product was provided (however, when the product is delivered, there is a possibility that it will be finally grasped by the description of the delivery source).

  As described above, the price of the product (the number of exchangeable balls (medals)) is determined by predetermined logic, for example, daily or in real time. First, a daily price determination method will be described with reference to FIGS. 159 to 161. For example, the shop management server 7700 shown in FIG. 126 is further configured to include a product price determination unit, and the prize DB 7750 stores an exhibition management table and a shipping cost table.

  FIG. 159 to FIG. 161 explain a method for determining the price of each product on a daily basis (daily fluctuation method) and adding a fixed shipping fee. The fixed shipping fee is not a shipping fee that is actually required, but is a virtually set shipping fee.

  (1) illustrates the case where there is a single supplier (see FIG. 159). Shop “AAA” is selling products (product ID = P001) at a selling price of 1000 yen. Further, the shop “AAA” is a shop in Tokyo, the shipping source is Tokyo, and is associated with the shipping cost table (0020). Such an exhibition state is stored in the exhibition management table. The postage table (0020) is set to a uniform 400 yen regardless of whether the delivery destination is Tokyo or Osaka.

  In such a case, the candidates are only the products exhibited by the shop “AAA”, and the display price of the product (product ID = P001) is 1400 yen. That is, since the shipping cost is constant, the display price (exchange price) = sales price (1000 yen) + shipping price (400 yen) = 1400 yen regardless of whether the delivery destination is Tokyo or Osaka.

  As a result, the shop “AAA” is determined as the supplier. Here, in order to make the explanation easy to understand, the display price is displayed in units of yen, but actually, for example, it is represented by the number of exchangeable balls (medals) (the same applies in the following description). ). The determined merchandise of the shop is stored in the merchandise management table together with the shop ID for identifying the shop and the display price.

  (2) illustrates the case where there are a plurality of suppliers (see FIG. 159). Shop “AAA” sells the product (product ID = P001) at a selling price of 1000 yen, shop “BBB” sends the product (product ID = P001) at a selling price of 1100 yen, and shop “CCC” A product (product ID = P001) is exhibited at a selling price of 1200 yen. Further, the shop “AAA” and the shop “CCC” are shops in Tokyo, and the shipping source is Tokyo, which is associated with the shipping cost table (0020). On the other hand, the shop “BBB” is a shop in Osaka, the shipping source is Osaka, and is associated with the postage table (0021). Such an exhibition state is stored in the exhibition management table. Note that both the shipping cost table (0020) and the shipping cost table (0021) are set to a uniform 400 yen regardless of whether the delivery destination is Tokyo or Osaka.

  In such a case, the candidates are the products that the shops “AAA”, “BBB”, and “BBB” each exhibit, and the display price of the product (product ID = P001) is 1400 yen, considering the shipping cost. 1500 yen and 1600 yen. That is, since the postage is constant, the postage is 400 yen regardless of whether the shipping source or the delivery destination is Tokyo or Osaka, and the display price (exchange price) = sales price (1000 yen) for the shop “AAA” ) + Shipping (400 Yen) = 1400 Yen, For Shop “BBB”, Display Price (Exchange Price) = Sales Price (1100 Yen) + Shipping (400 Yen) = 1500 Yen, For Shop “CCC”, Display Price (Exchange price) = sales price (1200 yen) + shipping cost (400 yen) = 1600 yen.

  Here, for example, when a criterion of “selecting the second highest price among candidates” is set, as a result, the shop “BBB” is determined as the supplier. The determined product is stored in the product management table together with the shop ID for identifying the shop and the display price.

(3) exemplifies a case where there are a plurality of suppliers and they increase or decrease. The state changes as follows from (a) prize search to (b) prize exchange.
(A) When searching for prizes (see FIG. 160)
Shop “AAA” sells the product (product ID = P001) at a selling price of 1000 yen, shop “BBB” sends the product (product ID = P001) at a selling price of 1100 yen, and shop “CCC” A product (product ID = P001) is exhibited at a selling price of 1200 yen. Further, the shop “AAA” and the shop “CCC” are shops in Tokyo, and the shipping source is Tokyo, which is associated with the shipping cost table (0020). On the other hand, the shop “BBB” is a shop in Osaka, the shipping source is Osaka, and is associated with the postage table (0021). Such an exhibition state is stored in the exhibition management table. Note that both the shipping cost table (0020) and the shipping cost table (0021) are set to a uniform 400 yen regardless of whether the delivery destination is Tokyo or Osaka.

  In such a case, the candidates are products that are exhibited by shops “AAA”, “BBB”, and “CCC”, and the display price of the product (product ID = P001) is 1400 yen each, taking the shipping cost into consideration. 1500 yen and 1600 yen. That is, since the postage is constant, the postage is 400 yen regardless of whether the shipping source or the delivery destination is Tokyo or Osaka, and the display price (exchange price) = sales price (1000 yen) for the shop “AAA” ) + Shipping (400 Yen) = 1400 Yen, For Shop “BBB”, Display Price (Exchange Price) = Sales Price (1100 Yen) + Shipping (400 Yen) = 1500 Yen, For Shop “CCC”, Display Price (Exchange price) = sales price (1200 yen) + shipping cost (400 yen) = 1600 yen.

  Here, for example, when a criterion of “selecting the second highest price among candidates” is set, as a result, the shop “BBB” is determined as the supplier. The determined merchandise of the shop is stored in the merchandise management table together with the shop ID for identifying the shop and the display price.

(B) At the time of prize exchange (refer to FIG. 161)
Shop “AAA” sells the product (product ID = P001) at a selling price of 1000 yen, shop “BBB” sends the product (product ID = P001) at a selling price of 1100 yen, and shop “CCC” The product (product ID = P001) is exhibited at a selling price of 1200 yen, and the shop “DDD” is exhibiting the product (product ID = P001) at a selling price of 1300 yen. Further, the shop “AAA” and the shop “CCC” are shops in Tokyo, and the shipping source is Tokyo, which is associated with the shipping cost table (0020). On the other hand, the shop “BBB” and the shop “DDD” are shops in Osaka, the shipping source is Osaka, and is associated with the shipping cost table (0021). Such an exhibition state is stored in the exhibition management table. Note that both the shipping cost table (0020) and the shipping cost table (0021) are set to a uniform 400 yen regardless of whether the delivery destination is Tokyo or Osaka.

  In such a case, the candidates are the products that the shops “AAA”, “BBB”, “CCC”, and “DDD” each exhibit, and the display price of the product (product ID = P001) is calculated by taking the shipping cost into consideration. They are 1400 yen, 1500 yen, 1600 yen and 1700 yen, respectively. That is, since the postage is constant, the postage is 400 yen regardless of whether the shipping source or the delivery destination is Tokyo or Osaka, and the display price (exchange price) = sales price (1000 yen) for the shop “AAA” ) + Shipping (400 Yen) = 1400 Yen, For Shop “BBB”, Display Price (Exchange Price) = Sales Price (1100 Yen) + Shipping (400 Yen) = 1500 Yen, For Shop “CCC”, Display Price (Exchange price) = Sales price (1200 yen) + Shipping fee (400 yen) = 1600 yen. For the shop "DDD", display price (exchange price) = selling price (1300 yen) + shipping fee (400 yen) = 1700 yen It becomes.

  Here, for example, if the criterion “select the second highest price among candidates” is set, as a result, the shop “CCC” is determined as the supplier. In this example, Because of the daily fluctuation method, in reality, (a) the shop “BBB” determined at the time of the premium search is still determined as the supplier. Further, the determined merchandise of the shop is stored in the merchandise management table together with the shop ID for identifying the shop and the display price (not updated if there is no change in the determination result).

  Next, with reference to FIG. 162 to FIG. 164, description will be given of a method for determining the price of each product in real time (real time fluctuation method) and adding an actual shipping fee that is actually required. To do.

  (1) exemplifies a case where there is a single supplier (see FIG. 162). Shop “AAA” is selling products (product ID = P001) at a selling price of 1000 yen. Further, the shop “AAA” is a shop in Tokyo, the shipping source is Tokyo, and is associated with the shipping cost table (0010). Such an exhibition state is stored in the exhibition management table. The shipping cost table (0010) is set to 100 yen when the delivery destination is Tokyo and 500 yen when Osaka.

  In such a case, the candidates are only the products exhibited by the shop “AAA”, but the display price differs depending on the delivery destination. That is, when the delivery destination is Tokyo, the display price (exchange price) = sales price (1000 yen) + shipping cost (100 yen) = 1100 yen, and when the delivery destination is Osaka, the display price (exchange price) = sales price ( 1000 yen) + postage (500 yen) = 1500 yen.

  Since the shop has only “AAA”, the shop “AAA” is determined as the supplier regardless of whether the delivery destination is Tokyo or Osaka. The determined merchandise of the shop is stored in the merchandise management table together with the shop ID for identifying the shop and the display price.

  (2) illustrates the case where there are a plurality of suppliers (see FIG. 162). Shop “AAA” sells the product (product ID = P001) at a selling price of 1000 yen, shop “BBB” sends the product (product ID = P001) at a selling price of 1100 yen, and shop “CCC” A product (product ID = P001) is exhibited at a selling price of 1200 yen. Further, the shop “AAA” and the shop “CCC” are shops in Tokyo, the shipping source is Tokyo, and is associated with the shipping cost table (0010). On the other hand, the shop “BBB” is a shop in Osaka, the shipping source is Osaka, and is associated with the postage table (0011). Such an exhibition state is stored in the exhibition management table. The postage table (0010) is set to 100 yen when the delivery destination is Tokyo and 500 yen when the destination is Osaka, and the postage table (0011) is set to 500 yen when the destination is Tokyo and 100 yen when the destination is Osaka. Has been.

  In such a case, the candidates are products that the shops “AAA”, “BBB”, and “BBB” each exhibit, and the display price of the product (product ID = P001) is 1100 yen to 1700 in consideration of the shipping fee. It changes to a circle. That is, when the delivery destination is Tokyo, the display price (exchange price) = sales price (1000 yen) + shipping cost (100 yen) = 1100 yen for the shop “AAA”, and the display price (exchange) for the shop “BBB” Price) = Selling price (1100 yen) + Shipping fee (500 yen) = 1600 yen. For the shop "CCC", display price (exchange price) = selling price (1200 yen) + shipping fee (100 yen) = 1300 yen . If the delivery destination is Osaka, the display price (exchange price) = sales price (1000 yen) + shipping price (500 yen) = 1500 yen for the shop “AAA”, and the display price (exchange) for the shop “BBB”. Price) = Selling price (1100 yen) + Shipping fee (100 yen) = 1200 yen. For the shop "CCC", display price (exchange price) = selling price (1200 yen) + shipping fee (500 yen) = 1700 yen. .

  Here, for example, if the criterion “select the second highest price among candidates” is set, if the delivery destination is Tokyo, the shop “CCC” is determined as the supplier, and the delivery destination is Osaka. In this case, the shop “AAA” is determined as the supplier. The determined product is stored in the product management table together with the shop ID for identifying the shop and the display price.

(3) exemplifies a case where there are a plurality of suppliers and they increase or decrease. The state changes as follows from (a) prize search to (b) prize exchange.
(A) When searching for prizes (see FIG. 163)
Shop “AAA” sells the product (product ID = P001) at a selling price of 1000 yen, shop “BBB” sends the product (product ID = P001) at a selling price of 1100 yen, and shop “CCC” A product (product ID = P001) is exhibited at a selling price of 1200 yen. Further, the shop “AAA” and the shop “CCC” are shops in Tokyo, the shipping source is Tokyo, and is associated with the shipping cost table (0010). On the other hand, the shop “BBB” is a shop in Osaka, the shipping source is Osaka, and is associated with the postage table (0011). Such an exhibition state is stored in the exhibition management table. The postage table (0010) is set to 100 yen when the delivery destination is Tokyo and 500 yen when the destination is Osaka, and the postage table (0011) is set to 500 yen when the destination is Tokyo and 100 yen when the destination is Osaka. Has been.

  In such a case, the candidates are products that are exhibited by shops “AAA”, “BBB”, and “CCC”, and the display price of the product (product ID = P001) is 1100 yen to 1700 in consideration of the shipping fee. It changes to a circle. That is, when the delivery destination is Tokyo, the display price (exchange price) = sales price (1000 yen) + shipping cost (100 yen) = 1100 yen for the shop “AAA”, and the display price (exchange) for the shop “BBB” Price) = Selling price (1100 yen) + Shipping fee (500 yen) = 1600 yen. For the shop "CCC", display price (exchange price) = selling price (1200 yen) + shipping fee (100 yen) = 1300 yen . If the delivery destination is Osaka, the display price (exchange price) = sales price (1000 yen) + shipping price (500 yen) = 1500 yen for the shop “AAA”, and the display price (exchange) for the shop “BBB”. Price) = Selling price (1100 yen) + Shipping fee (100 yen) = 1200 yen. For the shop "CCC", display price (exchange price) = selling price (1200 yen) + shipping fee (500 yen) = 1700 yen. .

  Here, for example, if the criterion “select the second highest price among candidates” is set, if the delivery destination is Tokyo, the shop “CCC” is determined as the supplier, and the delivery destination is Osaka. In this case, the shop “AAA” is determined as the supplier. The determined product is stored in the product management table together with the shop ID for identifying the shop and the display price.

(B) At the time of prize exchange (refer to FIG. 164)
Shop “AAA” sells the product (product ID = P001) at a selling price of 1000 yen, shop “BBB” sends the product (product ID = P001) at a selling price of 1100 yen, and shop “CCC” The product (product ID = P001) is exhibited at a selling price of 1200 yen, and the shop “DDD” is exhibiting the product (product ID = P001) at a selling price of 1300 yen. Further, the shop “AAA” and the shop “CCC” are shops in Tokyo, the shipping source is Tokyo, and is associated with the shipping cost table (0010). On the other hand, the shop “BBB” and the shop “DDD” are shops in Osaka, the shipping source is Osaka, and is associated with the shipping cost table (0011). Such an exhibition state is stored in the exhibition management table. The postage table (0010) is set to 100 yen when the delivery destination is Tokyo and 500 yen when the destination is Osaka, and the postage table (0011) is set to 500 yen when the destination is Tokyo and 100 yen when the destination is Osaka. Has been.

  In such a case, the candidates are the products that the shops “AAA”, “BBB”, “CCC”, and “DDD” each exhibit, and the display price of the product (product ID = P001) is calculated by taking the shipping cost into consideration. It varies from 1100 yen to 1800 yen. They are 1400 yen, 1500 yen, 1600 yen and 1700 yen, respectively. That is, when the delivery destination is Tokyo, the display price (exchange price) = sales price (1000 yen) + shipping cost (100 yen) = 1100 yen for the shop “AAA”, and the display price (exchange) for the shop “BBB” Price) = Selling price (1100 yen) + Shipping fee (500 yen) = 1600 yen, for shop "CCC", display price (exchange price) = selling price (1200 yen) + shipping fee (100 yen) = 1300 yen, shop For “DDD”, the display price (exchange price) = sales price (1300 yen) + shipping cost (500 yen) = 1800 yen. If the delivery destination is Osaka, the display price (exchange price) = sales price (1000 yen) + shipping price (500 yen) = 1500 yen for the shop “AAA”, and the display price (exchange) for the shop “BBB”. Price) = Selling price (1100 yen) + Shipping fee (100 yen) = 1200 yen, for shop "CCC", display price (exchange price) = selling price (1200 yen) + shipping fee (500 yen) = 1700 yen, shop For “DDD”, the display price (exchange price) = sales price (1300 yen) + shipping cost (100 yen) = 1400 yen.

  Here, for example, if the criterion “select the second highest price among candidates” is set, if the delivery destination is Tokyo, the shop “BBB” is determined as the supplier, and the delivery destination is Osaka. In this case, the shop “AAA” is determined as the supplier. In this example, since it is a real-time fluctuation method, the finally decided shop “BBB” (when the delivery destination is Tokyo) and the shop “AAA” (when the delivery destination is Osaka) are purchased at the time of prize exchange. Determined as the destination. By such a real-time fluctuation method, even during business hours, display price changes due to increase or decrease of suppliers can be implemented and reflected in real time. The determined merchandise of the shop is stored in the merchandise management table together with the shop ID for identifying the shop and the display price.

  In the above example, in order to determine the product to be displayed as a prize from among the product candidates, the criterion of “selecting the second highest price among candidates” was used. Another product determination logic will be described. The display price of a product is determined by such a product determination logic, and a shop (that is, a supplier) that handles the product is determined.

  The flowchart in FIG. 165 exemplifies the procedure of the product determination process in the gift exchange system 7001. A plurality of conditions are set to exclude products that do not satisfy these conditions, and for some conditions, the products are ranked and finally one product (display price) is determined.

  First, when a player exchanges prizes and the prize order control unit 7606 of the core server 7600 instructs a prize ordering process (see FIG. 148, etc.), the exhibition management table 7757 of the shop management server 7700 is referred to. The information about the product having the same ID as the ordered product ID is acquired (step S1141). When a plurality of shops sell the same product, a shop satisfying a predetermined condition can be determined from among them. The predetermined condition is preferentially selected, for example, by giving a maximum benefit to the free gift exchange system 7001 by free gift exchange.

  Next, the display price of each product is calculated based on the shipping cost table (step S1142). For example, the shipping cost of a product is obtained from the delivery address specified by the player, the shop address, and the delivery conditions (temperature setting and delivery date and time setting), and the display price of each product is determined by taking the shipping cost into account. . The postage table may be set individually by each shop, or may be set uniformly in the entire system or in several steps.

  Next, for example, necessary data is acquired from various tables or the like for other indexes to be compared as conditions to be determined later, and calculation is performed (step S1143). For example, the purchase amount (payment amount to the shop), the profit margin (difference between the selling price and the purchase price), the evaluation point of the supplier, and the like.

  A candidate satisfying the conditions from the first condition to the sixth condition shown in steps S1144 to S1155 is left as a candidate, and finally one commodity price is determined, and a shop handling the commodity is determined as a supplier. Is done. Here, FIG. 166 (A) shows an exhibition management table including a plurality of the same products (product ID = P001), FIG. 166 (B) shows a postage table, and FIG. 166 (C ) Shows the candidate list obtained based on the contents of these tables and other indicators, and in the following description, including how these candidate lists are determined in each condition Shall be explained. In addition, the evaluation result under each condition is also displayed in the candidate list in FIG. 166 (C).

  First condition: In step S1144, a purchase price condition is determined. The condition is that the purchase price of the product (ie, the amount paid to the shop for the product) is below the display price, and products that do not satisfy this condition are excluded from the candidates (step S1145). In the candidate list of FIG. 166, the product of the shop “FFF” does not satisfy this condition (that is, the payment amount is 1925 yen for 1900 yen) and is excluded from the candidates.

  Second condition: In step S1146, inventory conditions are determined. The merchandise in the shop whose merchandise inventory is zero at the time of replacement is excluded from the candidates (step S1147). In the candidate list of FIG. 166, the product of the shop “BBB” has zero inventory and does not satisfy this condition, so it is excluded from the candidates.

  Third condition: In step S1148, a profit margin condition is determined. The difference between the sales price and the purchase price, that is, the amount received from the hall store through the gift exchange minus the product paid to the shop through the gift exchange is ranked higher (step S1149). In the candidate list of FIG. 166, ranking is performed in descending order of margin.

  Fourth condition: In step S1150, an inventory quantity condition is determined. In order to reduce the risk of running out of stock after the exchange is established, products with a larger number of stocks are ranked higher (step S1151). In the candidate list of FIG. 166, ranking is performed in descending order of the stock quantity.

  Fifth condition: In step S1152, an evaluation point condition is determined. In order to realize safe exchange of prizes, in order to reduce risks related to the shop, the higher the evaluation score of the shop, the higher the ranking (Step S1153). The evaluation of a shop can be made numerically from various viewpoints. For example, various viewpoints such as the size of the shop, the number of years of business, the actual delivery (the number of late or misdelivery), the evaluation from the delivery destination, the quality / price of the product to be provided, etc. In the candidate list of FIG. 166, ranking is performed in descending order of evaluation score.

  Sixth condition: In step S1154, it is determined whether or not there are a plurality of candidates. If there is only one candidate, proceed to the next step to determine that item. If there are a plurality of items, one product is determined using a predetermined standard (step S1155). For example, the ranking determined under the third condition to the fifth condition is evaluated by a predetermined method, and the product with the highest evaluation is selected. In the candidate list of FIG. 166, the products that are not excluded are the products of the shop “AAA”, the products of the shop “CCC”, the products of the shop “DDD”, the products of the shop “EEE”, and the products of the shop “GGG”. For example, if a criterion “select the product with the highest number of high-ranked acquisitions” is set, the product is finally determined to be the product of the shop “AAA”. Of course, various other selection criteria can be set.

  In step S1156, the price of the finally selected product is set as the display price, a shop that handles the product is determined as a supplier, and is added to the product management table 7752 as a replaceable prize at a predetermined timing.

  The procedure of the product determination process described so far is merely an example, and various other criteria can be adopted based on such an idea of the present invention.

  So far, the timing of determining the product (that is, the timing at which the price of the product (the number of replaceable balls (medals)) is determined) has been described as daily or real time, but other timing, for example, 1 hour And various other intervals such as every two days. Moreover, the determination timing can be made different depending on the product.

  Next, a delivery progress display process of the prize exchange system 7001 according to the eighth embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG. When the player becomes a mall member and exchanges prizes with the prize exchange system 7001, then the player can display a list of progress until the prize is delivered from the shop to the designated delivery destination.

  First, a player who is a mall member performs a predetermined operation with the viewer 7550 which is a prize selection device, and displays a delivery progress information display instruction screen (not shown) (step S1161), and the delivery progress information display instruction screen Then, it is determined whether or not the player's mall membership card has been presented (step S1162). When the mall member card is held over a predetermined mark position, the viewer 7550 reads the unique ID of the mall member card and transmits it to the backbone server 7600 (step S1163). In addition, on the delivery progress information display instruction screen, it is also possible to specify an order number or a product ID of an order to be displayed.

  When the basic server 7600 receives the unique ID, it refers to the mall member information table 7651 and acquires the mall member ID (step S1164). Next, based on the acquired mall member ID, the delivery progress information display control unit 7607 of the backbone server 7600 refers to the order history management table 7756 of the shop management server 7700 and performs a prize ordering process using the mall member ID. And an order including a product that has not yet been delivered (step S1165).

  Next, the delivery progress information display control unit 7607 of the backbone server 7600 determines whether there is a product for which delivery progress information has not yet been created from the acquired order information (step S1166). If there is no more, the process proceeds to step S1173. If it is determined in step S1166 that there is still a product, it is determined whether the product has already been arranged for delivery (step S1167). If there is no delivery-arranged product, the process proceeds to step S1171. If it is determined in step S1167 that there is a product for which delivery has been arranged, the delivery history code is obtained by referring to the order history management table 7756 and the delivery agent is specified (step S1168).

  Further, referring to the order history management table 7756, a tracking number related to the delivery of the product is obtained, an inquiry is made to the specified delivery company (step S1169), and the delivery status (status) of the package corresponding to the tracking number is obtained. Obtain (step S1170). Such a method of acquiring the delivery status in the delivery company can be obtained using, for example, an interface for inquiries such as an API provided by the delivery company. If there is no API, it is possible to access a package inquiry WEB page provided by a delivery company and analyze data such as HTML (by performing processing such as so-called web scraping) to obtain the delivery status.

  Next, with reference to the order history management table 7756, order information including the order status for the shop and the order receipt status in the cooperation / management system is acquired (step S1171). Then, the information acquired above is edited and a delivery progress information display screen is created (step S1172).

  When all the acquisition of the delivery progress information regarding the product is completed, the viewer 7550 is instructed to display the delivery progress information display screen (step S1173). The viewer 7550 displays the delivery progress information display screen on the display 7555 in response to the display instruction of the delivery progress information display screen (step S1174).

  An example of a delivery progress information display screen displayed in this way is shown in FIG. A delivery progress information display screen 8040 shown in FIG. 168 includes a top bar 8041, an order ID display area 8042, a delivery phase display area 8043, a delivery progress display area for each product (8044 to 8047), and a “return” button 8048. Has been.

  In the order ID display area 8042, the order NO specified by the player on the delivery progress information display instruction screen or the order NO of the order made by the player is displayed. The delivery phase display area 8043 displays the titles of each delivery phase such as order acceptance, product shipment, delivery start, delivery in progress, and delivery completion, so that the delivery status of each product shown below can be seen. .

  In each of the product-by-product delivery progress display areas, delivery progress information about the products included in the related order is displayed. For example, in the part corresponding to the title of the delivery phase, the EC mall, shop, delivery company, delivery company's office, etc. that are in charge of the phase are displayed, and the progress bar and date (planned date or actual date) are displayed. Is displayed. In addition, regarding the order reception phase, the order reception at the shop and the order reception at the cross-type EC mall or EC mall can be displayed individually. More specifically, the delivery progress information for the product A (product ID = P009) is displayed in the product-by-product delivery progress display area 8044, and the order is received at the shop AAA on 1/24. , 1/28, it can be grasped that a request for shipment of goods was made for X transportation.

  In this way, the player can grasp the delivery status of commodities included in all or one order in a cross-sectional and unified manner regarding the prize exchange performed by the player. Even if the order route is different or the delivery company is different, it can be displayed together. For example, the player can display the delivery status of each product collectively in various units such as the order to which the product belongs, the category, and the delivery destination. Further, when a delivery progress display area for each product is selected, a more detailed delivery status may be displayed.

  In this example, the delivery progress information display screen 8040 is displayed on the viewer 7550, but can be displayed on the PC 7580, the smartphone 7570, or another computer.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 169 and FIG. 170, a procedure for registering products from the shop terminal to the gift exchange system 7001 will be described.

  In the flowchart of FIG. 169, products are sent from the shop terminal 7804 to the prize DB 7750 of the shop management server 7700 via the crossing EC mall linkage system 7802 (and via the crossing EC mall linkage system I / F server 7800). It is a procedure for registration.

  First, the shop terminal 7804 accesses a predetermined WEB page by a WEB browser or the like, and requests a product search page there (step S1181). Here, the shop management server 7700 functions as a WEB server and transmits the requested product search page (step S1182). The shop terminal 7804 displays the product search page on the WEB browser (step S1183), and determines whether or not to give a premium search instruction (step S1184). When a gift search instruction is given by the shop staff, the shop terminal 7804 acquires the search conditions input by the shop staff and transmits them to the shop management server 7700 (step S1185).

  Upon receiving the search condition from the shop terminal 7804, the shop management server 7700 executes a premium search process with the search condition (step S1186), creates a premium search result display screen, and transmits it to the shop terminal 7804 (step S1187). .

  The shop terminal 7804 displays a premium search result display screen (step S1188), and it is then determined whether or not product registration is performed (step S1189). The shop staff registers the product in the cross-type EC mall linkage system 7802 (step S1190), and the product registration receives the data feed from the cross-type EC mall linkage system 7802, thereby performing file linkage. Thus, the merchandise registration of the shop is performed in the shop management server 7700 by cooperating with an API prepared in advance or by web scraping (step S1191).

  When the shop product is registered, the shop management server 7700 refers to the product management table and determines whether the product is new (step S1192). When it is determined that the product is new, the product is examined (step S1193). In this case, the product is examined automatically or manually using a predetermined standard. For new products, for example, a new product ID is given at this point. In addition, similar items are automatically displayed on the management terminal 7870 for items exhibited from a plurality of shops (for example, products whose product names are registered in kanji notation and products registered in katakana notation) and substantially the same. If the products are determined to be the same product, the products are aggregated and treated as the same product, and detailed information on the products is shared and unified.

  When it is determined that the product is not new or after the product is examined, the shop management server 770 adds the registered product to the exhibition management table (step S1194). In this example, the product information registered from the shop is temporarily stored in the exhibition management table 7757 and is regarded as a replaceable gift candidate. After that, it is determined as a replaceable gift in the product determination process (see FIG. 165), the product is registered in the product management table 7752.

  Here, the procedure for registering a product from the shop terminal 7804 via the crossing EC mall linkage system 7802 to the premium DB 7750 of the shop management server 7700 is shown, but the EC mall management system 7822 and the shop system 7842 are shown. This is the same procedure when there is between the shop terminal and the shop management server 7700.

  The flowchart in FIG. 170 is a procedure for registering a product directly from the shop terminal 7864 in the premium DB 7750 of the shop management server 7700 (via the individual shop I / F server).

  First, the shop terminal 7864 accesses a predetermined WEB page of the WEB server configured by the WEB server unit 7860b of the individual shop I / F server 7860, and requests a product search page there (step S2001). Here, the shop management server 7700 instructs the WEB server to transmit the requested product search page (step S2002). The shop terminal 7864 displays the product search page on the WEB browser (step S2003), and determines whether or not to give a premium search instruction (step S2004). When a gift search instruction is given by the shop staff, the shop terminal 7864 acquires the search conditions input by the shop staff and transmits them to the shop management server 7700 (step S2005).

  Upon receiving the search condition from the shop terminal 7864, the shop management server 7700 executes a premium search process with the search condition (step S2006), creates a premium search result display screen, and transmits it to the shop terminal 7864 (step S2007). .

  The shop terminal 7864 displays a premium search result display screen (step S2008), where it is determined whether or not product registration is performed (step S2009). The shop staff directly performs a product registration operation on the shop management server 7700 of the free gift exchange system 7001, and the shop management server 7700 is operated by a screen operation provided by the shop management server 7700 or by file linkage. The product is registered for (steps S2010 and 2011).

  The shop management server 7700 refers to the product management table when the product registration of the shop is performed, and determines whether or not the product is new (step S2012). When it is determined that the product is new, the product is examined (step S2013). In this case, the product is examined automatically or manually using a predetermined standard. For new products, for example, a new product ID is given at this point.

  When it is determined that the product is not new or after the product is reviewed, the shop management server 770 adds the registered product to the exhibition management table (step S2014). In this example, the product information registered from the shop is temporarily stored in the exhibition management table 7757 and is regarded as a replaceable gift candidate. After that, it is determined as a replaceable gift in the product determination process (see FIG. 165), the product is registered in the product management table 7752.

  In this way, products displayed as gifts that can be exchanged by the gift exchange system 7001 are exhibited through various routes from various shops, and the gift exchange system 7001 receives a predetermined product when the same product is exhibited. Select one product by criteria. Accordingly, the player can receive various products collected from various shops (that is, shops that are rich in variations from shops belonging to major EC malls to individual small shops) through the prize exchange system 7001. Can be viewed and selected at one place (one terminal).

  Next, with reference to FIG. 171 and FIG. 172, management of the security deposit of the hall store will be described. In this example, for a hall store that uses the free gift exchange system 7001, the operating company or related organization of the free gift exchange system 7001 receives a deposit, and uses the deposit for payment of the bill from the shop. Therefore, the claim for the deposit is required to be billed appropriately in advance based on the past performance of the hall store.

  FIG. 171 is a flowchart showing a procedure for charging a hall store with a deposit. Here, it is assumed that a charge management staff of a prize exchange system 7001 that charges a deposit or a charge management staff of a related organization operates a charge management terminal (not shown) connected to the backbone server 7600. First, the staff operates the billing management terminal to instruct the hall store to display the previous month transaction results (step S2021). Next, the core server 7600 refers to the hall store management table 7655 in response to this instruction, and acquires the previous month transaction amount of the hall store (step S2022).

  Thereafter, the core server 7600 instructs the billing management terminal to display the previous month transaction results (step S2023). The staff operates the billing management terminal so as to create a bill according to the displayed transaction results of the previous month for each hall store (step S2024). Here, the staff confirms the previous month's transaction results at the hall store, and then instructs the invoice to be created. However, the core server 7600 automatically charges from the previous month's transaction results based on predetermined conditions. It is also possible to create a certificate.

  Next, the core server 7600 instructs the billing management terminal to output a bill (step S2025). In response to this, the billing management terminal outputs a deposit bill (step S2026). Here, the bill management staff sends the output bill to each hall store (step S2027). Such invoices can also be automatically sent from the core server 7600 to the hall store by e-mail with a certificate or the like.

  When the staff of the hall store receives the bill (step S2028), the deposit is transferred according to the bill (step S2029). Thereafter, the billing management staff confirms the deposit transfer (step S2030), and performs a deposit transfer confirmation operation on the billing management terminal (step S2031). Thereafter, the core server 7600 updates the hall store management table 7655 according to the operation, and changes the status of the current month deposit transfer to “completed” (step S2032).

  FIG. 172 is a flowchart showing a procedure for making a claim for additional deposit to the hall store. Here, it is assumed that a charge management staff of a prize exchange system 7001 that charges a deposit or a charge management staff of a related organization operates a charge management terminal (not shown) connected to the backbone server 7600.

  First, the core server 7600 refers to the hall store management table 7655, and acquires the transaction amount for a predetermined period at each hall store (step S2041).

  Next, it is determined whether or not the acquired transaction amount is out of the first predetermined range (step S2042). If the transaction amount is out of the first predetermined range, a first range excess notification is transmitted to the billing terminal device (step S2043). When the billing terminal device receives the first range excess notification, the billing management staff performs a first additional bill creation operation at the billing management terminal in response to this (step S2044). Here, the staff confirms the transaction results of the hall store for a predetermined period, and then instructs to create an invoice. However, the core server 7600 determines the transaction results of the predetermined period based on the predetermined conditions. It is also possible to automatically create a bill from the relationship of one predetermined range.

  Next, the core server 7600 instructs the billing management terminal to output a bill (step S2045). In response to this, the billing management terminal outputs a deposit bill (additional bill 1) (step S2046).

  In step S2042, if the transaction amount is within the first predetermined range, it is determined whether or not the acquired transaction amount is outside the second predetermined range (step S2047). If the transaction amount is out of the second predetermined range, that is, within the first predetermined range and out of the second predetermined range, a second range excess notification is transmitted to the billing terminal device (step S2048). ). When the billing terminal device receives the second range excess notification, the billing management staff performs a second additional bill creation operation at the billing management terminal in response to this (step S2049). Here, the staff confirms the transaction results of the hall store for a predetermined period, and then instructs to create an invoice. However, the core server 7600 determines the transaction results for the predetermined period based on the predetermined conditions. It is also possible to automatically create a bill from the relationship of the second predetermined range.

  Next, the core server 7600 instructs the billing management terminal to output a bill (step S2050). In response, the billing management terminal outputs a deposit bill (additional bill 2) (step S2051).

  Here, the bill management staff sends the output bill to each hall store (step S2052). Such invoices can also be automatically sent from the core server 7600 to the hall store by e-mail with a certificate or the like.

  When the staff of the hall store receives the invoice (step S2053), the deposit (additional charge 1 or additional charge 2) is transferred according to the invoice (step S2054). Thereafter, the billing management staff confirms the deposit payment (step S2055), and performs a deposit deposit confirmation operation on the billing management terminal (step S2056). Thereafter, the core server 7600 updates the hall store management table 7655 in accordance with the operation, and changes the status of the deposit (additional charge 1) or deposit (additional charge 2) to “completed” (step) S2057).

  The first predetermined range and the second predetermined range can be set uniformly according to a predetermined standard or for each hall store. For example, the first predetermined range may be an amount corresponding to a predetermined ratio of the previous month transaction amount or the average transaction amount for a predetermined period, and the second predetermined range may be set to an amount corresponding to a predetermined ratio of the first predetermined range.

  Although the prize exchange system 7001 according to the eighth embodiment of the present invention has been illustrated using a specific device, a specific table, and the like, the description so far is only an embodiment, and various others are described. According to the embodiment, the characteristic computer system of the present invention can be realized. For example, devices having various configurations as a gift selection device and a gift exchange device can be used in various network connection states, such as a computer center backbone server 7600, shop management server 7700, various I / F servers (7800-7860), and the like. In addition, devices having various configurations can be used, and each functional unit can be arranged (distributed or integrated) differently from the example. Also, other different configurations can be adopted for the table configuration.

10, 1010, 2010, 4010, 5010, 7010 Game machine 20, 1020, 2020, 4020, 5020, 7020 Sand device 400, 1400, 2400, 4400, 5400, 7400 Hall computer 500, 1500, 2500, 4500, 5500, 7500 Free gift POS
520, 1520, 2520, 4520, 5520 Premium POS cooperation dedicated terminals 530, 1530, 2530, 4530, 5530 Dedicated terminals 540, 1540, 2540, 3540, 4235, 4540, 5235, 5540, 7570 Smartphones 600, 1600, 2600, 3600 4600, 5600, 7600 Core server 700, 1700, 2700, 7700 Shop management server 800, 1800, 2800 ASP-I / F server 820, 1820, 2820 Individual shop I / F server 840, 1840, 2840 EC mall I / F Servers 1090, 2090, 7090 Connection management devices 1110, 2110 Membership cards for small sums 1685, 785 AP server 4150 Exchange ticket issuing device 4200 Mail order gift ticket server 4210 Mail order prize purchase server 4220, 5220, 5220 ′, 7680 Mobile I / F server 4260 Mail order prize exchange ticket 5150 DL software use ticket issuing device 5200 DL software use ticket issuing server 5210 DL software purchase server 5215 DL software use management server 5260 DL Software use ticket 6170 Coupon exchange server 6200 Coupon management server 6260 Coupon ticket 7530 Free gift exchange terminal 7550 Viewer 7800 Transverse EC mall linkage system I / F server 7820 EC mall management system I / F server 7840 Shop system I / F server 7860 Individual shop I / F server 7870 Management terminal

Claims (7)

A prize exchange system including a storage instruction device and a server,
The storage ball instruction device
Membership card reading means for reading membership card identification information for identifying the membership card from a membership card of a player constituted by a card or a portable device;
In response to a first predetermined operation by the player who gives an instruction to store a game medium, the membership card identification information and game medium value information representing the value of the game medium instructed to store the ball are transmitted to the server. A storage ball control means for controlling
The server
Exchange rate storage means for storing an exchange rate used for converting the value of the game medium into a predetermined unit;
When the membership card identification information and the game medium value information are received from the storage instruction device in response to the first predetermined operation by the player, the game is based on the game medium value information and the exchange rate. A storage management means for obtaining the converted value by converting the value of the game medium represented by the medium value information into a predetermined unit, and accumulating the converted value for each member card identification information;
The storage management means
When the converted value is less than a predetermined first upper limit value and the accumulated converted value is less than a predetermined second upper limit value, the accumulated converted value is stored. A prize exchange system characterized by controlling to store in a storage means. In response to the first predetermined operation by the player, the storage ball control means transmits store identification information for identifying a hall store in which the storage ball instruction device is arranged in association with the game medium value information to the server. And
The exchange rate storage means stores the exchange rate for each store identification information,
The said storage-ball management means converts the value of a game medium into a predetermined unit using the exchange rate corresponding to the store identification information matched with the said game medium value information. Free gift exchange system. In response to the first predetermined operation by the player, the storage ball control means transmits store identification information for identifying a hall store in which the storage ball instruction device is arranged in association with the game medium value information to the server. And
The server further includes:
For the hall store identified by the store identification information associated with the game medium value information, the amount according to the value of the game medium represented by the game medium value information received from the storage ball instruction device, 2. The prize exchange system according to claim 1, further comprising billing processing means for billing at a predetermined timing. A premium exchange device;
The prize exchange device is:
When the player selects a product indicated by the product information displayed on the display unit of the gift exchange device as a gift to be exchanged, an ordering instruction for the product within the range of the accumulated converted value The prize exchange system according to claim 1, further comprising: a prize exchange control unit that performs control such that the product identification information for identifying the selected commodity is transmitted to the server.   The prize exchange system according to claim 2, wherein the exchange rate storage means stores the exchange rate for each type of game medium. The prize exchange device is:
When the player is registered as a member and the corresponding attribute information of the player is associated with the membership card identification information, control is performed so that the ordering instruction in the prize exchange device is allowed. The prize exchange system according to claim 4, wherein: A prize exchange system including a storage instruction device and a server,
The storage ball instruction device
Membership card reading means for reading membership card identification information for identifying the membership card from a membership card of a player constituted by a card or a portable device;
In response to a first predetermined operation by the player who gives an instruction to store a game medium, the membership card identification information and game medium value information representing the value of the game medium instructed to store the ball are transmitted to the server. A storage ball control means for controlling
The server
When the member card identification information and the game medium value information are received from the storage ball instruction device in response to the first predetermined operation by the player, the value based on the game medium value information for each member card identification information And the value based on the game medium value information is less than a predetermined first upper limit value, and the value based on the accumulated game medium value information is less than a predetermined second upper limit value, A storage ball management means for controlling to store the value based on the accumulated game medium value information in the storage ball storage means;
In response to the first predetermined operation by the player, the storage ball control means transmits store identification information for identifying a hall store in which the storage ball instruction device is arranged in association with the game medium value information to the server. And
The server further includes:
For the hall store identified by the store identification information associated with the game medium value information, the amount according to the value of the game medium represented by the game medium value information received from the storage ball instruction device, A prize exchange system comprising a billing processing unit for billing at a predetermined timing.

Images